Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
PR 21164: CONTRACT WITH G&G ENTERPRISES CONSTURCTION CORP.
P.R. No.21164 11/6/2019 IM RESOLUTION NO. A RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO ENTER INTO A CONTRACT WITH G&G ENTERPRISES CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION OF PORT ARTHUR, TEXAS TO RENOVATE PORT ARTHUR TRANSIT'S TERMINAL BUILDING, IN THE AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED $528,250.00; FUNDS AVAILABLE IN ACCOUNT 401-1509-561.82-00. WHEREAS, pursuant to Resolution No. 18-348, the City Council authorized the City Manager to execute an agreement with Architects Studio of Port Arthur for the design service for the renovation Port Arthur Transit(PAT)terminal building; and. WHEREAS, Port Arthur Transit (PAT) has been allotted federal and TxDOT funding to renovate its terminal building ; and, WHEREAS, the Port Arthur Purchasing Division issued a Request for Bids to renovate the terminal building; and, WHEREAS, four (4) bids were received and evaluated by Purchasing and PAT, a copy of the Bid Tabulation is attached hereto as Exhibit"A"; and, WHEREAS, the Director of PAT's recommendation is to award the bid to G&G Enterprises Construction Corporation, the lowest responsible bidder, as delineated in Exhibit "A" WHEREAS, a contract agreement between the City Of Port Arthur and G&G enterprises is attached hereto as Exhibit"B". NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PORT ARTHUR: THAT, the facts and opinions in the preamble are true and correct. THAT, the City Manager is hereby authorized to enter into a contract with G&G Enterprise Construction Corporation of Port Arthur, Texas, to renovate Port Arthur Transit's terminal building, in the amount not to exceed $528,250.00, in substantially the same form as attached hereto as Exhibit"B". THAT, a copy of the caption of this Resolution be spread upon the Minutes of the City Council. P.R. No. 21164 11/6/2019 IM READ, ADOPTED AND APPROVED this day of A.D. 2019 at a Regular Meeting of the City of Port Arthur, Texas by the following vote: AYES: Mayor: Councilmembers: NOES: Thurman"Bill" Bartie, Mayor ATTEST: Sherri Bellard, City Secretary APPROVED AS TO FORM: Val Tizeno, City Attorney APPROVED FOR ADMINISTRATION: APPROVED AS TO AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS: 4401-1509-561.82-00 "c c Ron Burton Kandy Daniel Interim City Manager Interim Director of Finance WittitfAMAk Clifton Williams, CPPB Ivan Mitchell Purchasing Manger Transit Director P.R. No. 21164 11/6/2019 IM Exhibit "A" G tr, P° ---1 ON AwN ,-- A ▪•• o o aco gJn pc ..j "'3C7CZ75 C'r] C/] 7J IC.f. bo 2. p — o CD CD. CD x 8 co ': �. a, 3 - Cg. F c° „.y a ,pv 'a x . 3 ', C a• 3 0w ^) 41: o.• �7 7 )c. 69 69 69 bs 61 69 4 0. 4, .O CO A N OQ til N —1 ON T 3 .< N N "N to O O -00to O C N 00 -4OOOy a. CO oo Z � o OO oOOb ..' co rL N A T a y N 0 m 0 C) H _ O = x N N o0 0o A A 01 n' 0. O O O O to to O .n-. = 0 O. .-co cn C n HCa) Ca) Cal n C) n 0 7' FE- 5- 5- 5- = R° co a s a a a a y 00 CD. 0. CD CD O Ca v' �) 5 a a' a' a' a 0 r11a 6 oo :.• N 't7 o C a G ' C a c° Q, O. o 64 O 'C7 b b 0 V 'C DO 'O to a _ N w w Co w w Co CD O o C.' N o B 3 3 3 3 0 to aro et et , , srf O H n $ WO C7 a o: X m N H Aa onnS a� 'd ZZ L. ZZZZ � c Z as aaa , m ;n I d, 0 - � � 'a c is-g y �� r� +� K _W o C) O f) O O 03; O [n O. `1 0 -, ` co cao CD CD ca° COa �0 n `0 3 No. as a a o. a a ; °a = m o a' a' o a a c ° = _ an_ ^p O C C y Zf � O 'C 'G 'C 'C = (n y W to to CA P) (1 No 3 3 B B B B as ti p O >( SOC C zz zzzzn. a o v 'a a 'a 'aaI'1F v � CA H 69 O 0 0 O O o 'Pis, n oo CO co CO b7 CO NI r co td a a a o: a: a: c G7 A c z— n 0 = C N CO ID = H a c o 0 0 0 0 `' 'a ^. X co = CO CO COO .-11 go c: 3: o: 0. 0. 0. A d m Ca w P.R. No. 21164 11/6/2019 IM Exhibit "B" City of Port Arthur Transit Department Memorandum To: Ron Burton,Interim City Manager From: Ivan Mitchell,Transit Director Date: November 5,2019 Re: P.R.21164—Port Arthur Transit's Bus Terminal Nature of Request: Authorize the City Manager to enter into a contract with G&G Enterprises Construction Corporation of Port Arthur, Texas to renovate Port Arthur Transit's (PAT) terminal building. Background: PAT's terminal building is served by three (3) bus routes while also functioning as the City of Port Arthur's Greyhound station. PAT has been awarded $170,723.00 from the Texas Department of Transportation(TxDOT)to complete this terminal renovation project. PAT will utilize 5307 funds to supplement the remaining balance required for the renovation. PAT issued a Request for Bid (RFB) for qualified vendors to submit bids to renovate its terminal building. Four(4)bids were received,and have been evaluated by Purchasing and PAT. Recommendation: It is recommended Proposed Resolution No. 21164 be approved. This resolution would authorize the City Manager to enter into a contract with G&G Enterprises Construction Corporation to renovate the PAT's transit terminal in the amount of not to exceed$528,520.00. Budgetary/Fiscal Effect: Funding to pay for the renovation is funded by a TxDOT and Federal Transit Administration(FTA)grant in account number 401-1509-561-82-00. PROJECT MANUAL FOR ADDITIONS & RENOVATIONS FOR PORT ARTHUR TRANSIT FACILITY 322 PROCTER STREET, PORT ARTHUR, TX 77640 -4 .�a�:.rrit :ter f f:-- . . o '• 3R.y ) lk• . lirn jib' - • I I .. '' "..."'. I . t''',::-...'...111 '•l..-1 17 '1__:_.,ilia—471I- .. .:-- • 1 5 I ii" i I lik i I.!..^ -. • • • -•.SNL-_ • SET NUMBER AS ,s��EDARC Ivo. Fq,4� y/J CC cP,\ • 5 4-1 ) P ARCHITECT'S STUDIO '9 �'�- ARCHITECTURE•DESIGN•PLANNING•RENDERINGS TF O F 501 Procter Street Suite*324.Pat Arthur.TX 77640 409 960 9397 '-•'.-O' IoI, Project No. AS18015 Alam Farias,A.I.A., NCARB Registration#25476 architectsstudiotx.com I Physical: 501 Procter Street Suite#324, Port Arthur, TX 77640 1409.960.9397 Mailing: P.O. Box 1854 Nederland, TX 77627 MANDATORY PRE-BID CONFERENCE A Non Mandatory Pre-Bid Conference between Representatives of the City of Port Arthur, Texas and prospective bidders for Additions & Renovations of Port Arthur Transit Facility will be held on Thursday, October 17, 2019 at 2:00 p.m. at the Transit facility located 322 Proctor Street.,Port Arthur,Texas. The purpose of the Pre-Bid Conference is to make certain that the scope of work is fully understood, to answer any questions, to clarify the intent of the Contract Documents, and to resolve any problems that may affect the project construction. No addendum will be issued at this meeting, but subsequent thereto, the Purchasing Manager, if necessary, will issue an addendum(s) to clarify the intent of the Contract Documents. THURMAN BILL BARTIE,MAYORRONALD BURTON HAROLD DOUCET,SR.MAYOR PRO TEM city of INTERIM CITY MANAGER COUNCIL MEMBERS: hl SHERRI BELLARD,TRMC RAYMOND SCOTT,JR. v CITY SECRETARY CAL J.JONES nrt rtJtur THOMAS J.KINLAW III VAL TIZENO CHARLOTTE MOSES CITY ATTORNEY KAPRINA FRANK October 5, 2019 INVITATION TO BID ADDITIONS & RENOVATIONS TO PORT ARTHUR TRANSIT FACILITY DEADLINE: Sealed Bid submittals must be received and time stamped by 3:00 p.m., Central Standard Time, Wednesday, October 30, 2019. (The clock located in the City Secretary's office will be the official time.) All bids received will be read aloud at 3:15 p.m. on Wednesday, October 30, 2019 in the City Council Chambers, City Hall, 5th Floor, Port Arthur, TX. You are invited to attend. MARK ENVELOPE: P20-001 DELIVERY ADDRESS: Please submit one (1) original and one(1) copy of your bid to: CITY OF PORT ARTHUR CITY OF PORT ARTHUR CITY SECRETARY or CITY SECRETARY P.O. BOX 1089 444 4TH STREET, 4th Floor PORT ARTHUR, TEXAS 77641 PORT ARTHUR, TEXAS 77640 POINTS OF CONTACT: Questions concerning the Invitation to Bid or Scope of Work should be directed in writing to: City of Port Arthur, TX Clifton Williams, Purchasing Manager P.O. Box 1089 Port Arthur, TX 77641 clifton.williams@portarthurtx.gov Purchasing Division/Finance Department I Purchasing Manager,Clifton Williams,CPPB P.O.Box 10891444 4th Street' Port Arthur,Texas 776411 409.983.8160 I Fax 409.983.8291 The enclosed INVITATION TO BID (ITB) and accompanying GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS, CONDITIONS SPECIFICATIONS, are for your convenience in submitting bids for the enclosed referenced services for the City of Port Arthur. Bids must be signed by a person having authority to bind the firm in a contract. Bids shall be placed in a sealed envelope, with the Vendor's name and address in the upper left-hand corner of the envelope. ALL BIDS MUST BE RECEIVED IN THE CITY SECRETARY'S OFFICE BEFORE OPENING DATE AND TIME. It is the sole responsibility of the firm to ensure that the sealed ITB submittal arrives at the above location by specified deadline regardless of delivery method chosen by the firm. Faxed or electronically transmitted ITB submittals will not be accepted. 02 Clifton Williams, CPPB Purchasing Manager INVITATION TO BID ADDITIONS & RENOVATIONS TO PORT ARTHUR TRANSIT FACILITY (To be Completed ONLY IF YOU DO NOT BID.) FAILURE TO RESPOND TO BID SOLICITATIONS FOR TWO (2) BID PERIODS MAY RESULT IN REMOVAL FROM THE VENDOR'S LIST. However, if you are removed you will be reinstated upon request. In the event you desire not to submit a bid, we would appreciate your response regarding the reason(s). Your assistance in completing and returning this form in an envelope marked with the enclosed bid would be appreciated. NO BID is submitted: this time only not this commodity/service only Yes No Does your company provide this product or services? Were the specifications clear? Were the specifications too restrictive? Does the City pay its bills on time? Do you desire to remain on the bid list for this product or service? Does your present work load permit additional work? Comments/Other Suggestions: Company Name: Person Completing Form: Telephone: Mailing Address: Email: City, State, Zip Code: Date: Table of Contents RETURN SECTION TITLE WITH BID A. CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT AGREEMENT B. ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS C. INFORMATION TO BIDDERS • GENERAL INFORMATION • FEDERAL CLAUSES D. SPECIFICATION E. BID PROPOSAL YES F. BID BOND YES G. CONFLICT OF INTEREST(IF NO CONFLICT WRITE NA ON YES LINE 1 AND SIGN/DATE LINE 7) H. PAYMENT BOND I. INSURANCE J. PERFORMANCE BOND K. HOUSE BILL 89 VERIFICATION YES L. NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT YES M. AFFIDAVIT PAGE YES N. SB 252 YES O. WAIVER AND INDEMNIFICATION YES P. DBE DOCUMENT YES Q. CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION R. LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS S. AFFIDAVIT OF NON-ASBESTOS,LEAD,AND PCB USE IN PROJECT T. STATUTORY LIEN WAIVER FORMS APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT V. CHILD SUPPORT CERTIFICATION FORM DRAWINGS SECTION A � G. Document A105TM - 2017 Lsd�� Standard Short Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor AGREEMENT mase as of the day of in the year (In wordy. outwore day,month and year.) BETWEEN the Owner: (Name. legal status. address and other bif rrnnmoti) This document has important legal City of Port Arthur consequences.Consultation with 444 4th Street an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or Port Arthur,TX 77640 modification. and the Contractor: (Name, legal status,address and other information) G&G Enterprises Construction Corporation 501 Procter Street Suite#322 Port Arthur,TX 77640 for the following Project: (Nunn!. location and detailed description) Renovation to Transit Terminal The Architect: (Name. legal status,address and other it f n-motion) Architect Studio 501 Procter Street Suite#324 Port Arthur, TX 77640 The Owner and Contractor agree as follows. AlA Document A105".—2017.Copyright Ci 1993,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.AN rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA` Init. Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties,Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlA'Document,or 1 any portion of It.may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.To ( report copyright violations of AlA Contract Documents,c-mail The American institute of Architects'legal counsel.copyright@aia.org. TABLE OF ARTICLES 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 2 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 3 CONTRACT SUM 4 PAYMENTS 5 INSURANCE 6 GENERAL PROVISIONS 7 OWNER 8 CONTRACTOR 9 ARCHITECT 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK 11 TIME 12 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 13 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 14 CORRECTION OF WORK 15 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 16 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT 17 OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contractor shall complete the Work described in the Contract Documents firr the Project.The Contract Documents consist of .1 this Agreement signed by the Owner and Contractor: .2 the drawings and specifications prepared by the Architect,dated ,and enumerated as follows: Drawings: Number Title Date Sped t icatiuns: Section Title Pages Init. AEA Document A105'"-2017.Copyrights 1993,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Ardrilocts.All rights reserved.WARNING.This AIA' Document Is protected by U.S.Copyright Low and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this MA`Document,or any 2 portion of it,may result In severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.To report copyright violations of AIA Contrac:Documents,e-mail The American Institute of Architects'legal counsel.copyright@aia.org. .3 addenda prepared by the Architect as tidlows: Number Date Pages .4 written orders for changes in the Work,pursuant to Article 1 0,issued after execution of this Agreement; and .5 other documents,if any. identified as follows: ARTICLE 2 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION §2.1 The Contract Time is the number of calendar days available to the Contractor to substantially complete the Work. §2.2 Date of Commencement: Unless otherwise set forth below,the date of commencement shall be the date of this Agreement. (Insert the date of commencement if other than the dale of this Agreement.) 75 Calendar days form the date stated on the Notioce to Proceed §2.3 Substantial Completion: Subject to adjustments of the Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion,as defined in Section 12.5,of the entire Work: ((heck the appropriate has and coniplele 11w necessary information.) ❑ Not later than ( )calendar days from the date of commencement. ❑ By the filllowing date: ARTICLE 3 CONTRACT SUM §3.1 The Contract Sum shall include all items and services necessary for the proper execution and completion ofthe Work.Subject to additions and deductions in accordance with Article 10,the Contract Sum is: ($ 548,250.00 §3.2 For purposes of payment,the Contract Sum includes the following values related to portions of the Work: (itemize the Cmitrucl Such utnaut the major portions of the!York) Portion of the Work Value §3.3 The Contract Sum is based upon the following alternates,if any.which are described in the Contract Documents and hereby accepted by the Owner: admit/i'the accepted ahernatc:v. If the bidding or proposel documents permit the Owner to accept other alternates subsequent to the execution of this Agreement. attach a schedule of such other alternates showing the curtounl fire each and the date when that amount expires.) tett AIA Document A1057'—2017.Copyright O 1993,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.Alt rights reserved.WARNING:This Ale Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document,or any 3 portion of it.may result In severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents.e-mail The American Institute of Architects'legal counsel,copyright@aia.org. §3.4 Allowances,if any,included in the Contract Sum arc as follows: (Iclentif•each allowance.) Item Price §3.5 Unit prices,if any,arc as follows: (ldentift,the i/enr and stale ilw unit price and quantity limitations, if any, to which the unit price will be applicable.) Item Units and Limitations Price per Unit($0.00) • • • ARTICLE 4 PAYMENTS §4.1 Based on Contractor's Applications for Payment certified by the Architect,the Owner shall pay the Contractor,in accordance with Article 12,as follows: (Insert Molt,timing Jor payments and provisions for rvtdihahltng retainage,if any.) §4.2 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate below,or in the absence thereof,at the legal rate prevailing at the place oldie Project. (Insert rate of interest agreed upon, if any.) a�n ARTICLE 5 INSURANCE §5.1 The Contractor shall maintain the following types and limits of insurance until the expiration of the period for correction of Work as set forth in Section 14.2,subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5.1: §5.1.1 Commercial General Liability insurance for the Project,written on an occurrence form,with policy limits of not less than ($ )each occurrence. ($ )general aggregate.and (S )aggregate for products- completed operations harard. §5.1.2 Automobile Liability covering vehicles owned,and non-owned vehicles used.by the Contractor,with policy limits of not less than (S ) per accident,for bodily injury,death of any person,and property damage arising out of the ownership,maintenance,and use of those motor vehicles along with any other statutorily required automobile coverage. §5.1.3 The Contractor may achieve the required limits and coverage for Commercial General Liability and Automobile Liability through a combination of primary and excess or umbrella liability insurance,provided that such primary and excess or umbrella insurance policies result in the same or greater coverage as those required under Section 5.1.1 and 5.1.2,and in no event shall any excess or umbrella liability insurance provide narrower coverage than the primary policy.The excess policy shall not require exhaustion of the underlying limits only through the actual payment by the underlying insurers. Unit ' AIA Document A105"'—2017.Copyright 01993,2007 and 2017 by The America,Institute of Architects.AU rights reserved.WARNING:This Ale Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law end International Treaties.Unauthonzed reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document,or any 4 portion of il,may result In severe civil and criminal penalties,and will bo prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents,a mal The American Institute of Architects'legal counsel,copyrightpaia.org. §5.1.4 Workers'Compensation at statutory limits. §5.1.5 Employers' Liability with policy limits not less than (S )each accident. (S each employee,and ($ )policy limit. §5.1.6 The Contractor shall provide builder's risk insurance to cover the total value of the entire Project on a replacement cost basis. §5.1.7 Other Insurance Provided by the Contractor (List bt4unw any other iHsurunCN cuvrrugc'to Ire prodded ht•the Contractor and ant'applicable limits.) Coverage Limits §5.2 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owner's usual liability insurance and shall provide property insurance to cover the value of the Owner's property.The Contractor is entitled to receive an increase in the Contract Sum equal to the insurance proceeds related to a loss for damage to the Work covered by the Owner's property insurance. §5.3 The Contractor shall obtain an endorsement to its Commercial General Liability insurance policy to provide coverage for the Contractor's obligations under Section 8.12. §5.4 Prior to commencement ol'the Work,each party shall provide certificates of insurance showing their respective coverages. §5.5 Unless specifically precluded by the Owner's property insurance policy,the Owner and Contractor waive all rights against(I)each other and any of their subcontractors,suppliers,agents,and employees,each of the other;and(2)the Architect,Architect's consultants,and any of their agents and employees, firr damages caused by fire or other causes of loss to the extent those losses are covered by property insurance or other insurance applicable to the Project,except such rights as they have to the proceeds of such insurance. ARTICLE 6 GENERAL- PROVISIONS §6.1 The Contract The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements,either written or oral.The Contract may be amended or modified only by a written modification in accordance with Article to. §6.2 The Work The term"Work"means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents,and includes all other labor, materials,equipment,and services provided,or to be provided,by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. §6.3 Intent The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor.The Contract Documents are complementary,and what is required by one shall be as binding as it'required by all. §6.4 Ownership and Use of Architect's Drawings,Specifications 4nd Other Documents _ _ . Documents prepared by the Architect are instruments of the Arcfhitect's service for use solely with respect to tTiis Project.The Architect shall retain all common law,statutory,and other reserved rights,including the copyright.The Contractor,subcontractors,sub-subcontractors,and suppliers arc authorized to use and reproduce the instruments of service solely and exclusively Ibr execution of the Work.The instruments of-service may not he used for other Projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Architect. AIA Document A105111—2017.Copyright A 1993.2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:Thls AIA` Intl' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA"Document,or any 5 portion of It,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents,e-mail The American Institute of Architects'legal counsel,copyright@aia.org. §6.5 Electronic Notice Written notice under this Agreement may be given by one party to the other by email as set forth below. (Insert requirements fbr delivering written notice hr entail such as name.tide, and email address of the recipient.and whether and how the system will he required to generate a read receipt for the transmission.) ARTICLE 7 OWNER §7.1 Information and Services Required of the Owner §7.1.1 if requested by the Contractor,the Owner shall furnish all necessary surveys and a legal description of the site. §7.1.2 Except for permits and fees tender Section 8.7.I that arc the responsibility of the Contractor,the Owner shall obtain and pay for other necessary approvals,easements.assessments,and charges. §7.1.3 Prior to commencement of the Work,at the written request of the Contractor,the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that the Owner has made financial arrangements to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract.The Contractor shall have no obligation to commence the Work until the Owner provides such evidence. §7.2 Owner's Right to Stop the Work if the Contractor fails to con-eel Work which is not in accordance with the Contract Documents.the Owner may direct the Contractor in writing to stop the Work until the correction is made. §7.3 Owners Right to Carry Out the Work If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a seven day period atter receipt of'written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness,the Owner may,without prejudice to other remedies,correct such deficiencies. In such ease,the Architect may withhold or nullify a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part,to the extent.reasonably necessary to reimburse the Owner for the cost of correction,provided the actions of the Owner and amounts charged to the Contractor were approved by the Architect §7.4 Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to Award Separate Contracts §7.4.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces,and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project. §7.4.2 The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with the Owner's own forces and separate contractors employed by the Owner. ARTICLE 8 CONTRACTOR §8.1 Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions by Contractor §8.1.1 Execution ofthe Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site,become familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed,and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents. §8.1.2 The Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents with each other and with information furnished by the Owner. Before commencing activities,the Contractor shall(I)take field measurements and verify field conditions;(2)carefully compare this and other information known to the Contractor with the Contract Documents;and (3)promptly report errors,inconsistencies,or omissions discovered to the Architect §8.2 Contractor's Construction Schedule The Contractor,promptly after being awarded the Contract,shall prepare and submit For the Owner's and Architect's information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work. §8.3 Supervision and Construction Procedures §8.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work using the Contractor's best skill and attention.The Contractor shall be solely responsible fur and have control over construction means,methods,techniques,sequences,and procedures,and for coordinating all portions of the Work. AIA Document Al 05 TM-2017.Copyright O 1993.2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Ardrteds.All rights reserved.WARNING:This Ale Init. Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document,or any 6 portion of it,may result In severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents,e-mail The American institute of Architects'fogal counsel,copyrightenia.org. §8.3.2 The Contractor,as soon as practicable after award of the Contract.shall furnish in writing to the Owner,through the Architect,the names of subcontractors or suppliers for each portion oldie Work.The Contractor shall not contract with any subcontractor or supplier to whom the Owner or Architect have made a timely and reasonable objection. §8.4 Labor and Materials §8.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor,materials. equipment,tools,utilities,transportation,and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work. §8.4.2 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Contract Work.The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. §8.5 Warranty The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that:(1)materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will he new and of good quality unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract Documents;(2)the Work will he free from defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted;and(3)the Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Any material or equipment warranties required by the Contract Documents shall be issued in the name of the Owner,or shall be transferable to the Owner,and shall commence in accordance with Section 12.5. §8.6 Taxes The Contractor shall pay sales,consumer,use,and similar taxes that are legally required when the Contract is executed. §8.7 Permits,Fees and Notices §8.7.1 The Contractor shall obtain and pay for the building permit and other permits and governmental lees. licenses. and inspections necessary liar proper execution and completion of the Work. §8.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by agencies having jurisdiction over the Work.tithe Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes,rules and regulations.or lawful orders of public authorities,the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for such Work and shall hear the attributable costs.The Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect in writing of any known inconsistencies in the Contract Documents with such governmental laws,rules,and regulations. 4 8.8 Submittals The Contractor shall promptly review,approve in writing,and submit to the Architect shop drawings,product data, samples,and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents.Shop drawings,product data,samples,and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. §8.9 Use of Site The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law,ordinances,permits,the Contract Documents,and the Owner. §8.10 Cutting and Patching The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting. fitting,or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts lit together properly. §8.11 Cleaning Up The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of debris and trash related to the Work.At the completion of the Work,the Contractor shall remove its tools,construction equipment,machinery,and surplus material:and shall properly dispose of waste materials. §8.12 Indemnification To the fullest extent permitted by.taw,the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner,Ar41 'tcct, Architect's consultants,and agents and employees of any of therm,from and against claims,damages,losses and expenses,including but not limited to attorneys' fees,arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work. provided that such claim,damage,loss,or expense is attributable to bodily injury,sickness,disease or death,or to injury to or dcstntction of tangible property(other than the Work itself),but only to the extent caused by the negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor,a subcontractor,anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts AIA Document M05r"-2017.Copyright 91993,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING.This AIA` Init. Document Is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document,or any 7 portion of It,may result In severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible tinder the law.To report copyright violations of NA Contract Documents,e-mail The American Institute of Architects'legal=inset,copyright aia.org. they may be liable,regardless of whether or not such claim,damage. loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. ARTICLE 9 ARCHITECT §9.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents.The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents. §9.2 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of-construction to become generally familiar with the progress and quality ache Work. §9.3 The Architect will not have control over or charge of,and will not be responsible for,construction means, methods,techniques.sequences,or procedures.or for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since these are solely the Contractor's responsibility.The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. §9.4 Based on the Architect's observations and evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment,the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor. §9.5 The Architect has authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. §9.6 The Architect will promptly review and approve or take appropriate action upon Contractor's submittals,but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. §9.7 On written request from either the Owner or Contractor,the Architect will promptly interpret and decide matters concerning performance under,and requirements of.the Contract Documents. §9.8 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of,and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents,and will he in writing or in the form of drawings.'When making such interpretations and decisions,the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor,will not show partiality to either and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions rendered in good faith. §9.9 The Architect's duties,responsibilities,and limits of authority as described in the Contract Documents shall not be changed without written consent of the Owner.Contractor,and Architect.Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. ARTICLE 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK §10.1 The Owner,without invalidating the Contract.may order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract,consisting at'additions,deletions or other revisions,and the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted accordingly, in writing. if the Owner and Contractor cannot agree to a change in the Contract Sum,the Owner shall pay the Contractor its actual cost plus reasonable overhead and profit. §10.2 The Architect may authorize or order minor changes in the Work that arc consistent with the intent of'the Contract Documents and do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Sum or an extension of the Contract Time.Such authorization or order shall be in writing and shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor.The Contractor shall proceed with such minor changes promptly. §10.3 It-concealed or unknown physical conditions arc encountered at the site that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or from those conditions ordinarily found to exist,the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be subject to equitable adjustment. ARTICLE 11 TIME §11.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents arc oldie essence of the Contract. §11.2 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in progress of the Work by changes ordered in the Work,or by labor disputes,lire,unusual delay in deliveries,unavoidable casualties,or other causes beyond the Contractor's control,the Contract Time shall be subject to equitable adjustment. §11.3 Costs caused by delays or by improperly timed activities or detective construction shall be borne by the responsible party. Init. AIA Document A105' —2017.Copyright 01993.2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA"' Document Is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AleDocument,or any 13 portion of it.may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents,e-mail The American institute of Architects'legal coun^„el,copyright@taia.org. ARTICLE 12 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION §12.1 Contract Sum The Contract Sum stated in this Agreement,including authorized adjusmrcnts,is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. §12.2 Applications for Payment §12.2.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment,the Contactor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment for Work completed in accordance with the values stated in this Agreement.The Application shall be supported by data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or Architect may reasonably require,such as evidence of payments mule to,and waivers of liens from,subcontractors and suppliers. Payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work.If approved in advance by the Owner,payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment stored,and protected from damage,off the site at a location agreed upon in writing. §12.2.2 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment.The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment,all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall,to the best of the Contractor's knowledge,information,and belief,he free and clear of liens,claims,security interests,or other encumbrances adverse to the Owner's interests. §12.3 Certificates for Payment The Architect will,within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment,either(I)issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment in the full amount of the Application for Payment,with a copy to the Contractor;(2) issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due,and notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in part;or(3)withhold certification of the entire Application for Payment,and notify the Contractor and Owner of the Architect's reason for withholding certification in whole. it'certification or notification is not made within such seven day period,the Contractor may.upon seven additional days'written notice to the Owner and Architect,stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received.The Contract Time and the Contract Sum shall he equitably adjusted due to the delay. §12.4 Progress Payments §12.4.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment,the Owner shall make payment in the manner provided in the Contract Documents. §12.4.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each subcontractor and supplier,upon receipt of payment from the Owner, an amount determined in accordance with the terms of the applicable subcontracts and purchase orders. §12.4.3 Neither the Owner nor the Architect shall have responsibility for payments to a subcontractor or supplier. §12.4.4 A Certificate for Payment,a progress payment,or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. §12.5 Substantial Completion §12.5.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof'is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. §12.5.2 When the Contractor believes that the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete,it will notify the Architect and the Areljiteet will make an inspection to determine whether the Work is substantially complete. When the Architect determines that the Work is substantially complete,the Architect shall prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion that shall establish the date of Substantial Completion,establish the responsib.i)fties of the Owner and Contractor,and fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate.Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provider in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. AIA Document A105"'—2017.Copyright©1993,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA' Inrt Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA"Document,or any 9 portion of It,may result In severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law,To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents,e-mail The American hotiiute of Architects'legal counsel,copyright@aia.org. §12.6 Final Completion and Final Payment §12.6.1 Upon receipt of a final Application for Payment,the Architect will inspect the Work.When the Architect finds the Work acceptable and the Contract fully performed,the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment. §12.6.2 Final payment shall not become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect releases and waivers of liens, and data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations,such as receipts,claims,security interests,or encumbrances arising out of the Contract. §12.6.3 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor,a subcontractor or supplier shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment. ARTICLE 13 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating,maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs, including all those required by law in connection with performance of the Contract.The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions to prevent damage.injury,or loss to employees on the Work and other persons who may he affected thereby,the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein,and other property at the site or adjacent thereto.The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss to property caused in whole or in part by the Contractor,or by anyone for whose acts the Contractor may be liable. ARTICLE 14 CORRECTION OF WORK §14.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect as failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents.The Contractor shall bear the cast of correcting such rejected Work,including the costs of uncovering,replacement and additional testing. §14.2 in addition to the Contractor's other obligation including warranties under the Contract,the Contractor shall,for a period of one year after Substantial Completion,correct work not conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents. §14.3 If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable lime,the Owner may correct it in accordance with Section 7.3. ARTICLE 15 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS §15.1 Assignment of Contract Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of'the other. §15.2 Tests and Inspections §15.2.1 At the appropriate times,the Contractor shall arrange and bear cost of tests,inspections,and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents or by laws,statutes,ordinances,codes,rules and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities. §15.2.2 If the Architect requires additional testing,the Contractor shall perform those tests. §15.2.3 The Owner shall bear cost of'tests,inspections,or approvals that do not become requirements until after the Contract is executed.The Owner shall directly arrange and pay for tests.inspections.or approvals where building codes or applicable laws or regulations so require. §15.3 Governing Law The Contract shall be governed by the law of'the place where the Project is located,excluding that jurisdiction's choice) of law rules. ARTICLE 16 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT §16.1 Termination by the Contractor _. if the Work is stopped under Section 12.3 fur a period of 14 days through no fault of the Contractor,the Contractor may,upon seven additional days'written notice to the Owner and Architect,terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed including reasonable overhead and profit,and costs incurred by reason of such termination. Init. AIA Document A105' —2017.Copyright ID 1993,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This Ale Document Is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document,or any "10 portion of It,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,end will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents.c-mail The Arnoricar'Instituto of Architects'legal counsel.copyright@aia.org. §16.2 Termination by the Owner for Cause §16.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor .1 repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; .2 fails to make payment to subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the subcontractors; .3 repeatedly disregards applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes,Hiles and regulations,or lawful orders of a public authority;or .4 is otherwise guilty of substantial breach ol'a provision of the Contract Documents. §16.2.2 When any of the above reasons exist,the Owner,after consultation with the Architect,may without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's Surety,if any,seven days'written notice,terminate employment of the Contractor and may .1 take possession of the site and of all materials thereon owned by the Contractor,and .2 finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. §16.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Section 16.2.1,the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished. §16.2.4 if the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work,such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed the unpaid balance,the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.This obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. §16.3 Termination by the Owner for Convenience The Owner may,at any time,terminate the Contract for the Owner's convenience and without cause.The Contractor shall be entitled to receive payment kw Work executed,and costs incurred by reason of such termination,along with • reasonable overhead and profit on the Work not executed. ARTICLE 17 OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS (Insert any other terms or conditions below,) This Agreement entered into as of the day and year first written above. (Ij required by law. insert cancellation period.disclosures or other morning svatenuerrts above the.xignrurnrc) OWNER(Signature) CONTRACTOR(Signature) (Printed name and title) (Printed name and title) LICENSE NO.: JUR iSDICTiON: • AIA Document A105"'—2017.Copyright 1993:2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIAC init. Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this/me Document,or any 11 portion of It,may result In severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents,e-mail The American Institute of Architects'legal counsel.copyright@aia.org. CITY OF PORT ARTHUR,TEXAS orr 114; ADDENDUM NO. ONE (1) October 10, 2019 Bid For: Additions& Renovations to Port Arthur Transit Facility The following clarifications, amendments, deletions, additions, revision and/or modifications are made a part of the contract documents and change the original documents only in the manner and to the extent hereinafter stated and shall be incorporated in the contract documents. Provisions of this addendum shall take precedence over requirements of the original contract documents and all BIDDERS ARE REQUESTED TO ACKNOWLEDGE SAID PROVISIONS IN THE SUBMISSION OF THEIR BID. Addendum as follows 1. The Pre-Bid is Non Mandatory. If you have any questions, please contact the Purchasing Division at 409-983-8160. NOTE: ALL PAGES OF ADDENDA MUST BE SIGNED AND SUBMITTED WITH YOUR BID DOCUMENTS. 4 Clifton ifliams CPPB Purchasing Manager 11.01.2019 Signature . Proposer / Date Cih nJ � � -CITY OF PORT ARTHUR, TEXAS 111 ort rthur" ADDENDUM NO.TWO (2) Trus October 29,2019 Bid For: Petroleum: Additions &Renovations to Transit Terminal The following clarifications, amendments, deletions, additions, revision and/or modifications are made a part of the contract documents and change the original documents only in the manner and to the extent hereinafter stated and shall be incorporated in the contract documents. Provisions of this addendum shall take precedence over requirements of the original contract documents and all BIDDERS ARE REQUESTED TO ACKNOWLEDGE SAID PROVISIONS IN THE SUBMISSION OF THEIR BID. Addendum as follows 1. DEADLINE: Sealed Bid submittals must be received and time stamped by 3:00 p.m., Central Standard Time, Friday, November 1, 2019. (The clock located in the City Secretary's office will be the official time.) All bids received will be read aloud at 3:15 p.m. on Friday, November 1, 2019 in the City Council Chambers, City Hall, 5th Floor, Port Arthur,TX. You are invited to attend. 2. City will partially shut down on shut down terminal when requested by contractor. Please give at least 48 hours notice. 3. The City will be responsible for Testing, If you have any questions, please contact the Purchasing Division at 409-983-8160. NOTE: ALL PAGES OF ADDENDA MUST BE SIGNED AND SUBMITTED WITH YOUR BID DOCUMENTS. Clifton I it 'ams, CPPB Purchasing Manager 11/01/2019 Signature • ' roposer Date SECTION B CITY OF PORT ARTHUR, TEXAS ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS Notice is hereby given that sealed bids, addressed to the City of Port Arthur, will be received at the Office of the City Secretary, City Hall 444 4th Street or P. O. Box 1089, Port Arthur, Texas 77641 no later than 3:00 p.m., Wednesday, October 30, 2019 and all bids received will thereafter be opened and read aloud at 3:15 P.M., on Wednesday,October 30, 2019 in the City Council Chambers, 5th Floor, City Hall, Port Arthur, Texas for certain services briefly described as: ADDITIONS & RENOVATIONS TO PORT ARTHUR TRANSIT FACILITY Bids received after the deadline stated above, regardless of method of delivery, will not be considered and returned unopened. NON MANDATORY PRE-BID MEETING IS SCHEDULED FOR THURSDAY, OCTOBER 17, 2019 AT 2:00 P.M. AT TRANSIT FACILITY, 322 PROCTOR STREET, PORT ARTHUR, TEXAS Copies of the Specifications and other Contract Documents are on file in the Purchasing Office, 444 4th Street, City of Port Arthur, and are open for public inspection without charge. They can also be retrieved from the City's website at www.portarthurtx.gov or www.publicpurchase.com. The City of Port Arthur reserves the right to reject any and all bids and to waive informalities. Per Chapter 2 Article VI Sec. 2-262(C) of the City's Code of Ordinance, the City Council shall not award a contract to a company that is in arrears in its obligations to the City. if, a24 Ulta- Clifie6n Williams, CPPB Purchasing Manager FIRST PUBLICATION: October 4,2019 SECOND PUBLICATION: October 11,2019 SECTION C GENERAL INFORMATION: Bidders are cautioned to read the information contained in this ITB carefully and to submit a complete response to all requirements and questions as directed. TERMINOLOGY: "Bid" vs. "Proposal"--For the purpose of this ITB, the terms "Bid" and `Proposal" shall be equivalent. AWARD: The City of Port Arthur will review all bids for responsiveness and compliance with these specifications. The City reserves the right to award on the basis of the Lowest and Most Responsive Bid in accordance with the laws of Texas, to waive any formality or irregularity, and/or to reject any or all proposals. ALTERING BIDS: Bids cannot be altered or amended after submission deadline. Any interlineations, alteration, or erasure made before opening time must be initialed by the signer of the bid, guaranteeing authenticity. WITHDRAWAL OF BID: The bidder may withdraw its bid by submitting written request, over the signature of an authorized individual, to the Purchasing Division any time prior to the submission deadline. The bidder may thereafter submit a new bid prior to the deadline. Modification or withdrawal of the bid in any manner, oral or written, will not be considered if submitted after the deadline. CONFLICT OF INTEREST: No public official shall have interest in this contract, in accordance with Vernon's Texas Code Annotated, Local Government Code Title 5, Subtitle C, Chapter 171. CONFLICT OF INTEREST: Provide a completed copy of the Conflict of Interest Questionnaire (Form CIQ). The Texas legislature recently enacted House Bill 914 which added Chapter 176 to the Texas Local Government Code. Chapter 176 mandates the public disclosure of certain information concerning persons doing business or seeking to do business with the City of Port Arthur, including affiliations and business and financial relationships such persons may have with City of Port Arthur officers. The form can be can be located at the Texas Ethics Commission website: https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/filinginfo/conflict_forms.htm By doing business or seeking to do business with the City of Port Arthur including submitting a response to this ITB, you acknowledge that you have been notified of the requirements of Chapter 176 of the Texas Local Government Code and you are representing that you in compliance with them. Any information provided by the City of Port Arthur is for information purposes only. If you have concerns about whether Chapter 176 of the Texas Local Government Code applies to you or the manner in which you must comply,you should consult an attorney. The following are the current City Council and City Employees who are anticipated to either recommend or ETHICS: Public employees must discharge their duties impartially so as to assure fair, competitive access to governmental procurement by responsible contractors. Moreover, they should conduct themselves in such a manner as to foster public confidence in the integrity of the City of Port Arthur's procurement organization. Any employee that makes purchases for the City is an agent of the City and is required to follow the City's Code of Ethics. MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR RESPONSIBLE PROSPECTIVE BIDDERS: A prospective bidder must affirmatively demonstrate bidder's responsibility. A prospective bidder must meet the following requirements: 1. Be able to comply with the required or proposed delivery schedule. 2. Have a satisfactory record of performance. 3. Have a satisfactory record of integrity and ethics. 4. Be otherwise qualified and eligible to receive an award. 5. Be engaged in a full time business and can assume liabilities for any performance or warranty service required. 6. The City Council shall not award a contract to a company that is in arrears in its obligations to the City. 7. No payments shall be made to any person of public monies under any contract by the City with such person until such person has paid all obligations and debts owed to the City, or has made satisfactory arrangements to pay the same. ADDENDA: Any interpretations, corrections or changes to the ITB will be made by addenda no later than 48 hours prior to the date and time fixed for submission of proposals. Sole issuing authority of addenda shall be vested in the City of Port Arthur Purchasing Manager. The City assumes no responsibility for the proposer's failure to obtain and/or properly submit any addendum. Failure to acknowledge and submit any addendum may be cause for the bid to be rejected. It is the vendor's responsibility to check for any addendums that might have been issued before bid closing date and time. All addenda will be numbered consecutively, beginning with 1. PRICES: The bidder should show in the bid both the unit price and total amount, where required, of each item listed. In the event of error or discrepancy in the mathematics, the unit price shall prevail. PURCHASE ORDER: A purchase order(s) shall be generated by the City of Port Arthur to the successful bidder. The purchase order number must appear on all itemized invoices. INVOICES: All invoices shall be mailed directly to the City of Port Arthur, Attn.: Transit, P.O. Box 1089, Port Arthur, Texas 77641. PAYMENT: Payment will be made upon receipt of the original invoice and the acceptance of the goods or services by the City of Port Arthur, in accordance with the State of Texas Prompt Payment Act, Article 601f V.T.C.S. The City's standard payment terms are net 30, i.e. payment is due 30 days from the date of the invoice. SALES TAX: The City of Port Arthur is exempt by law from payment of Texas Sales Tax and Federal Excise Tax; therefore the proposal shall not include Sales Tax. VENUE: This agreement will be governed and construed according to the laws of the State of Texas. This agreement is performable in Port Arthur, Texas, Jefferson County. The City of Port Arthur may request and rely on advice, decisions, and opinions of the Attorney General of Texas and the City Attorney concerning any portion of these requirements. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS: The Contractor shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, orders, regulations and codes of the federal, state and local governments relating to performance of work herein. INTEREST OF MEMBERS OF CITY: No member of the governing body of the City, and no other officer, employee or agent of the City who exercises any functions or responsibilities in connection with the planning and carrying out of the program, shall have any personal financial interest, direct or indirect, in this Contract; and, the Contractor shall take appropriate steps to assure compliance. DELINQUENT PAYMENTS DUE CITY: The City of Port Arthur Code of Ordinances prohibits the City from granting any license, privilege or paying money to any-one owing delinquent taxes, paving assessments or any money to the City until such debts are paid or until satisfactory arrangements for payment has been made. Bidders must complete and sign the AFFIDAVIT included as part of this ITB. QUANTITIES: Quantities shown are estimated, based on projected use. It is specifically understood and agreed that these quantities are approximate and any additional quantities will be paid for at the quoted price. It is further understood that the contractor shall not have any claim against the City of Port Arthur for quantities less than the estimated amount. SHIPPING INFORMATION: All bids are to be F.O.B., City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, TX 77640 INCORPORATION OF PROVISIONS REQUIRED BY LAW: Each provision and clause required by law to be inserted into the Contract shall be deemed to be enacted herein and the Contract shall be read and enforced as though each were included herein. If, through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted or is not correctly inserted the Contract shall be amended to make such insertion on application by either party. CONTRACTOR'S OBLIGATIONS: The Contractor shall and will, in good workmanlike manner, perform all work and furnish all supplies and materials, machinery, equipment, facilities and means, except as herein otherwise expressly specified, necessary or proper to perform and complete all the work required by this Contract, in accordance with the provisions of this Contract and said specifications. The apparent silence of these specifications as to any detail or to the apparent omission from it of a detailed description concerning any point shall be regarded as meaning that only the best commercial practices are to prevail. While the purpose of the specifications is to indicate minimum requirements in the way of capability, performance, construction, and other details, its use is not intended to deprive the City of Port Arthur the option of selecting goods which may be considered more suitable for the purpose involved. Under the Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, no person shall, on the grounds of race, color, or national origin, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity receiving Federal financial assistance. RELEASES AND RECEIPTS: The City of Port Arthur before making payments may require the Contractor to furnish releases or receipts for any or all persons performing work and supplying material or service to the Contractor, or any sub-contractors for work under this contract, if this is deemed necessary to protect its interests. CARE OF WORK: The Contractor shall be responsible for all damages to person or property that occurs as a result of his fault or negligence in connection with the work performed until completion and final acceptance by the City. SUB-CONTRACTS: The Contractor shall not execute an agreement with any sub-contractor or permit any sub-contractor to perform any work included in this Contract until he has received from the City of Port Arthur written approval of such agreement. INSURANCE: All insurance must be written by an insurer licensed to conduct business in the State of Texas, unless otherwise permitted by Owner. The Contract shall, at his own expense, purchase, maintain and keep in force insurance that will protect against injury and/or damages which may arise out of or result from operations under this contract, whether the operations be by himself or by any subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, of the following types and limits 1. Standard Worker's Compensation Insurance: 2. Commercial General Liability occurrence type insurance City of Port Arthur, its officers, agents, and employees must be named as an additional insured): a. Bodily injury$1,000,000 single limit per occurrence or$1,000,000 each person/$1,000,000 per occurrence; and, b. Property Damage $1,000,000 per occurrence regardless of contract amount; and, c. Professional Liability: $1,000,000. Contractor shall cause Contractor's insurance company or insurance agent to fill in all information required (including names of insurance agency, contractor and insurance companies, and policy numbers, effective dates and expiration dates) and to date and sign and do all other things necessary to complete and make into valid certificates of insurance and pertaining to the above listed items, and before commencing any of the work and within the time otherwise specified, Contractor shall file completed certificates of insurance with the Owner. None of the provisions in said certificate of insurance should be altered or modified in any respect except as herein expressly authorized. Said CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Form should contain a provision that coverage afforded under the policies will not be altered, modified or canceled unless at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice has been given to the City of Port Arthur. Contractor shall also file with the City of Port Arthur valid CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE on like form from or for all Subcontractors and showing the Subcontractor (s) as the Insured. Said completed CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Form (s) shall in any event be filed with the City of Port Arthur not more than ten (10) days after execution of this Contract. NOTICE TO PROCEED: Notice to Proceed shall be issued within ten (10) days of the execution of the Contract by OWNER. Should there be any reasons why Notice to Proceed cannot be issued within such period, the time may be extended by mutual agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. DISCLOSURE OF INTERESTED PARTIES FORM 1295: A person or business, who enters into a contract with the City, meeting the conditions according to Texas Local Government Code Sec. 2252.908, is required to file Form 1295 with Texas Ethics Commission. This form is not required unless there is a contract between the vendor and the City of Port Arthur. Do not submit this form unless you receive an award letter from the City. PUBLIC INSPECTION OF BIDS: The City strictly adheres to the Texas Public Information Act (Texas Government Code Chapter 552.001, et seq.) and all other governing statutes, regulations, and laws regarding the disclosure of RFP information. Proposal Documents are not available for public inspection until after the contract award. If the Bidder has notified the City, in writing, that the Bidl Document contains trade secrets or confidential information, the City will generally take reasonable steps to prevent disclosure of such information, in accordance with the Public Information Act. This is a statement of general policy only, and in no event shall the City be liable for disclosure of such information by the City in response to a request, regardless of the City's failure to take any such reasonable steps, even if the City is negligent in failing to do so. AMBIGUITY: Any ambiguity in the Bid Document as a result of omission, error, lack of clarity or non-compliance by the Bidder with specifications, instructions and all conditions shall be construed in the favor of the City. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: City may request any other information necessary to determine Bidder's ability to meet the minimum standards required by this ITB. CHANGE ORDER (a) The Contracting Officer may at any time, and without notice to the sureties, if any, by a written order, make changes within the general scope of this contract in any one or more of the following: (is) drawings, designs, or specifications; (ii) extending term of contract; and (iii) equitable adjustment in price/time of performance. If any such change causes an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or the time required for, the performance of any part of the work under this contract, whether changed or not changed by the order, an equitable adjustment shall be made in the contract price or delivery schedule, or both, and the contract shall be modified in writing accordingly. (b) Any notice of intent to assert a claim for adjustment under this clause must be asserted by the Contractor within 30 days from the date of receipt of the Contracting Officer's written order; provided, however, that later notice shall not bar the Contractor's claim if the Contractor can demonstrate that PAT was not prejudiced by the delay in notification. In no event shall any claim be asserted after final payment. 1. NO FEDERAL GOVERNMENT OBLIGATION TO THIRD PARTIES 1. The Purchaser and Contractor acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding any concurrence by the Federal Government in or approval of the solicitation or award of the underlying contract, absent the express written consent by the Federal Government, the Federal Government is not a party to this contract and shall not be subject to any obligations or liabilities to the Purchaser, Contractor, or any other party (whether or not a party to that contract)pertaining to any matter resulting from the underlying contract. 2. The Contractor agrees to include the above clause in each subcontract financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA. It is further agreed that the clause shall not be modified, except to identify the subcontractor who will be subject to its provisions. 2. PROGRAM FRAUD AND FALSE OR FRAUDULENT STATEMENTS AND RELATED ACTS 1. The Contractor acknowledges that the provisions of the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act of 1986, as amended, 31 U.S.C. § § 3801 et seq . and U.S. DOT regulations, "Program Fraud Civil Remedies," 49 C.F.R. Part 31, apply to its actions pertaining to this Project. Upon execution of the underlying contract, the Contractor certifies or affirms the truthfulness and accuracy of any statement it has made, it makes, it may make, or causes to be made, pertaining to the underlying contract or the FTA assisted project for which this contract work is being performed. In addition to other penalties that may be applicable, the Contractor further acknowledges that if it makes, or causes to be made, a false, fictitious, or fraudulent claim, statement, submission, or certification, the Federal Government reserves the right to impose the penalties of the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act of 1986 on the Contractor to the extent the Federal Government deems appropriate. 2. The Contractor also acknowledges that if it makes, or causes to be made, a false, fictitious, or fraudulent claim, statement, submission, or certification to the Federal Government under a contract connected with a project that is financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance originally awarded by FTA under the authority of 49 U.S.C. § 5307, the Government reserves the right to impose the penalties of 18 U.S.C. § 1001 and 49 U.S.C. § 5307(n)(1) on the Contractor, to the extent the Federal Government deems appropriate. 3. The Contractor agrees to include the above two clauses in each subcontract financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA. It is further agreed that the clauses shall not be modified, except to identify the subcontractor who will be subject to the provisions. 3. ACCESS TO RECORDS The following access to records requirements apply to this Contract: • Where the Purchaser is not a State but a local government and is the FTA Recipient or a subgrantee of the FTA Recipient in accordance with 49 C. F. R. 18.36(i), the Contractor agrees to provide the Purchaser, the FTA Administrator, the Comptroller General of the United States or any of their authorized representatives access to any books, documents, papers and records of the Contractor which are directly pertinent to this contract for the purposes of making audits, examinations, excerpts and transcriptions. Contractor also agrees, pursuant to 49 C. F. R. 633.17 to provide the FTA Administrator or his authorized representatives including any PMO Contractor access to Contractor's records and construction sites pertaining to a major capital project, defined at 49 U.S.C. 5302(a)1, which is receiving federal financial assistance through the programs described at 49 U.S.C. 5307, 5309 or 5311. 4. FEDERAL CHANGES Federal Changes - Contractor shall at all times comply with all applicable FTA regulations, policies, procedures and directives, including without limitation those listed directly or by reference in the Master Agreement between Purchaser and FTA, as they may be amended or promulgated from time to time during the term of this contract. Contractor's failure to so comply shall constitute a material breach of this contract. 5. CIVIL RIGHTS 1. Nondiscrimination- In accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 2000d, section 303 of the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 6102, section 202 of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. § 12132, and Federal transit law at 49 U.S.C. § 5332, the Contractor agrees that it will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, creed, national origin, sex, age, or disability. In addition, the Contractor agrees to comply with applicable Federal implementing regulations and other implementing requirements FTA may issue. 2. Equal Employment Opportunity- The following equal employment opportunity requirements apply to the underlying contract: 3. Race, Color, Creed, National Origin, Sex - In accordance with Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 2000e, and Federal transit laws at 49 U.S.C. § 5332, the Contractor agrees to comply with all applicable equal employment opportunity requirements of U.S. Department of Labor (U.S. DOL) regulations, "Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor," 41 C.F.R. Parts 60 et seq ., (which implement Executive Order No. 11246, "Equal Employment Opportunity," as amended by Executive Order No. 11375, "Amending Executive Order 11246 Relating to Equal Employment Opportunity," 42 U.S.C. § 2000e note), and with any applicable Federal statutes, executive orders, regulations, and Federal policies that may in the future affect construction activities undertaken in the course of the Project. The Contractor agrees to take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, creed, national origin, sex, or age. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. In addition, the Contractor agrees to comply with any implementing requirements FTA may issue. 4. Age - In accordance with section 4 of the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § § 623 and Federal transit law at 49 U.S.C. § 5332,the Contractor agrees to refrain from discrimination against present and prospective employees for reason of age. In addition, the Contractor agrees to comply with any implementing requirements FTA may issue. 5. Disabilities - In accordance with section 102 of the Americans with Disabilities Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 12112, the Contractor agrees that it will comply with the requirements of U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, "Regulations to Implement the Equal Employment Provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act," 29 C.F.R. Part 1630, pertaining to employment of persons with disabilities. In addition, the Contractor agrees to comply with any implementing requirements FTA may issue. 6. The Contractor also agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA, modified only if necessary to identify the affected parties 6. DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (DBE) a) It is the policy of the Authority and the Department of Transportation that Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBEs) as defined in 49 C.F.R. Part 26 shall have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of con- tracts financed in whole or in part with Federal funds under this contract. Consequently, the DBE requirements of 49 C.F.R Part 26 applies to this contract. b) The Contractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The requirements of 49 C.F.R. Part 26, and the Authority's DOT approved Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) program is incorporated in this contract by reference. Failure by the Contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of the contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy, as the Authority deems appropriate. 7. INCORPORATION OF FEDERAL TRANSIT ADMINISTRATION (FTA) TERMS Incorporation of Federal Transit Administration (FTA) Terms - The preceding provisions include, in part, certain Standard Terms and Conditions required by DOT, whether or not expressly set forth in the preceding contract provisions. All contractual provisions required by DOT, as set forth in FTA Circular 4220.1E are hereby incorporated by reference. Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, all FTA mandated terms shall be deemed to control in the event of a conflict with other provisions contained in this Agreement. The Contractor shall not perform any act, fail to perform any act, or refuse to comply with any (name of grantee) requests which would cause (name of grantee) to be in violation of the FTA terms and conditions. 8. TERMINATION TERMINATION FOR CAUSE: If, through any cause, the Contractor shall fail to fulfill in a timely and proper manner his obligations under this contract, or if the Contractor shall violate any of the covenants, agreements or stipulations of this contract, the City shall thereupon have the right to terminate this contract by giving written notice to the Contractor of such termination and specifying the effective date thereof, at least fifteen (15) days before the effective date of such termination. Notwithstanding the above, the Contractor shall not be relieved of liability to the City for damages sustained by the City by virtue of any breach of the contract by the Contractor, and the City may withhold any payments to the Contractor for the purpose of set-off until such time as the exact amount of damages due the City from the Contractor is determined. TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE: The City may terminate this contract at any time giving at least thirty (30) days notice in writing to the Contractor. If the Contract is terminated by the City as provided herein, the Contractor will be paid for the service that it has performed up to the termination date. If this contract is terminated due to fault of the Contractor, the previous paragraph hereof relative to termination shall apply. 9. DEBARMENT& SUSPENSION This contract is a covered transaction for purposes of 49 CFR Part 29. As such, the contractor is required to verify that none of the contractor, its principals, as defined at 49 CFR 29.995, or affiliates, as defined at 49 CFR 29.905, are excluded or disqualified as defined at 49 CFR 29.940 and 29.945. The contractor is required to comply with 49 CFR 29, Subpart C and must include the requirement to comply with 49 CFR 29, Subpart C in any lower tier covered transaction it enters into. By signing and submitting its bid or proposal, the bidder or proposer certifies as follows: The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact relied upon by {insert agency name}. If it is later determined that the bidder or proposer knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to remedies available to {insert agency name}, the Federal Government may pursue available remedies, including but not limited to suspension and/or debarment. The bidder or proposer agrees to comply with the requirements of 49 CFR 29, Subpart C while this offer is valid and throughout the period of any contract that may arise from this offer. The bidder or proposer further agrees to include a provision requiring such compliance in its lower tier covered transactions. 10. BUY AMERICA REOUIREMENTS The contractor agrees to comply with 49 U.S.C. 5323(j) and 49 C.F.R. Part 661, which provide that Federal funds may not be obligated unless steel, iron, and manufactured products used in FTA-funded projects are produced in the United States,unless a waiver has been granted by FTA or the product is subject to a general waiver. General waivers are listed in 49 C.F.R. 661.7, and include final assembly in the United States for 15 passenger vans and 15 passenger wagons produced by Chrysler Corporation, and microcomputer equipment and software. Separate requirements for rolling stock are set out at 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(2)(C) and 49 C.F.R. 661.11. Rolling stock must be assembled in the United States and have a 60 percent domestic content. 11. RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES, BREACHES AND OTHER LITIGATION All contracts in excess of$100,000 shall contain provisions or conditions which will allow for administrative, contractual, or legal remedies in instances where contractors violate or breach contract terms, and provide for such sanctions and penalties as may be appropriate. This may include provisions for bonding, penalties for late or inadequate performance, retained earnings, liquidated damages or other appropriate measures. Specific language for dispute resolution will be provided in any resultant contract of the successful proposer. 12. RESTRICTIONS ON LOBBYING (a) The Contractor shall timely comply with the requirements of the lobbying restrictions set forth in Section 319 of Public Law 101-121, as implemented by the Department of Transportation in 49 C.F.R. Part 20, and as those authorities may be hereafter amended. (b) If a Standard Form LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," is required to be completed by the Contractor or subcontractor at any tier, such disclosure form shall be furnished to the Authority. 13. CLEAN AIR (1) The Contractor agrees to comply with all applicable standards, orders or regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §§ 7401 et seq. The Contractor agrees to report each violation to the Purchaser and understands and agrees that the Purchaser will, in turn, report each violation as required to assure notification to FTA and the appropriate EPA Regional Office. (2) The Contractor also agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract exceeding $100,000 financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA. 14. CLEAN WATER ACT (1) The Contractor agrees to comply with all applicable standards, orders or regulations issued pursuant to the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq . The Contractor agrees to report each violation to the Purchaser and understands and agrees that the Purchaser will, in turn,report each violation as required to assure notification to FTA and the appropriate EPA Regional Office. (2) The Contractor also agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract exceeding $100,000 financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA. 15. CARGO PREFERENCE REQUIREMENTS Use of United States-Flag Vessels - The contractor agrees: a. to use privately owned United States-Flag commercial vessels to ship at least 50 percent of the gross tonnage (computed separately for dry bulk carriers, dry cargo liners, and tankers) involved, whenever shipping any equipment, material, or commodities pursuant to the underlying contract to the extent such vessels are available at fair and reasonable rates for United States-Flag commercial vessels; b. to furnish within 20 working days following the date of loading for shipments originating within the United States or within 30 working days following the date of leading for shipments originating outside the United States, a legible copy of a rated, "on-board" commercial ocean bill-of-lading in English for each shipment of cargo described in the preceding paragraph to the Division of National Cargo, Office of Market Development, Maritime Administration, Washington, DC 20590 and to the FTA recipient (through the contractor in the case of a subcontractor's bill-of- lading.) c. to include these requirements in all subcontracts issued pursuant to this contract when the subcontract may involve the transport of equipment, material, or commodities by ocean vessel 16. FLY AMERICA REQUIREMENTS Fly America Requirements - The Contractor agrees to comply with 49 U.S.C. 40118 (the "Fly America" Act) in accordance with the General Services Administration's regulations at 41 CFR Part 301-10, which provide that recipients and subrecipients of Federal funds and their contractors are required to use U.S. Flag air carriers for U.S Government-financed international air travel and transportation of their personal effects or property, to the extent such service is available, unless travel by foreign air carrier is a matter of necessity, as defined by the Fly America Act. The Contractor shall submit, if a foreign air carrier was used, an appropriate certification or memorandum adequately explaining why service by a U.S. flag air carrier was not available or why it was necessary to use a foreign air carrier and shall, in any event, provide a certificate of compliance with the Fly America requirements. The Contractor agrees to include the requirements of this section in all subcontracts that may involve international air transportation. 17. DAVIS BACON Attention is particularly called to the requirement of not paying less than the prevailing Davis Bacon Related Acts (DBRA) wage rates specified in the Contract Documents. These rates are minimums to be paid during the life of the contract. It is therefore the responsibility of the Bidder to inform themselves as to local labor conditions. Attention is called to the requirement that employees and applicants for employment are not discriminated against because of race, color, religion, sex, age or national origin. Background and Application The Davis-Bacon and Copeland Acts are codified at 40 USC 3141, et seq. and 18 USC 874. The Acts apply to grantee construction contracts and subcontracts that"at least partly are financed by a loan or grant from the Federal Government."40 USC 3145(a), 29 CFR 5.2(h), 49 CFR 18.36(i)(5). The Acts apply to any construction contract over$2,000. 40 USC 3142(a), 29 CFR 5.5(a). `Construction,' for purposes of the Acts, includes"actual construction, alteration and/or repair, including painting and decorating." 29 CFR 5.5(a). The requirements of both Acts are incorporated into a single clause(see 29 CFR 3.11) enumerated at 29 CFR 5.5(a) and reproduced below. The clause language is drawn directly from 29 CFR 5.5(a) and any deviation from the model clause below should be coordinated with counsel to ensure the Acts' requirements are satisfied. (1) Minimum wages - (i) All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work (or under the United States Housing Act of 1937 or under the Housing Act of 1949 in the construction or development of the project), will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR part 3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics. Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under section 1(b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of paragraph (1)(iv) of this section; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein: Provided, That the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination (including any additional classifications and wage rates conformed under paragraph (1)(ii) of this section) and the Davis-Bacon poster (WH-1321) shall be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers. (ii)(A) The contracting officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics, including helpers, which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. The contracting officer shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefore only when the following criteria have been met: (1) Except with respect to helpers as defined as 29 CFR 5.2(n)(4), the work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and (2) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and (3) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination; and (4) With respect to helpers as defined in 29 CFR 5.2(n)(4), such a classification prevails in the area in which the work is performed. (B) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, DC 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (C) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Administrator for determination. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (D) The wage rate(including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1)(ii) (B) or (C) of this section, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. (iii) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. (iv) If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the contractor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, Provided, That the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. (v)(A)The contracting officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. The contracting officer shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefor only when the following criteria have been met: (1) The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and (2) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and (3) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. (B) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, Washington, DC 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (C) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Administrator for determination. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination with 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (D) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1)(v) (B) or (C) of this section, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. (2) Withholding - City Utilities shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor under this contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally-assisted contract subject to Davis- Bacon prevailing wage requirements, which is held by the same prime contractor, so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of the work (or under the United States Housing Act of 1937 or under the Housing Act of 1949 in the construction or development of the project), all or part of the wages required by the contract, City Utilities may, after written notice.to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased. (3) Payrolls and basic records - (i) Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the contractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work (or under the United States Housing Act of 1937, or under the Housing Act of 1949, in the construction or development of the project). Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv) that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act, the contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs. (ii)(A) The contractor shall submit weekly for each week in which any contract work is performed a copy of all payrolls to City Utilities for transmission to the Federal Transit Administration as requested. The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under section 5.5(a)(3)(i) of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5. This information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH-347 is available for this purpose and may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents (Federal Stock Number 029-005-00014-1), U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402. The prime contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. (B) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance," signed by the contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following: (1) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be maintained under section 5.5(a)(3)(i) of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5 and that such information is correct and complete; (2) That each laborer or mechanic (including each helper, apprentice, and trainee) employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations, 29 CFR part 3; (3) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract. (C) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph (a)(3)(ii)(B) of this section. (D) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under section 1001 of title 18 and section 231 of title 31 of the United States Code. (iii) The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the Federal Transit Administration or the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the Federal agency may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12. (5) Apprentices and trainees - (i) Apprentices - Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, or if a person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program. Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly rate) specified in the contractor's or subcontractor's registered program shall be observed. Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeymen hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division of the U.S. Department of Labor determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (ii) Trainees - Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration. The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (iii) Equal employment opportunity - The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR part 30. (5) Compliance with Copeland Act requirements - The contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR part 3,which are incorporated by reference in this contract. (6) Subcontracts - The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses contained in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1) through (10) and such other clauses as the Federal Transit Administration may by appropriate instructions require, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5. (7) Contract termination: debarment - A breach of the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5 may be grounds for termination of the contract, and for debarment as a contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12. (8) Compliance with Davis-Bacon and Related Act requirements - All rulings and interpretations of the Davis-Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract. (9) Disputes concerning labor standards - Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR parts 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and the contracting agency, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives. (10) Certification of eligibility - (i) By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies that neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). (ii) No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). (iii) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001 18. .CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STAND- ARDS ACT — OVERTIME COMPENSATION 1. Overtime requirements - No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek. 2. Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages - In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (1) of this section the contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefore shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (1) of this section, in the sum of$10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph (1) of this section. 3. Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages - The (write in the name of the grantee) shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from any moneys payable on account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally-assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph (2) of this section. 4. Subcontracts - The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraphs (1) through (4) of this section and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in paragraphs (1)through (4) of this section. 19. BONDING BID SECURITY: Bids shall be accompanied by a bid guarantee of not less than five percent (5%) of the amount of the total bid which shall be a Certified Check or Cashier's check payable without recourse to the City of Port Arthur, or a bid bond with corporate surety authorized to conduct business in Texas. Said security shall be submitted with the understanding that it shall guarantee that the Bidder will not withdraw his bid within thirty (30) days after the date of the opening of the bids; that if a bid is accepted, the bidder will enter into a formal Contract with the OWNER, furnish bonds and insurance as may be required and commence work at the specified time, and that in the event of the withdrawal of said bid within said period, or the failure to enter into said Contract, furnish said bonds and insurance and commence work within the time specified, the Bidder shall be liable to the OWNER for the difference between the amount specified in the bid in the amount for which the OWNER may otherwise procure the required work. Checks of all except the three lowest responsible Bidders will be returned when award is made; when the Contract is executed, the checks of the two remaining unsuccessful bidders will be returned; that of the successful Bidder be returned when formal Contract, bonds and insurance are approved, and work has commenced within the time specified. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND REQUIREMENTS: Per Government Code Chapter 2253. Bonds. If the contract exceeds fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) a payment bond is required. If the contract exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) a performance bond is required. Performance and Payment Bonds shall be furnished on prescribed forms in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price with corporate surety duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas. Attorneys-in-fact who sign Bonds must file with each bond a certified and effective date copy of their Power of Attorney. 20. SEISMIC SAFETY The contractor agrees that any new building or addition to an existing building will be designed and constructed in accordance with the standards for Seismic Safety required in Department of Transportation Seismic Safety Regulations 49 CFR Part 41 and will certify to compliance to the extent required by the regulation. The contractor also agrees to ensure that all work performed under this contract including work performed by a subcontractor is in compliance with the standards required by the Seismic Safety Regulations and the certification of compliance issued on the project. 21. PRIVACY ACT Applicability to Contracts When a grantee maintains files on drug and alcohol enforcement activities for FTA, and those files are organized so that information could be retrieved by personal identifier, the Privacy Act requirements apply to all contracts. The Federal Privacy Act requirements flow down to each third party contractor and their contracts at every tier. Contracts Involving Federal Privacy Act Requirements The following requirements apply to the Contractor and its employees that administer any system of records on behalf of the Federal Government under any contract: (a) The Contractor agrees to comply with, and assures the compliance of its employees with, the information restriction and other applicable requirements of the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. § 552a. Among other things, the Contractor agrees to obtain the express consent of the Federal Government before the Contractor or its employees operate a system of records on behalf of the Federal Government. The Contractor understands that the requirements of the Privacy Act, including the civil and criminal penalties for violation of that Act, apply to those individuals involved, and that failure to comply with the terms of the Privacy Act may result in termination of the underlying contract. (b) The Contractor also agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract to administer any system of records on behalf of the Federal Government financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA. 22. PRE-AWARD AND POST DELIVERY AUDITS REQUIREMENTS • Clause and language therein are merely suggested. 49 C.F.R. Part 663 does not contain specific language to be included in third party contracts but does contain requirements applicable to subrecipients and third party contractors. • Buy America certification is mandated under FTA regulation, "Pre-Award and Post-Delivery Audits of Rolling Stock Purchases," 49 C.F.R.663.13. • Specific language for the Buy America certification is mandated by FTA regulation, "Buy America Requirements--Surface Transportation Assistance Act of 1982,as amended,"49 C.F.R.66I.12,but has been modified to include FTA's Buy America requirements codified at 49 U.S.C. A 53230). Pre-Award and Post-Delivery Audit Requirements -The Contractor agrees to comply with 49 U.S.C. §5323(1) and FTA's implementing regulation at 49 C.F.R. Part 663 and to submit the following certifications: 1. Buy America Requirements: The Contractor shall complete and submit a declaration certifying either compliance or noncompliance with Buy America. If the Bidder/Offeror certifies compliance with Buy America, it shall submit documentation which lists 1)component and subcomponent parts of the rolling stock to be purchased identified by manufacturer of the parts, their country of origin and costs; and 2) the location of the final assembly point for the rolling stock, including a description of the activities that will take place at the final assembly point and the cost of final assembly. 2. Solicitation Specification Requirements: The Contractor shall submit evidence that it will be capable of meeting the bid specifications. 3. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS): The Contractor shall submit I) manufacturer's FMVSS self-certification sticker information that the vehicle complies with relevant FMVSS or 2) manufacturer's certified statement that the contracted buses will not be subject to FMVSS regulations. BUY AMERICA CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE WITH FTA REQUIREMENTS FOR BUSES, OTHER ROLLING STOCK,OR ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT 23. ENERGY POLICY AND CONSERVATION ACT The Contractor shall recognize mandatory standards and policies relating to energy efficiency contained in the State Energy Conservation Plan issued in compliance with the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (42 U.S.C. Section 6321 et seq.). 24. BID PROTESTS. (1) Notice of Protest. A vendor wishing to protest any aspect of the procurement process must do so in writing and submit to the Purchasing Manager. The written protest should include, at a minimum: • Both the name and address of the protestor, as well as the vendor they represent, if different. • The name of the bid being protested. • A statement of the grounds for protest and any supporting documentation. A protest may be submitted to the Purchasing Manager no later than five (5) working days after award. (2) Staff Review. A protest must be in writing and supported by sufficient information in order to be considered. A decision and response to the protest will be prepared by the Purchasing Manager or his designee, in consultation with the department and the City Attorney, within fifteen (15) days of receipt of the protest. Within the fifteen (15) day time period, the City will: • Allow for informal conference on the merits of the protest with all interested parties. • Allow for reconsideration if data becomes available that was not previously known, or if there has been an error of law or regulation. • Render a decision supporting or canceling the award, such decision shall be in the form of a staff recommendation. (3) Appeals. If the protesting vendor does not agree with staff recommendation, they may appeal to the City Council by contacting the City Secretary. Staff recommendations will be made available for public review prior to consideration by the City Council. 25. RECYCLED PRODUCTS. The contractor agrees to comply with all the requirements of Section 6002 of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act(RCRA), as amended (42 U.S.C. 6962), including but not limited to the 40 CFR Part 247, and Executive Order 12873, as they apply to the procurement of the items designated in Subpart B of 40 CFR 247. SECTION D Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No. AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department Section No. Title 00 01 00 PROJECT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISIONS DIVIDER PAGE DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 10 00 DEFINITION OF TERMS 01 10 10 SUMMARY OF WORK 01 10 25 SUPERINTENDENT AND MEASUREMENTS 01 10 30 BASE PROPOSAL 01 10 35 ALTERNATE PROPSALS 01 10 40 COORDINATION 01 10 60 APPLICABLE CODES AND REGULATIONS 01 20 00 PROJECT MEETINGS 01 30 00 SUBMITTALS 01 50 00 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01 60 00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT DIVISION 2 SITEWORK 02 05 00 GENERAL SITEWORK NOTE 02 10 00 DEMOLITION & EXCAVATION 02 50 00 CONSTRUCTION FENCING DIVISION 3 CONCRETE 03 01 00 CONCRETE MATERIAL 03 10 00 CONCRETE FORMWORK 03 20 00 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03 34 06 COCRETE CRACK CONTROL EQUIPMENT 03 60 00 MORTAR AND GROUNT DIVISION 4 MASONRY 04 10 01 MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT 04 20 00 UNIT MASONRY DIVISION 5 METALS 05 40 00 COLD FORMED STEEL FRAMING Table of Contents 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction 00 01 00-Page 1 of 3 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No. AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department DIVISION 6 WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 06 10 00 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 20 00 FINISH CARPENTRY 06 24 00 LAMINATES 06 30 00 WOOD TREATMENT 06 40 00 ARCHITECTTURAL WOODWORK 06 41 20 CABINET AND DRAWER HARDWARE 06 81 00 SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOPS DIVISION 7 THERMAL& MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 19 00 WATER REPELLRNTS AND SELANTS 07 92 00 SEALANTS, CAULKING AND SEALS 07 22 16 ROOF BOARD INSULATION 07 52 16 SBS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM DIVISION 8 OPENINGS 08 10 00 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 71 00 HARDWARE 08 80 00 GLAZING 08 71 00 PLASTIC GLAZED HURRICANE RESISTANT SKYLIGHTS DIVISION 9 FINISHES 09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES ON METAL FRAMES 09 30 00 TILE 09 51 00 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09 65 00 RESILIENT FLOOR AND ACCESSORIES 09 90 00 FIELD PAINT AND COATINGS 09 97 23 RESINOUS FLOORING DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES 10 14 00 PANEL SIGNAGE 10 21 00 TOILET PARTITIONS 10 28 00 TOILET ACCESSORIES 10 44 00 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES DIVISION 22 PLUMBING GENERAL DIVISION 23 HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING GENERAL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL GENARAL Table of Contents 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction 00 01 00- Page 2 of 3 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No. AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department APPENDIX "A" STANDARD FORMS: DIVIDER PAGE 1 —5 (page) AIA A305-1986 CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATMENT 1 (page) AIA A310-2010 BID BOND 1 (page) AIA G702-1992 APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT 1 (page) AIA G703-1992 CONTINUATION SHEET 1 (page) AIA G704-2000 CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 1 (page) AIA G705-2001 LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS 1 (page) AIA G706-1994 CONTRACTORS AFFIDAVID OF PAYMENT OF DEBTS AND CLAIMS 1 (page) AIA G706A-1994 CONTRACTORS AFFIDAVID OF RELEASE OF LIENS 1 (page) AIA G707-1994 CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT 1 (page) AIA G716-2004 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI) 1 (page) WAIVER & INDEMNIFICATION FORM 1 (page) NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT FOR PRIME CONTRACTOR 1 (page) NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT FOR SUBCONTRACTOR 1 (page) AFFIDAVIT OF NON-ASBESTOS, LEAD, AND PCB USE IN PROJECT 1 —5 (page) STATUTORY LIEN WAIVER FORMS Table of Contents 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction 00 01 00- Page 3 of 3 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 10 00 - DEFINITION OF TERMS Whenever the following terms are used in these specifications, in the contract, in any documents or other instruments pertaining to construction where these specifications govern, the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows: ADVERTISEMENT: A public announcement inviting bids for work to be performed and materials to be furnished. ASTM: The American Society for Testing and Materials. AWARD: The acceptance, by The City of Port Arthur Transit Department, of the successful bidder's proposal. BIDDER: Any individual, partnership, firm, or corporation, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative, who submits a proposal for the work contemplated. CALENDAR DAY: Everyday shown on the calendar. CHANGE ORDERS: A written order to the contractor covering changes in the plans, specifications, or proposal quantities and establishing the basis of payment and contract time adjustment, if any, for the work affected by such changes. The work, covered by a change order, shall be within the scope of the contract. CONTRACT: The written agreement covering the work to be performed. The awarded contract shall include, but is not limited to: the Advertisement; the Contract Form; the Proposal; the Performance Bond; the Payment Bond; any required insurance certificates; the Specifications; the Plans; and any addenda issued to bidders. CONTRACT ITEM (PAY ITEM): A specific unit of work for which a price is provided in the contract. CONTRACT TIME: The number of calendar days or working days stated in the proposal, allowed for completion of the contract, including authorized time extensions. If a calendar date of completion is stated in the proposal, in lieu of a number of calendar or working days, the contract shall be completed by that date. CONTRACTOR: The individual, partnership, firm, or corporation primarily liable for the acceptable performance of the work contracted and for the payment of all legal debts pertaining to the work who acts directly or through lawful agents or employees to complete the contract work. EQUIPMENT: All machinery, together with the necessary supplies for upkeep and maintenance, and also all tools and apparatus necessary for the proper construction and acceptable completion of the work. EXTRA WORK: An item of work not provided for in the awarded contract as previously modified by change order or supplemental agreement, but which is found by the engineer to be necessary to complete the work within the intended scope of the contract as previously modified. THE OWNER: The City of Port Arthur Transit Department, (the OWNER). LABORATORY: The official testing laboratories of The City of Port Arthur Transit Department or such other laboratories as may be designated by the engineer. Division 1 General Requirements 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 1 of 9 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department MATERIALS: Any substance specified for use in the construction of the contract work. NOTICE TO PROCEED: A written notice to the contractor to begin the actual contract work on a previously agreed date. If applicable, the Notice to Proceed shall state the date on which the contract time begins. OWNER (SPONSOR): The term owner shall mean the party of the first part of the contracting agency signatory to the contract. PAVEMENT: The combined surface course, base course, and sub-base course, if any, considered as a single unit. PAYMENT BOND: The approved form of security furnished by the contractor and his surety as a guaranty that he will pay in full all bills and accounts for materials and labor used in the construction of the work. PERFORMANCE BOND: The approved form of security furnished by the contractor and his surety as a guaranty that the contractor will complete the work in accordance with the terms of the contract. PLANS: The official drawings or exact reproductions, approved by the Architect or Engineer, which show the location, character, dimensions and details of the project and the work to be done and which are to be considered as a part of the contract, supplementary to the specifications. PROJECT: The agreed scope of work for accomplishing specific improvements. PROPOSAL: The written offer of the bidder(when submitted on the bid or proposal forms)to perform the contemplated work and furnish the necessary materials in accordance with the provisions of the plans and specifications. PROPOSAL GUARANTY: The security furnished with a proposal to guarantee that the bidder will enter into a contract if his proposal is accepted by The City of Port Arthur Transit Department. SPECIFICATIONS: A part of the contract containing the written directions and requirements for completing the contract work. Standards for specifying materials or testing which are cited in the contract specifications by reference shall have the same force and effect as if included in the contract physically. STRUCTURES: Facilities such as bridges, culverts, catch basins, inlets, retaining walls, cribbing, storm and sanitary sewer lines, water lines, under-drains, electrical ducts, manholes, hand-holes, lighting fixtures and bases, transformers, flexible and rigid pavements, buildings, vaults, and other man- made features that may be encountered in the work and not otherwise classified herein. SUBGRADE: The soil which forms the pavement foundations. SUPERINTENDENT: The contractor's executive representative who is present on the work during progress, authorized to receive and fulfill instructions from the Architect and Engineer, and who shall supervise and direct the construction. SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT: A written agreement between the contractor and The City of Port Arthur Transit Department covering: a. Work that would increase or decrease the total amount of the awarded contract, or any major contract item, by more that 25 percent (25%), such increased or decreased work being within the scope of the originally awarded contract, or b. Work that is not within the scope of the originally awarded contract. SURETY: The corporation, partnership, or individual, other than the contractor, executing payment or performance bonds which are furnished to The City of Port Arthur Transit Department by the contractor. Division 1 General Requirements 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 2 of 9 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department WORK: The furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary or convenient to the contractor's performance of all duties and obligations imposed by the contract, plans, and specifications. WORKING DAY: A working day shall be any day other than a legal holiday, Saturday, or Sunday on which the normal working forces of the contractor may proceed with regular work for at least 6 hours toward completion of the contract. Unless work is suspended for causes beyond the contractor's control, Saturdays, Sundays and holidays on which the contractor's forces engage in regular work. requiring the presence of an inspector, will be considered as working days. END OF SECTION 01 10 10 -SUMMARY OF WORK A. WORK UNDER GENERAL CONTRACTOR CONTRACT: Work outlined in the Specifications will be awarded under one contract with all responsibilities borne by the General Contractor. B. WORK PERFORMED UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACTS: The City of Port Arthur Transit Department reserves the right to award any work under separate contract that is deemed necessary and the General Contractor will cooperate to the fullest with The City of Port Arthur Transit Department and their separate contractors. C. WORK BY OTHERS: The City of Port Arthur Transit Department reserves the right to perform certain work not awarded under the contract by their own crews and the General Contractor will cooperate to the fullest with The City of Port Arthur Transit Department and their crews. D. In the event a conflict should occur between Contract Documents which would alter the contract amount, it will be assumed that the most expensive method, material, or process had been included in the contractor's proposal. END OF SECTION 01 10 25 - SUPERINTENDENT AND MEASUREMENTS A. SUPERINTENDENT: 1. All workmanship and materials will be supervised and inspected by a superintendent furnished by the General Contractor. It will be his duty to assist and coordinate all subcontractors, and to see that the specifications are properly followed by everyone. It will also be the duty of the superintendent to maintain a current daily log of all workers present on the site, and all work performed on the site. This log must be available at the job site for review by The City of Port Arthur Transit Department and Architect at all times. 2. The superintendent shall be subject to approval of the Architect and Owner prior to starting the Project and during the time required to complete the Project. The superintendent shall be subject to replacement, by the General Contractor, if sufficient justification is determined by the Architect. 3. The superintendent shall normally be available on the Project, to the Architect or Owner, during normal working hours. B. MEASUREMENTS: Before ordering any materials or doing any work, the Contractor shall verify all measurements of the work and shall be responsible for the correctness of same; any difference which may be found shall be submitted to the General Contractor and the Architect for consideration before proceeding with the work. No extra charge or compensation will be allowed for minor differences between actual dimensions and the determined measurements. If there should be any discrepancy between scale and dimension, figured dimensions always override scaled dimensions. END OF SECTION Division 1 General Requirements 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 3 of 9 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 01 10 30—PROPOSALS 1. PROPOSAL: Furnish all superintendence, labor, material, equipment, supplies, insurance, permits, and other accessories necessary to complete the proposed ADDITIONS & RENOVATIONS FOR PORT ARTHUR TRANSIT FACILITY, 322 PROCTER STREET, PORT ARTHUR, TX 77640 as set forth in the Construction Documents. END OF SECTION 01 10 40 -COORDINATION A. The Sub-Contractor shall confine his work and storage of his materials within areas designated by the General Contractor. At no time will contractor's materials and work obstruct the ongoing operation of the project. B. In the event it becomes necessary for the Sub-Contractor to temporarily block any portion of the area to facilitate construction, prior arrangements shall be worked out between the General Contractor, the Sub-Contractor, the Architect, and The City of Port Arthur Transit Department. C. Each Sub-Contractor shall be responsible for any damages to adjacent finished areas and existing construction, and shall replace damaged sections to their original condition before the completion of the work. END OF SECTION 01 10 60 -APPLICABLE CODES AND REGULATIONS A. The following with current amendments. • 2012 International Building Code • 2012 International Existing Building Code • 2012 International Energy Conservation Code • 2012 International Residential Code • 2012 International Fuel Gas Code • 2012 International Plumbing Code • 2012 International Property Maintenance Code • 2012 International Mechanical Code • 2015 International Fire Code • 2011 International Electrical Code B. ADA/ABA Americans with Disabilities Act and Architectural Barriers Act Accessibility Guidelines. (The latest edition of The State of Texas) C. Applicable OSHA requirements. D. Factory Mutual Requirements and NFPA Standards. E. Applicable portions of the most recent editions of the following: 1. The American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) 2. The American Concrete Institute (ACI) 3. Applicable ANSI Standards F. All City, County, and State Standards, Codes, and Ordinances. END OF SECTION Division 1 General Requirements 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 4 of 9 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 01 20 00 - PROJECT MEETINGS A. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE: To be determined after contract is approved. Attendance is Mandatory for: General Contractor, Job Superintendent, Major Subcontractors, Architect, Engineer, and Owner Representatives. It is highly recommended for major equipment suppliers to be present. B. PURPOSE: 1. To discuss questions pertaining to the Specifications from any person present. 2. To clarify The City of Port Arthur Transit Department's role and participation in materials supplying. 3. To review submittal forms and procedures required. 4. To discuss requirements for monthly payments, substantial completion payment and final payment. C. PROJECT PROGRESS MEETINGS: Review of the project status as requested by The City of Port Arthur Transit Department, General Contractor, Architect, Subcontractors, and Representative of The City of Port Arthur Transit Department will be present. Meetings will typically be held at the job site. END OF SECTION 01 30 00 -SUBMITTALS A. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES: 1. Each Subcontractor shall be given a detailed construction schedule showing the projected progress schedule of the project. 2. Each Subcontractor will update the construction schedule when the progress report does not coincide with the construction and will resubmit it to the General Contractor for consideration and possible approval on or before the 25th of the month. 3. Each Subcontractor will furnish copies of the construction schedule and subsequent updates to the General Contractor in a timely fashion. B. APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT FORM: 1. On or before the twenty-fifth (25th)day of the month, each Sub-Contractor will submit to the General Contractor, a copy of their A.I.A. Pay Application for the month. The General Contractor will review the requests, compile and forward them to the Architect within ten (10) days. The Architect will review and forward them to The City of Port Arthur Transit Department on or before the fifteenth (15th) day of each month. Payment will be made to the General Contractor within thirty(30)calendar days of submission to The City of Port Arthur Transit Department. Copy of form to be used is bound herein. C. SHOP DRAWINGS, SUBMITTALS AND SAMPLES: 1. Subcontractors shall submit to the General Contractor for review, four (4) hard copies of checked shop drawings for all items as required in later sections of these specifications. Shop drawings must be submitted well in advance of the construction schedule. 2. The General Contractor shall check shop drawings BEFORE submitting them to the Architect, noting any and all errors detected. 3. The General Contractor will review shop drawings for conformance with the design intent of the project, compliance with information given in the Contract Documents, and for dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at the job site; for information that pertains solely to the fabrication processes or to techniques of construction; and for coordination of the work of all trades. 4. The Architect will review shop drawings only for conformance with the design intent of the project and compliance with information given in the Contract Documents. 5. Resubmit all shop drawings promptly which are returned for correction. Fabrication shall be started only after receipt of drawings requiring no further re-submittals. 6. Review of shop drawings will in no event constitute a waiver of detailed and/or specified requirements unless so stated in writing by the Architect. Division 1 General Requirements 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 5 of 9 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 7. If the Contractor wishes to use items or products and materials other than those specified as outlined in construction documents, they shall submit specification literature and sample products to the Architect for approval of substitutes at least SEVENTY-TWO (72) HOURS prior to opening of proposals. 8. Samples: a. Contractor shall submit samples of all materials requiring a color selection with color chips as soon as possible after The City of Port Arthur Transit Department's awarding of the Contract. Refer to individual divisions of the Specifications for requirements on specific sample submittals. b. The painter shall prepare physical samples using materials to be used on the project for all surfaces to receive a painted or stained finish for approval by the Architect. 9. The following is a list of required shop drawings. This list is not all inclusive. Submit shop drawings for all items as required by subsequent sections of these specifications: a. REFRENCE DRAWINGS 10. Each Sub-Contractor shall submit ALL MSDS documents for each product used on the project and submit documentation that NO ASBESTOS was used in the manufacturing or is an additive to the product specified and used. END OF SECTION 01 50 00 -CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS A. GENERAL: The General Contractor shall be responsible to The City of Port Arthur Transit Department, for all temporary facilities, storage areas, and traffic controls in and around the project site during the construction period, and shall control excessive dust, noise, etc. with the intent of minimizing it. Each sub-contractor shall coordinate temporary facilities, storage areas and traffic control, in and around the project site, with the General Contractor. B. ACCESS TO SITE: Suitable areas at the project site for the Contractor's office, warehouse, storage of materials, etc., will be provided free of charge by The City of Port Arthur Transit Department. Specific locations will be coordinated with and approved by the General Contractor and Owner. C. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY: The General Contractor shall provide and maintain suitable barricades, fences, guard rails and other protective structures required to protect the general public, The City of Port Arthur Transit Department's property, and stored materials. The General Contractor shall also provide and maintain, between sunset and sunrise, warning lights on any structures, equipment, material, excavation, or other elements of constructions located outside of the barricaded area. Any exterior barricading of the site must be coordinated with, and pre-approved by the General Contractor, The City of Port Arthur Transit Department, and the Architect. The General Contractor shall assume responsibility for the security of the construction site. He shall provide security fencing around the perimeter of the construction side for the duration of the project. D. SANITARY FACILITIES: The General Contractor shall provide and maintain sanitary toilets and sanitary urinals, for use by those engaged on the job site. For each 25 workmen, one (1) urinal and one (1)toilet will be provided. The General Contractor shall keep such toilet facilities in sanitary condition and at the completion of the contract, The City of Port Arthur Transit Department will remove them from the job. Division 1 General Requirements 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 6 of 9 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department E. TEMPORARY UTILITIES: THE CONTRACTOR will pay for temporary utilities at the construction site. The Sub-Contractor shall confer with the General Contractor, the Architect, utilities representatives, and other sub- contractors, making such arrangements as are required, for temporary utilities needed during the course of construction. EACH SUB-CONTRACTOR shall provide and coordinate with the General Contractor, hook-up and runs for all utilities used during construction until final acceptance by The City of Port Arthur Transit Department. All sub-contractors shall make arrangements with the General Contractor for any such services if they require them. All sub-contractors shall identify any needs for electrical service interruption to the General Contractor who will then coordinate any service interruptions with The City of Port Arthur Transit Department if required. F. TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION BUILDINGS: 1. Telephone Service: The General Contractor shall provide, or arrange for, a telephone at the job site for the use of all sub-contractors, materials' suppliers, etc. 2. Storage Rooms: If necessary, each sub-contractor shall provide, maintain, and remove when directed, suitable watertight storage facilities on the site for storage of all materials subject to damage by weather. 3. Each Contractor shall remove all temporary facilities, provided on the premises for his own use, at the termination of their usefulness, termination of the work, or when requested; and shall leave the premises and adjacent property affected by the work in a condition satisfactory to The City of Port Arthur Transit Department. END OF SECTION 01 60 00 - PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. GENERAL: Refer to the General Conditions for requirements relating to Substantial Completion, Final Payment, Contractor's One-Year Guarantee and warranties covering materials and equipment furnished and installed under this agreement. B. CLEANING UP: Each Contractor, at all times, shall keep the premises free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by his operations. Each Contractor shall keep the interior of the building free of stored or unattended combustible material. Upon completion of the work, each Contractor shall clean up, in and around the building and leave the ground in a neat and clean condition. The General Contractor shall employ the services of a professional clean-up crew to sweep, mop, dust, etc., and in general, clean the entire building thoroughly, using materials and methods approved by the Architect and/or based on Manufacturers' maintenance instructions. All glass, floors, hardware, painted, decorated, and stained work, fixtures, and built-in equipment shall be cleaned and polished. All floors shall be cleaned and waxed as recommended by the manufacturer for final use of the surface. C. AFFIDAVITS: The General Contractor, and each sub-contractor, will completely execute Contractors Affidavit of Release of Lien Form and furnish the Architect with one original and two copies prior to final payment. Division 1 General Requirements 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 7 of 9 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department D. MAINTENANCE MANUALS: At the termination of the work, but prior to final payment, each sub-contractor will deliver to the General Contractor, three (3) bound maintenance manuals presenting, in an orderly arrangement, full details for operation, care, and maintenance of visible surfaces and all equipment installed on the project. The maintenance manuals shall include parts lists and instructions for normal adjustments. E. GUARANTEES/WARRANTIES: 1. Where guarantees and/or warranties are required by the Contract Documents, or they are shown in printed technical literature, the Sub-Contractor shall furnish, to the General Contractor, three (3)copies of all guarantees or warranties made out in the name of The City of Port Arthur Transit Department prior to final payment. At completion of the work, the contractor must supply a copy of the warranty and proof that the warranty has been received and accepted by the manufacturer, to The City of Port Arthur Transit Department, in care of the General Contractor. Each Contractor shall guarantee his work and the work of his subcontractors for a period of one(1)year from the date of acceptance of the building by The City of Port Arthur Transit Department. This guarantee of one year on the entire work shall not in any way abrogate or shorten guarantees on special parts of the work for periods longer than one year. One month prior to the end of the one-year period, The City of Port Arthur Transit Department, Architect, and General Contractor shall perform a walk-through of the project. Any items requiring attention will be required to be remedied, to the satisfaction of The City of Port Arthur Transit Department, within the following one-month time period. F. FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT 1. Prior to final payment, the Contractor shall submit one original and two copies to the Architect the following completed forms: 1. Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims, AIA Document G706. 2. Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens, AIA Document G706A. 3. Consent of Surety to Final Payment, AIA Document G707. 4. General Contractor's Guarantee— notarized 5. Subcontractor's Guarantee—notarized 6. Subcontractor's Unconditional Lien Releases -with signature and notary seal on same page. 7. Each Offeror(and subcontractor and supplier submitting a proposal to an Offeror) shall submit a notarized affidavit stating that no asbestos, PCB or lead containing building materials were used. 8. Maintenance and inspection manuals. Three (3)sets of each bound in a 3-inch ring binder. 9. Record drawings. Reproducible Mylar sepias and three prints and Electronic Record Documents. 10. Final list of subcontractors. 11. Refer to Specification Section 106000, Guarantees, Certificates, and Project Closeout for any additional information and requirements. 12. Original notarized certification regarding the use of asbestos containing materials and/or PCBs. 13. Executed TEA Project Compliance Certificate. 2. Documents identified as affidavit must be notarized. All manuals will contain an index listing the information submitted. The index sections will be divided and identified by tabbing each section as listed in the index. 3. Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum shall be paid by the Owner to the Contractor 31 days after substantial completion of the work unless otherwise stipulated in the Certificate of Completion, the contract fully performed, and Final Certificate of Payment has been issued by the Architect. Division 1 General Requirements 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 8 of 9 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS 18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 4. Failure to complete and close-out project 60 days after substantial completion will result in liquidated damages being assessed of one-fourth the amount of the liquidated damages amount as noted in 00 11 00 -3# 13. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES per calendar day until project close-out is completed. 5. The Owner may accept certain portions of the work as being complete prior to the acceptance of the entire project. If certain areas are accepted by the Owner as being complete, and if the Contractor has completed all of the requirements for final payment of that portion of work, then the Owner may release retainage for that area/portion of work. Amounts of retainage shall be agreed upon by both Owner and Contractor prior to final acceptance of these areas. END OF SECTION Division 1 General Requirements 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 9 of 9 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS 18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department DIVISION 2-SITEWORK 02 05 00 -GENERAL SITEWORK NOTE A. GENERAL: 1. Site Contractor shall provide and install all required construction, engineering data and materials to meet all Federal, State and Local Government requirements for the following specified sections: 1. Section 01566—Erosion & Sedimentation Control 2. Section 01510—Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 3. Section 02240—Filter Fabric Fencing END OF SECTION 02 10 00-DEMOLITION & EXCAVATION A. GENERAL: 1. Site Contractor will coordinate and supervise the demolition of any existing material as noted on the Construction Documents and clear site of all debris. Site Contractor shall coordinate and supervise the removal of all vegetation, fill, and soil to provide specified compaction. 2. Site Contractor shall supervise the protection of all existing building,walks, canopies,trees and vegetation that are to remain on the project site. 3. Execute all demolition or removals shown, specified or required for the installation of all general construction, mechanical and electrical work in an orderly and careful manner with due consideration for all existing structures, including any parts of surrounding areas which are to remain. 4. Avoid any encroachments on adjacent properties. 5. Barricade and cover as necessary to protect occupants, workmen and properties. Protect any existing active service lines, indicated or discovered during demolition. 6. Backfill any trenches caused by demolition. B. DISPOSITION OF REMOVED MATERIAL: 1. All material or equipment removed which is not to be salvaged for owner's use or for reuse on the project shall become the property of the Demolition Contractor and shall be properly removed from the site. 2. Any material salvaged for owner's use shall be carefully handled and stored where directed by the owner. 3. Demolition Contractor shall not store or accumulate debris on the project site. Debris shall be removed from site as expeditiously as possible. C. PROTECTION OF BUILDINGS AND SITE: 1. Contractor shall confine the work area with-in the limits of a temporary 6'-0" high chain-link fence around the perimeter of the entire site. The contractor shall provide gates for egress and entry of all equipment and materials as required. The gates shall be closed and locked any time work has been completed for the day. 2. General Contractor shall be responsible to enforce all requirements, set forth above. END OF SECTION 02 50 00 -CONSTRUCTION FENCING A. Fencing: 1. Contractor shall install six feet high (6'-0")temporary chain-link fencing around perimeter of project. Fencing shall be installed with access gates for delivery of materials and construction as required. END OF SECTION Division 2 Sitework 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 1 of 2 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department DIVISION 3-CONCRETE 03 01 00-CONCRETE MATERIAL A. GENERAL: 1. Drawings: a. The drawings accompanying these specifications show typical details of all reinforced concrete construction. Detailed drawings showing number and location of bars, including complete bar lists and bending diagrams, prepared by the sub-contractor are to be submitted as per General Conditions for Architect's review. b. All reinforced concrete construction shall be performed under the personal and constant supervision of competent building superintendent experienced in this class of work,who must be approved by the Architect and may be removed for reasonable cause upon written notice. c. Project Superintendent shall notify Architect at least 24 hour before all concrete pours for scheduling. 2. Workmanship: The Sub contractor is responsible for correction of concrete work which does not conform to the specified requirements, including strength,tolerances and finishes. Correct deficient concrete as directed by the Architect. B. MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS: 1. Portland Cement: Portland Cement shall conform to the"Specifications for Portland Cement"(ASTM Designation: C150 Type I or Type 3, or the"Specifications for Air Entraining Aggregates: 2. Concrete Aggregates: a. Concrete aggregates shall conform to the "Specifications for Concrete Aggregates" (ASTM Designation C33). However, other aggregates which have been shown by test or actual service to produce concrete of the required strength, durability, water tightness, fire resistance and wearing qualities may be used where authorized by the Architect. b. The maximum size of the aggregate shall be 1-1/2"for concrete slabs,grade beams,and walks. 3. Calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride shall not be used. 4. Mixing Water: Water shall be clean and free from injurious amount of oil,acid,alkalis, organic matter, or other deleterious substances. Water containing 5% or more of salt shall not be used. 5. Fly, or flue, ash shall not be used. 6. Concrete: a. Water/cement ratio: 6 gallons of water per bag of cement(American Concrete Institute Spec.for 5 sack 3000 p.s.i. concrete). b. Slump to be between 4 and 6 inches. c. Temperature of concrete at time of placing shall not be less than 50° F. or more than 90° F. d. Concrete showing more than 5"slump shall not be used on this project. e. All concrete shall conform to"Standard Specifications for Ready-Mixed Concrete"ASTM C94. 7. Grouting: a. Provide non shrink grout under structural steel base plates and other locations as detailed or required. b. Deliver and store material in undamaged packages with seals and labels intact. Store in dry location, off ground. c. Products manufactured by Supreme Grout by Cormix Chemical Co., Masterflow 713 Grout by Master Builders, Upcon High Flow Grout by the Upco Company, or equal as approved by the Architect. 8. Tests: a. The Owner will select a laboratory for the purpose of testing concrete: 1) Testing laboratory will be employed to stay at site during entire concrete pour unless prior arrangements have been made with the Architect's approval. 2) NO CONCRETE will be poured until testing laboratory representative is ON SITE and has approved concrete. Division 3 Concrete 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 1 of 8 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department b. The laboratory shall: 1) Review design mixes for each type of concrete in accordance with ACI 613 and 318 and with P.C.A. T12. Use an independent testing facility acceptable to the Architect for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. 2) Proportion mixes by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods, using materials to be employed on the project for each class of concrete required, complying with ACI 211.1. 3) Laboratory Trial Batches: When laboratory trial batches are used to select concrete proportions, prepare test specimens in accordance with ASTM C 192 and conduct strength tests in accordance with ASTM C39, specified in ACI 301. Establish a curve showing relationship between water-cement ratio(or cement content)and compressive strength, with at least three points representing batches which produce strengths above and below that required. Use not less than three specimens tested at 28 days, or an earlier age when acceptable to the Engineer, to establish each point on the curve. 4) Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by the Sub contractor when characteristics of materials,job conditions,weather,test results,or other circumstances warrant;at the Architect's approval and at no additional cost to the Owner. Laboratory test data for revised mix designs and strength results must be submitted to and accepted by the Architect's before using in the work. c. The laboratory shall take one set of 3 cylinders at the beginning of each pour(first concrete truck at site),and an additional set of 3 cylinders for every additional 50 yds. or fraction thereof. Take extra samples at any noticeable change in the make-up of the concrete. Sampling as per ASTM C172-54. 1) Test one cylinder at 7 days. 2) Test one cylinder at 28 days. 3) The third cylinder need only be tested if either the 7 day or 28 day cylinder falls below specified strength and then only after the 28 day cylinder has been broken. 4) Test cylinders cast during the placing operation shall be protected by covering them from exposure to high temperature and wind. d. Cure cylinders in accordance with ASTM C31-62T. Test on cylinders for compression in accordance with ASTM C39. e. Slump tests shall be taken by the laboratory from the first concrete delivered to the site and every 50 yards after that, or as requested by the Architect/Engineer. Test shall be in accordance with ANSI/ASTM C 143, latest revision. f. Tests of hardened concrete in, or removed from paving and walks: 1) Where question exists as to concrete quality on job,the Engineer may require tests as per ASTM, C42 or other load tests for that portion of job where questionable concrete has been placed. 2) When required, make load test as per Section 202 ACI Building Code (ACI 318). If load tests indicate that concrete placed does not conform to drawings and specifications,take measures as directed to correct deficiency without extra cost to Owner. g. The resulting data from the tests shall be furnished to the Engineer as soon as they are completed. C. CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION: 1. Concrete Proportions and Consistency: a. The proportions of aggregate to cement for any concrete shall be such as to produce a mixture which will work readily into the corners and angles of the forms and around reinforcement with the method of placing employed, but without permitting the materials to segregate, or excess free water to collect on the surface. b. The combined aggregates shall be of such composition of sizes that when separated on the No.4 standard sieve the weight passing the sieve(fine aggregate)shall not be less than 30 percent nor greater than 50 percent of the total. c. The methods of measuring concrete materials shall be such that the proportions can accurately be controlled and easily checked at any time during the work. Measurement of materials for Ready Mixed Concrete shall conform to the"Standard Specifications for Ready Mixed Concrete" (ASTM Designation: C94). Division 3 Concrete 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 2 of 8 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 2. Mixing and Conveying: a. Preparation of equipment and Place of Deposit: Before placing concrete,all equipment for mixing and transporting the concrete shall be cleaned, all debris removed from the spaces to be occupied by the concrete,forms shall be thoroughly wetted(except in freezing weather)or oiled, and the reinforcement shall be thoroughly cleaned of ice or other coatings. b. Mixing of Concrete: 1) The concrete shall be mixed until there is a uniform distribution of the materials and shall be discharged. 2) For job mixed concrete, the mixer shall be rotated at a speed recommended by the manufacturers and mixing shall be continued for at least one minute after all materials are in the mixer. 3) Ready mixed concrete shall be mixed and delivered in accordance with the requirements set forth in the"Standard Specifications for Ready Mixed Concrete"(ASTM Designation: C94). 4) Pouring of Ready-Mix Concrete shall commence within 60 minutes of truck leaving batching plant, otherwise truck with its load will be refused for use on this project. c. Conveying: 1) Concrete shall be conveyed from the mixer to the place of final deposit by methods which will prevent the separation, or loss of the materials. 2) Equipment for chuting, pumping and pneumatically conveying concrete shall be of such size and design as to insure a practically continuous flow of concrete at the delivery and without separation of the materials. 3) No concrete will have a vertical drop greater than 4'-0"except for drilled footings. 4) If chutes are required, they may not have a slope greater than 4" in 12". 3. Depositing Concrete: a. Footings shall be poured immediately after excavation. b. Carts, buggies, or conveyors shall be run on temporary runways supported clear of reinforcing steel or mesh. c. Concrete shall be deposited as nearly as practicable in its final positions to avoid separation due to rehandling or flowing. Concreting shall be carried on at such a rate that the concrete is at all times plastic and flows readily into spaces between bars. No concrete that has been partially hardened or been contaminated by foreign materials shall be deposited on the work, nor shall retempered concrete be used. d. When concrete is once started, it shall be carried on in a continuous operation until the placing of the panel or section is completed. The top surface shall be generally level. When construction joints are necessary, they shall be made in accordance with "5," below. e. All concrete shall be thoroughly compacted by suitable means during the operation of placing and shall be thoroughly worked around reinforcement, and into the corners of the form. Internal vibrators may be used to aid in the placement of concrete provided they are used under experienced supervision and are kept out of contact with reinforcement or steel forms and are not used in a manner that forces mortar between individual form members. In no case shall the vibrator be used to transport the concrete. f. Concrete shall be poured monolithically for mechanical equipment slabs. g. Such surfaces that are to be finished shall be brought to proper grade,struck off,and finished in a workmanlike manner. No honeycombing rough spots,or protruding stones shall be left exposed. h. The Foundation Sub contractor shall mark in red ink on the Drawings the time and the date of placing of concrete in the different members. Such drawings shall be kept on file at the jobsite until completion of the structure and shall be subject to inspection of the Engineer at all times. i. Concrete shall be placed in beams forming diagonal layers so that no concrete "runs" ahead. Concrete shall be placed in as nearly horizontal layers as possible, each layer being thoroughly vibrated to incorporate it with the preceding layer. 4. Forms and Conduit: a. Forms shall conform to the shape, lines, and dimensions of the members as called for on the Drawings, and shall be substantial and sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar. They shall be properly braced or tied together so as to maintain position and shape. Division 3 Concrete 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 3 of 8 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department b. A suitable means shall be provided to permit the forms to be thoroughly cleaned,and immediately before the concrete is placed, all chips, and other foreign material shall be removed. 5. Cold Joints and Control Joints: a. Joints not indicated on the plans shall be spaced so that panels shall not be more than 2500 square feet maximum. All cold joints will use specified metal joint material complete with rod reinforcing and in accordance with cold joint manufacturers printed instructions. b. There shall be no horizontal construction joints in concrete pours. All construction joints shall be made in the center of spans with vertical bulkheads. The location of construction joints shall be reviewed by the Engineer. c. Panels shall be poured in a checkerboard pattern unless otherwise approved. 6. Cold Weather Requirements: No concrete will be poured when the temperature of the surrounding air is below 40 degrees F. and falling. 7. Curing: a. Provisions shall be made for maintaining concrete in a moist condition for a period of at least seven days after placements,except that for high-early strength Portland Cement concrete,this moist curing shall be provided for at least the first two days. b. Approved Curing Methods: 1) Flooding by the construction of perimeter dams of non-staining soil. 2) Fogging by high pressure, low volume misters. 3) Absorptive matts or quilting. 4) Curing Compounds: Clear,All-resin with no oil or wax, meeting ASTM C 309-81,Type 1, Class B. and AASHTO M-148, Type 1, Class B. Dried surface shall be compatible with paint and resilient tile, 8. Exposed Concrete: a. Special precautions shall be taken to produce concrete surfaces free from honeycomb and other defects. b. The reinforcement shall be held firmly in place during concreting so as to maintain the minimum of concrete covering. 9. Finishes: a. Exterior Slabs: 1) Provide a medium broom finish for all exterior mechanical slabs and concrete drive paving (except where shown to be stamped and patterned). 2) Spreading dry cement for finishing not permitted. 3) Finish all edges of slabs and joints with edging tools. 4) Confirm with the Architect before proceeding when the drawings show any of the following without slopes: a) Walks b) Paving c) Porches b. Finish Floor Slab: 1) Troweling: Hand trowel to final finish so evidence of sheen is visible. 2) Maximum irregularity is 1/16"within any running foot and 1/4"in 8'-0". c. Exposed Formed Surfaces: 1) Commence work immediately after removal of forms. If concrete is permitted to dry out, chip or abrasive blast,dampen and cover the surface with neat cement before proceeding. 2) Fill holes,chip off bulges,straighten and level lines,form corners uniformly,using a 1:2 mix of cement and sand. 3) Rub with Carborundum stones over entire surfaces. 4) Completed job to be uniformly smooth, showing no patches. 5) Finish to uniform color except where painting is specified. 10. Concrete Admixture: a. Slabs, Paving, and Walks - Pozzolith 300N as manufactured by Master Builders or others acceptable to the Engineer. Use when daytime average temperature is above 60 degrees F. b. Those not classified by ASTM will not be permitted. c. Application: In strict accordance with manufacturers printed specifications. 11. Grouting: a. Mix grout material with water only. Mix in strict accordance with manufacturers printed specifications. Division 3 Concrete 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 4 of 8 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No. AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department b. Surface preparation: 1) Remove defective concrete,dirt,or grease and other foreign materials and lightly roughen concrete surface. 2) Remove any foreign materials from steel surfaces which will contact grout. c. Placing: 1) Place grout material quickly and continuously by most practical means permissible. 2) Apply grout from one side only to avoid trapping air. Compact final grout, make sure it is free of air pockets. 3) After 48 hours, remove shims and point with pointing mix. 4) After grout has reached initial set,rake out exposed edges 1"deep and point with pointing mortar. END OF SECTION 03 10 00-CONCRETE FORMWORK A. GENERAL: 1. The Foundation Sub contractor shall be solely responsible for the structural adequacy of the forms, ties, shoring, and bracing. 2. Refer to structural drawings for other notes. B. QUALITY STANDARDS: 1. Forms shall be built and secured in place in such a manner to have sufficient strength to carry the dead weight of the concrete as a liquid, without deflection or vibration. 2. Forms shall be built watertight,true to position and direction,thoroughly braced,wired and fastened together. 3. All work shall conform to the requirements set forth in ACI-347. 4. If any form shows deflection,which in the opinion of the Engineer is excessive,the concrete shall be removed and the work rebuilt. 5. Care shall be taken in the removal of all formwork, as not to damage the surface of the concrete. Vertical forms may be removed after twenty-four (24) hours. Providing the concrete will not be injured. Supporting forms shall be kept in place at least seven (7)days. C. TYPICAL FORMS: 1. Earth Forms: a. Earthforms may only be used with approval from the Architect and Engineer. b. Sloped sided grade beams are designed for monolithic pours, with floor slab, using earth forms. These beams will not be formed separately without the Architects's acceptance. c. Straight sided gradebeams are designed for separate or monolithic pours. They shall not be poured in earthforms without the Architect's acceptance concerning additional width and depth. d. Earthforms shall be increased 2" in width to provide 3" side cover of steel reinforcing. 2. Woodforms: a. Form material may be plywood, hardboard, wood, steel, or plastic, at the Contractor's option, unless specifically noted elsewhere. b. Forms must be continuous over entire vertical surface of grade beam. c. Form ties can be threaded, snap removal of at least 1"from concrete faces. d. Form coating and Release Agent: Coatings and releasing agents shall be approved by the Architect. When applied according to instructions, the manufacturer shall guarantee against staining concrete,and impairing the natural bonding character of any plaster,paint or cementious coating intended for use on concrete. Agent will be suitable for type of form used. END OF SECTION 03 20 00 -CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT A. GENERAL: 1. Submit fabrication drawings to the Engineer for review. 2. All reinforcing steel shall be grade 60(except#2 and#3 bars and all stirrups and ties shall be grade 40). 3. All reinforcing steel shall conform to the ASTM specifications A615. Division 3 Concrete 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 5 of 8 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 4. Detailing of reinforcing steel shall conform to the American Concrete Institute Detailing Manual. 5. Bar Deformations-ASTM A305 and/or A408. 6. Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures,ACI-315 latest edition will be used for detailing. 7. All reinforcing to be free from rust, scale, dirt. sand,oil, and other foreign material that will destroy or reduce bond or reduce cross sectional area. 8. No concrete shall be poured without inspection and review of the Engineer or Architect. All sleeves, bolts, inserts,electrical conduit,pipes,and other embedded items shall be in place for this inspection. 9. Foundation sub contractor shall give the Architect AT LEAST 24 HOURS NOTICE in advance with sufficient time allowed for the Architect's scheduling, examination, and for corrective work, when required. 10. Refer to structural drawings for additional notes. B. MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS: 1. Steel Bars: All reinforcing steel shall be sized according to structural design drawings. Any change or deviation from the drawings shall be approved by the structural engineer. 2. Welded Wire Fabric: Welded wire fabric or cold drawn wire for concrete reinforcement shall conform to ASTM A82-61T or ASTM A185. Refer to drawings for size and gauge. 3. Metal Accessories: a. Include all spacers,chairs,ties,and other devices for properly placing, supporting and fastening reinforcement in place. b. Use 3" x 6" x 20 gauge sheet metal bar chairs at 4'-0" o.c. maximum each way for all top reinforcing for slabs on grade. Depth of chairs shall provide for 1"top cover to reinforcing. c. Tie Wire: 16 gauge, annealed iron wire. C. FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION: 1. Follow ACI 315 manual for detailing reinforced concrete structures. 2. The setting, splicing, bending, fabrication, etc., of all reinforcing steel shall be as shown on the Drawings and shall conform to the "Standard Practice for Reinforced Concrete Structure" as published by the American Concrete Institute. All bars shall be bent cold. 3. Splices are not permitted except as shown on the plans or authorized by the engineer. 4. All welding to conform to the American Welding Society's AWS/D12.1. 5. All reinforcing steel shall be accurately located in the forms and firmly tied in place before and during the placing of concrete to prevent displacement during the course of construction and to keep the steel at a proper distance from the forms. 6. Bar supports are to be sufficient in number and sufficiently heavy to properly carry the steel they support. 7. Supports for bars in paving and walks shall be plastic chairs or slab and beam bolsters with runners. Spacing shall not exceed 3'-0"o.c. 8. It is recommended that bent bars be shop fabricated. 9. All reinforcing steel shall be placed in accordance with the"Specifications for Placing Reinforcement of the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute". 10. Steel reinforcing for slabs on grade, paving, and walks shall be in the middle of the slab. 11. Lap continuous unscheduled reinforcing bars as follows: Bottom bars in members supported by columns or footings- 12"at supports only. All others-50 bar diameters. 12. Reinforcing steel coverage shall be as follows: In grade beams, 1-1/2"top, 3" bottom, 2" sides (if earth formed, beam width must be increased 2"to provide 3" side cover). 13. Welded fabric shall be lapped one space or more and tied. END OF SECTION 03 34 06 -CONCRETE CRACK CONTROL EQUIPMENT A. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS: 1. Construction joints shall be located where shown on the drawings. Joints not indicated on the drawings shall be located with the approval of the structural engineer. Joints in floors shall be located Division 3 Concrete 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 6 of 8 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No. AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department near the middle of the spans of slabs, beams, or girders. 2. The surface of the concrete at the joint shall be cleaned. 3. Joint Fillers: a. 1/4"thick"Tongue and Groove" keyed joint filler. Top to be level with the concrete surface. b. 3/4"thick"Fibre Joint"expansion joint filler. Top to be 1/2"below concrete surface. 1/2"space is to be filled with Sonneborn horizontal joint sealant, or equal. 4. Use 1/2" diameter smooth steel dowels with plastic sleeves. Bars to be greased before installing sleeves. Open end of sleeve is to be sealed. Sleeves shall be held tight against expansion joint material during concrete pour. Dowels are to be parallel to the surface of the concrete. B. CONTRACTION JOINTS: Contraction joints shall be 24 gauge galvanized steel keyed tongue and groove joint. Provide #3 dowels @ 18" long and 24" o.c. Manufactured by Heckmann Building Products, Inc., Chicago, III; Keyhold, Inc., Louisville, KY., or Superior Concrete Accessories, Inc., Franklin Park, Ill. END OF SECTION 03 60 00 -MORTAR AND GROUT A. GENERAL 1. Mortar for use in masonry construction shall comply with ASTM C270. a. Mortar shall conform to the proportion specifications of Table 2104.7A or the property specifications of Table 2104.7B, as indicated in the Standard Building Code 1997, page 292. 2. Grout for use in masonry construction shall comply with ASTM C 476. a. Grout shall conform to the proportion specifications of Table 2104.7C, as indicated in the Standard Building Code 1997, page 292 and 293. 3. Surface-Bonding Mortar: Surface-bonding mortar shall comply with ASTM C 887. Surface bonding of concrete masonry units shall comply with ASTM C 946. 4. Metal Reinforcement and Accessories: a. Deformed reinforcing bars shall conform to the following standards:ASTM A 615,ASTM A 616, ASTM A 617, and ASTM A 706. b. Joint Reinforcement: 1) Joint reinforcing wire shall conform to the following standards: ASTM A 82 and ASTM A 167, Type 304. 2) Longitudinal wires shall be deformed. One set of two deformations shall occur around the perimeter of the wire at a maximum spacing of 0.7 times the diameter of the wire but not less than eight sets per inch (25.4 mm)of length. The overall length of each deformation within the set shall be such that the summation of gaps between the ends of the deformations shall not exceed 33 percent of the perimeter of the wire. The indentation depth of the deformations shall be 0.006 inch ±0.003 inch (0.15±0.076 mm). 3) Deformed Reinforcing Wire: Deformed reinforcing wire shall conform to ASTM A 496. 4) Wire Fabric: Wire fabric shall conform to ASTM A 185 or ASTM A 497. 5) Anchors,ties and accessories:Anchors,ties and accessories shall conform to ASTM A 36, ASTM A 82, ASTM A 167, Type 304,ASTM A 185, or ASTM A 366. 6) Corrosion protection:Joint reinforcement,anchors,wall ties and accessories,except those of stainless steel(ASTM A 167.Type 304)shall be protected from corrosion by galvanizing as follows: Metal accessories for use in exterior wall construction shall be hot dipped galvanized after fabrication with a minimum coating of 1.50 ounces per sq.ft.in accordance with ASTM A 153. Metal accessories for use in interior wall construction shall be mill galvanized with a minimum coating of 0.1 ounce per sq.ft.in accordance with ASTM A 641 or ASTM A 525, Class 3-60. 7) Tests: Where unidentified reinforcement is approved for use. not less than three tension and three bending tests shall be made on representative specimens of the reinforcement from each shipment and grade of reinforcing steel proposed for use in the work. Division 3 Concrete 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 7 of 8 Architects Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 5. Mortars for ceramic wall and floor tile. Portland cement mortars for installing ceramic wall and floor tile shall comply with ANSI A 108.1 and be of the compositions indicated in Table 2104.10, Standard Building Code 1997, Page 293. 6. Dry-set portland cement mortars. Premixed prepared portland cement mortars,which require only the addition of water and which are used in the installation of ceramic tile,shall comply with ANSI A118.1. The shear bond strength for tile set in such mortar shall be as required in accordance with that standard. Tile set in dry-set portland cement mortar shall be installed in accordance with ANSI A 108.5. 7. Electrically conductive dry-set mortars. Premixed prepared portland cement mortars, which require only the addition of water and which comply with ANSI A 118.2, shall be used in the installation of electrically conductive ceramic tile. Tile set in electrically conductive dry-set mortar shall be installed in accordance with ANBI A 108.7. 8. Latex-modified portland cement mortars. Latex-modified portland cement thin-set mortars. in which latex is added to dry-set mortar as a replacement for all or part of the gaging water,which are used for the installation of ceramic tile shall comply with ANSI A 118.4. Tile set in latex-modified portland cement shall be installed in accordance with ANSI A 108.5. 9. Epoxy mortar: Ceramic tile set and grouted with chemical-resistant epoxy shall comply with ANSI A 118.3. Tile set and grouted with epoxy shall be installed in accordance with ANSI A 108.6. 10. Furan mortar and grout. Chemical-resistant furan mortar and grout which are used to install ceramic tile shall comply with ANSI A 118.5. Tile set and grouted with furan shall be installed in accordance with ANSI A 108.8. 11. Modified epoxy-emulsion mortar and grout. Modified epoxy-emulsion mortar and grout which are used to install ceramic tile shall comply with ANSI A 118.8. Tile set and grouted with modified epoxy- emulsion mortar and grout shall be installed in accordance with ANSI A 108.9. 12. Organic adhesives. Water resistant organic adhesives used for the installation of ceramic tile shall comply with ANSI A 136.1. The shear bond strength after water immersion shall not be less than 40 psi for Type I adhesives, and not less than 20 psi for Type II adhesive, when tested in accordance with ANSI A136.1. Tile set in organic adhesives shall be installed in accordance with ANSI A 108.4. 13. Portland cement grouts. Portland cement grouts used for the installation of ceramic tile shall comply with ANSI A 118.6. Portland cement grouts for tile work shall be installed in accordance with ANSI A 108.10. END OF SECTION Division 3 Concrete 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 8 of 8 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department DIVISION 4-MASONRY 0410 01 - MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT FOR RENOVATION CONSTRUCTION) A. GENERAL: Work includes identifying existing mortar type, removing existing mortar, and tuckpointing existing mortar. B. MATERIAL AND PRODUCTS: 1. Identifying Existing Mortar: a. With a chisel, remove three or four unweathered samples of the mortar to be matched from several locations on the building. Because the masonry may have been repointed several times, it is important to remove several samples to obtain a mean mortar sample of the different mortars that have been used,avoiding obviously recent samples. Set the largest sample aside to be used later for comparison with the repointing mortar. b. Break apart the remaining samples, powdering them with a wooden mallet until the mortar is separated into its constituent parts. There should be a good handful of the material. c. To establish what the binder is,stir part of the sample into diluted hydrochloric acid. If there is a vigorous chemical reaction(bubbling)and most of the binder disappears, leaving clean aggregate, then the binder was lime. If the binder is cement, it will leave a murky liquid and will dissolve very slowly over several days. Provide samples for Architect to review. d. To establish what the aggregate is, some must be isolated. Take the remaining aggregate in the previous step and rinse with water and dry. Alternatively,take more of the ground-up sample and carefully blow away the powdery lime or cement binding material, (this will not work if the binder is too strongly adhered to the aggregate). Examine the aggregate with a low-power magnifying glass. Note and record the range of color as well as the varying sizes of the individual grains of sand or shell as well as the presence of other materials. Provide sample for Architect to review. e. After existing mortar is identified, mix new mortar (tuck-pointing mortar) to match consistency, color,and texture of existing mortar. New mortar shall not be stronger than original existing mortar. 2. Tuckpoint Mortar Guidelines: a. Mortar shall match existing mortar's color, texture and tooling. b. Use sand having the same color, size and gradation as the original mortar. c. The new mortar shall have greater vapor permeability and have less compressive strength than the masonry units. Also, the new mortar shall be no harder or more impermeable than the historic mortar in order to prevent damage to the masonry units. C. MIXING AND PREPARING MORTAR: 1. Mix mortar and admixtures in strict accordance with manufacturers specifications. 2. Mixing: a. Dry mix sand,cement and lime, add sufficient water to produce a damp mix that will retain its shape when pressed into a ball by hand,then mix for 3 to 7 minutes with a mechanical mixer. b. Let the mortar stand for one to one and one/half hours so it will pre-hydrate. This will minimize shrinkage. c. After pre-hydration, retemper the mortar to proper consistency for tuck-pointing. Mortar should be somewhat drier and stiffer than mortar used for laying masonry. d. Mortar must be used with two and one-half hours of the initial mixing, retempering as necessary. Division 4 Masonry 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 1 of 5 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department e. Tuckpointing mortar shall not have a stronger compressive strength than the original building mortar. D. COMPONENTS FOR TUCKPOINTING MORTAR: 1. Sand: Sand must be free of impurities, such as salts or clay. The sand shall match the existing mortar in color,texture,gradation and cohesiveness. Rounded edge sand particles are preferred for this project. Sand guidelines shall conform to ASTM C 144. 2. Lime: Lime shall conform to ASTM C 207, Type S or SA hydrated lime for masonry purposes. 3. Portland Cement: Portland cement shall conform to ASTM C 150, non-staining Portland cement. Cement should match existing mortar. White should be the first color choice. The cement shall not have more than 0.60 percent alkali. 4. Pre-hydrated-Type S or SA Portland Cement: Lime mortars shall conform to ASTM C 207. This mortar may be used if consistent with existing historic mortar. 5. Water: shall be portable, clean and free from acids,alkalis, or other dissolved organic materials. 04 20 00 -UNIT MASONRY A. GENERAL: 1. Provide thoroughly competent foreman. 2. Provide necessary scaffolding, adequate and safe in accordance with all local laws and ordinances. Maintain during construction and remove after completion. 3. During erection, keep exposed walls dry by covering at the end of each day or shutdown period with canvas or waterproof paper and boards. 4. Do not lay masonry in freezing weather or when temperature is likely to go below freezing within 24 hours. 5. Final selection of all types of masonry units shall be made by the Architect and his decision shall be absolute and final. B. MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS: 1. Face Brick: (Hanson,Acme)OR Equivalent($500/1000 allowance) a. Location: Exterior and Interior of building. Refer to elevations and details. b. Only units of first quality appearance shall be used, with any damaged units culled. c. Supplier shall furnish certificate of recognized local testing laboratory evidencing that brick furnished to this project conforms with ASTM Standards. Data shall include and location of manufacturer; initial rate of suction, GA/MIN; 24 hr. cold water absorption percent; 5 hr.boil absorption percent;saturation coefficient;compressive strength in psi; and failed freeze thaw in cycles. 2. Smooth-face Concrete Masonry Units: a. Load-bearing units. Provide end and corner units, etc. as required. All outside corners shall have factory applied 1" radius typical b. Interior smooth-face non-load bearing units to be painted as noted on drawings. Provide end and corner units as required. c. ASTM C90, Grade N, Type 1. d. Nominal Face Dimension: 8" x 16". e. Units shall be well graded, lightweight expanded clay or expanded shale aggregate and Portland cement. f. Only units of first quality appearance shall be used,with any damaged units culled. g. Units shall be 3-5/8", 5-5/8", or 7 5/8"thick-Reference Drawings. h. Reference elevation drawings for locations of different CMU colors. Verify colors with Architect. i. Manufactured by Featherlite Building Products, or approved equal. 3. Split Face Concrete Masonry Units: a. Solid load-bearing Split-face units. All exposed-to-view surfaces to be integral CMU color. Provide end and corner units etc., as required, with exact color match, to Division 4 Masonry 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 2 of 5 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No. AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department complete walls as drawn b. Comply with ASTM C129 for non-load bearing Concrete Masonry Units. Units shall be made of aggregate conforming to ASTM-C-33 or ASTM-C-331. c. Nominal Face Dimension: 8"x 16". d. Units shall be well graded, lightweight expanded clay or expanded shale aggregate and Portland cement. e. Only units of first quality appearance shall be used,with any damaged units culled. f. Units shall be nominal 4"thick-Reference Drawings for locations-with integral color. g. Reference elevation drawings for locations of different CMU colors. Verify colors with Architect. h. Manufactured by Featherlite Building Products or approved equal. • 4. Calcium silicate masonry units: a. Location: Exterior and Interior of building. Refer to elevations and details. b. Only units of first quality appearance shall be used,with any damaged units culled. c. Supplier shall furnish certificate of recognized local testing laboratory evidencing that brick furnished to this project conforms with ASTM Standards. Data shall include and location of manufacturer; initial rate of suction, GA/MIN; 24 hr. cold water absorption percent;5 hr.boil absorption percent;saturation coefficient;compressive strength in psi; and failed freeze thaw in cycles. d. Calcium Silicate Masonry Units(Georgia):to ASTM C73,Grade SW;solid units that have been pressure formed and autoclaved; 3-5/8" bed depth; special shapes as indicated; and as follows: 1. Modular Size: 3-5/8"„7-5/8", 11-5/8" high, 23-5/8" long as indicated on Drawings 2. Texture: smooth finish as scheduled on exposed faces and ends; 3. Color: as selected by Architect 4. Manufacturers of calcium silicate masonry units having Products considered acceptable for use: a. Arriscraft International 5. Thin clad Calcium Silicate masonry units a. Location: Exterior and Interior of building. Refer to elevations and details. b. Only units of first quality appearance shall be used, with any damaged units culled. c. Supplier shall furnish certificate of recognized local testing laboratory evidencingthatbrick furnished to this project conforms with ASTM Standards. Data shall include and location of manufacturer; initial rate of suction, GA/MIN; 24 hr. cold water absorption percent; 5 hr. boil absorption percent: saturation coefficient; compressive strength in psi; and failed freeze thaw in cycles. d. Thin Adhered CSMU Building Stone installed over steel framing, cement backer board and latex portland cement mortar e. Thin Adhered Calcium Silicate Masonry Units(Thin Adhered CSMU)(Georgia):to ASTM C73,Grade SW;solid units that have been pressure formed and autoclaved; and then cut to [3/4"]and/or[1-3/8"thickness; special shapes as indicated; and as follows: f. Modular Size: 3-5/8", 7-5/8", 11-5/8" high, 23-5/8" long [as indicated on Drawings g. Texture: smooth finish as scheduled on exposed faces and ends; h. Color: as selected by Architect Manufacturers of calcium silicate masonry units having Products considered acceptable for use: a. Arriscraft International 6. Cast Stone Masonry a. Location: Interior of building. Refer to elevations and details. b. Exposed Surfaces: fine-grained texture similar to natural stone,color as selected by Architect free of cracks, chips or other defects that would affect the strength or serviceability of the unit or become exposed once installed and visible when viewed from a distance of not less than 15 feet under diffused light. Division 4 Masonry 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 3 of 5 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department c. Manufacturers of Arris-cast units having Products considered acceptable for use: a. Arriscraft International C. CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION: 1. Installation: a. Lay masonry in a running bond, number of courses and vertical dimensions as detailed. Provide soldier, row-lock, and sleeper courses as noted on the drawings. Tool all exposed joints with a stainless steel tool. b. Provide approximately 318"tooled hard joints of uniform width in units. c. Provide full mortar bed smooth or slightly furrowed. Butter end of each unit with sufficient mortar to completely fill head joints. d. Lay no units during freezing weather or when the temperature is likely to go below freezing within 24 hours. e. All masonry work shall be laid true to dimension plumb, square and in bond and properly anchored with vertical joints in line plumb and true. f. No exposed broken, chipped, or cracked units allowed. g. Build in ground conduits,switch-boxes,anchors,nailing,blocks,etc.,as required and where directed. Cut openings for electrical devices no larger than can be covered by a standard size plate. Replace unit masonry in which larger than necessary openings are cut rather than patch openings with mortar, or other materials. h. Form chases, slots, etc., and patch masonry work as required for all trades. Bond all intersections of walls and partitions. j. Provide weep-holes approximately 30"apart as shown on details in cavity drainage and at shelf plates and lintels. k. During erection, keep exposed walls dry by covering at the end of each day or shutdown period with canvas or waterproof paper and boards. Take care to wipe face brick and other masonry work with rough cloth or brush as work progresses to prevent unsightly and unnecessary mortar stains. m. Flashing: Furnished by sheet metal section unless otherwise noted. Placed by this section where it is to be built into masonry. n. In laying masonry, avoid over plumbing and pounding of corners and jambs to fit stretcher units after being set in position. Where an adjustment must be made after the mortar has started to set, the mortar shall be removed and replaced with fresh mortar. o. Do all cutting with Carborundum type saw. p. Expansion joints to be plumb and uniform and a maximum of 30'-0"on center. See exterior elevation drawings for locations, provide at 30'-0" max if not indicated on drawings. Caulk per Division 7. q. Ridges at horizontal and vertical intersections of joints will not be acceptable and must be smoothed out. r. Install control joint material at all control joints. s. Install all masonry reinforcing as shown on the drawings and specified elsewhere. t. Final selection of all types of masonry units shall be made by the Architect. 2. Sample Masonry Panels: Be prepared to lay a minimum of three(3)sample panels of each type of masonry for the approval of joint finishes, mortar color and other conditioning to guide the masonry work. Panels to be approximately 3' wide x height required to provide clear understanding of colors and texture changes. 3. Cleaning and Pointing: a. At the completion of the work, all exposed masonry, both interior and exterior, shall be thoroughly cleaned of dirt, mortar and stains by washing and brushing. b. Do not use wire brushes, acid or other solutions which will cause discoloration. Thoroughly clean using stiff brushes and clear water. c. Examine all joints carefully. Rake out all defective joints to a depth of at least 3/4". Remove all loose mortar and dust, and fill solid with mortar same as used for laying brick and tool joints to a solid dense surface same as other finished joints. Wet the brick before pointing. All excess mortar streaks, etc., shall be removed. If necessary, the brick work shall again be cleaned down. After cleaning, rinse thoroughly with clean water. Division 4 Masonry 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 4 of 5 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 4. At the completion of the work, all holes in mortar joints of exposed masonry shall be pointed and all defective joints shall be cut out and repointed. 5. Exposed masonry shall be protected against staining from any other sources and excess mortar shall be wiped off the surface as the work progresses. END OF SECTION Division 4 Masonry 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 5 of 5 Architects Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department DIVISION 5-METALS 05 40 00 -COLD FORMED STEEL FRAMING PART I -GENERAL 2.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Requirements including but not limited to: 1. Load bearing wall framing. 2. Exterior non-load bearing wall framing. 3. Soffit framing. 4.Accessories necessary for a complete installation. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer licensed in the State of Texas to design cold-formed steel framing. B. Structural Performance: Provide cold formed steel framing capable of withstanding design loads within limits and under conditions indicated. 1. Design Loads: Indicated on Drawings. 2. Deflection Limits: Design framing systems to withstand design loads without deflections greater than the following: a. Exterior Load Bearing Wall Framing: Horizontal deflection of 1/600 of the wall height. b. Interior Load Bearing Wall Framing: Horizontal deflection of 1/360 of the wall height under a horizontal load of 5 lbf/sq. ft. (239 Pa). c. Exterior Nonload Bearing Framing: Horizontal deflection of 1/600 of the wall height. 3. Design framing systems to provide for movement of framing members located outside the insulated building envelope without damage or overstressing, sheathing failure, connection failure, undue strain on fasteners and anchors, or other detrimental effects when subject to a maximum ambient temperature change of 120 degrees F (67 degrees C). 4. Design framing system to maintain clearances at openings,to allow for construction tolerances, and to accommodate live load deflection of primary building structure as follows: a. Upward and downward movement of 1/2 inch (13 mm). 5. Design exterior nonload bearing wall framing to accommodate horizontal deflection without regard for contribution of sheathing materials. 6. Cold Formed Steel Framing Design Standards: 1. Floor and Roof Systems: AISI S210. 2. Wall Studs:AISI S211. 3. Headers:AISI S212. 4. Lateral Design:AISI S213. 2.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Technical data for each type of cold formed steel framing product and accessory. B. Shop Drawings: Include layout, spacings, sizes, thickness, and types of cold formed steel framing; fabrication; and fastening and anchorage details, including mechanical fasteners. 1. Indicate reinforcing channels, opening framing, supplemental framing, strapping, bracing, bridging, splices, accessories, connection details, and attachment to adjoining work. Division 5 Metals 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 1 of 7 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department C. Delegated Design Submittal: For cold formed steel framing indicated to comply with design loads include structural analysis data signed and sealed by an engineer licensed in the State of Texas. D. Professional Engineer Qualifications. E. Product Test Reports: For each listed product, for tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency. 1. Expansion anchors. 2. Mechanical fasteners. 3. Vertical deflection clips. 4. Horizontal drift deflection clips F. Research Reports: ICC-ES report for nonstandard cold formed steel framing. 2.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. AISI Specifications and Standards: Unless more stringent requirements are indicated, comply with AISI S100 and AISI 5200. a. AISI North American Specification for the Design of Cold Formed Steel Structural Members and Standard for Cold Formed Steel Framing -General Provisions. 2. Fire Resistance Ratings: Comply with ASTM E 119; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. a. Indicate design designations from UL Fire Resistance Directory or from the listings of another qualified testing agency. B. Professional Engineer Qualifications:A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in the State of Texas and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of cold formed metal framing that are similar to those indicated in material, design, and extent. 1. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of Shop Drawings, design calculations, and structural data. C. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E 329 for testing indicated. D. Product Tests: Mill certificates or data from a qualified independent testing agency, or in-house testing with calibrated test equipment indicating steel sheet complies with requirements, including base metal thickness, yield strength,tensile strength, total elongation, chemical requirements, and metallic coating thickness. E. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M Structural Welding Code-Steel. 2. AWS D1.3/D1.3M Structural Welding Code-Sheet Steel. 3. AISI Specifications and Standards: Unless more stringent requirements are indicated, comply with AISI S100 and AISI S200. F. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at site. 2.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect cold formed steel framing from corrosion, moisture staining, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. CEMCO; California Expanded Metal Products Co. 2. ClarkDietrich Building Systems. 3. Consolidated Fabricators Corp.; Building Products Division. 4. Marino\WARE. 5. SCAFCO Corporation. 6. The Steel Network. B. Steel Sheet:ASTM A 1003/A 1003M, Structural Grade. Type H, metallic coated, of grade and coating weight as follows: Division 5 Metals 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 2 of 7 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 1. Grade: Required by structural performance. 2. Coating: G60(Z180). C. Steel Sheet for Vertical Deflection Clips: ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural steel, zinc coated: 1. Grade: Required by structural performance. 2. Coating: G60 (Z180). 2.2 LOAD BEARING WALL FRAMING A. Steel Studs: C-shaped steel studs, of web depths indicated, punched, with stiffened flanges: 1. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0538 inch (1.37 mm), 0.0677 inch (1.72 mm), and 0.0966 inch 2. (2.45 mm). 3. Flange Width: 1-5/8 inches (41 mm). 4. Section Properties: Refer to Drawings. B. Steel Box or Back to Back Headers: C-shapes used to form header beams, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with stiffened flanges: 1. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0966 inch (2.45 mm). 2. Flange Width: 1-5/8 inches (41 mm). 2.3 EXTERIOR NONLOAD BEARING WALL FRAMING A. Steel Studs: C shaped steel studs, of web depths indicated, punched, with stiffened flanges: 1. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0428 inch (1.09 mm), 0.0538 inch (1.37 mm), and 0.0677 inch (1.72 mm). 2. Flange Width: 1-5/8 inches (41 mm). B. Steel Track: U-shaped steel track, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with unstiffened flanges: 1. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: Matching steel studs. 2. Flange Width: 1-1/4 inches (32 mm). C. Vertical Deflection Clips: Head clips, capable of accommodating upward and downward vertical displacement of primary structure through positive mechanical attachment to stud web. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ClarkDietrich Building Systems. b. Marino\WARE. c. SCAFCO Corporation. D. Single Deflection Track: Single, deep leg, U shaped steel track; unpunched,with unstiffened flanges, of web depth to contain studs while allowing free vertical movement,with flanges designed to support horizontal loads and transfer to the primary structure: 1. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0428 inch (1.09 mm), 0.0538 inch (1.37 mm), 0.0677 inch (1.72 mm), or 0.0966 inch (2.45 mm). 2. Flange Width: 1 inch (25 mm) plus the design gap for one story structures and 1 inch (25mm) plus twice the design gap for other applications. E. Drift Clips: Head clips, capable of isolating wall stud from upward and downward vertical displacement and lateral drift of primary structure through positive mechanical attachment to stud web and structure. 2.4 SOFFIT FRAMING A. Exterior Soffit Frame: C shaped steel sections, of web depths indicated,with stiffened flanges: 1. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0538 inch (1.37 mm). 2. Flange Width: 1-5/8 inches (41 mm), minimum. 2.5 FRAMING ACCESSORIES A. Fabricate steel framing accessories from steel sheet, ASTM A 1003/A 1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of same grade and coating weight used for framing members. B. Provide accessories of standard thickness and configuration, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Supplementary framing. Division 5 Metals 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 3 of 7 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 2. Bracing, bridging, and solid blocking. 3. Web stiffeners. 4. Anchor clips. 5. End clips. 6. Foundation clips. 7. Gusset plates. 8. Stud kickers and knee braces. 9. Hole reinforcing plates. 10. Backer plates. 2.6 ANCHORS, CLIPS, AND FASTENERS A. Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTM A 36/A 36M, zinc coated by hot-dip process according to ASTM A 123/A 123M. B. Anchor Bolts:ASTM F 1554, Grade 36, threaded carbon steel hex headed bolts and carbon steel nuts; and flat, hardened steel washers; zinc coated by hot dip process according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C. C. Power Actuated Anchors: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion resistant materials, with allowable load capacities calculated according to ICC-ES AC70, greater than or equal to the design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190 conducted by a qualified testing agency. D. Mechanical Fasteners: ASTM C 1513, corrosion resistant coated, self drilling, self tapping, steel drill screws. 1. Head Type: Low profile head beneath sheathing. E. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS standards. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC-Paint 20 or ASTM A 780. B. Nonmetallic, Nonshrink Grout: Premixed, nonmetallic, noncorrosive, nonstaining grout containing selected silica sands, portland cement, shrinkage compensating agents, and plasticizing and waterreducing agents, complying with ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, with fluid consistency and 30 minute working time. C. Shims: Load bearing, high density multimonomer plastic, and nonleaching; or of cold formed steel of same grade and coating as framing members supported by shims. D. Sealer Gaskets: Closed cell neoprene foam, 1/4 inch (6.4 mm)thick, selected from standard widths to match width of bottom track or rim track members. 2.8 FABRICATION A. Fabricate cold formed steel framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with connections securely fastened, according to referenced AISI specifications and standards, manufacturer's written instructions, and requirements in this Section. 1. Fabricate framing assemblies using jigs or templates. 2. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut. Division 5 Metals 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 4 of 7 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 3. Fasten cold formed steel framing members by welding, screw fastening, clinch fastening, pneumatic pin fastening, or riveting as standard with fabricator. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. a. Comply with AWS D1.3/D1.3M requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. b. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to Shop Drawings, with screw penetrating joined members by no fewer than three exposed screw threads. 4. Fasten other materials to cold formed steel framing by welding, bolting, pneumatic pin fastening, or screw fastening, according to Shop Drawings. B. Reinforce, stiffen, and brace framing assemblies to withstand handling, delivery, and erection stresses. Lift fabricated assemblies to prevent damage or permanent distortion. C. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate assemblies level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet(1:960) and as follows: 1. Spacing: Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch (3 mm) from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials. 2. Squareness: Fabricate each cold-formed steel framing assembly to a maximum out of square tolerance of 1/8 inch (3 mm). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine supporting substrates and abutting structural framing for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the work. B. Proceed with installation after correcting unsatisfactory conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Before sprayed fire resistive materials are applied, attach continuous angles, supplementary framing, or tracks to structural members indicated to receive sprayed fire resistive materials. B. After applying sprayed fire resistive materials, remove only as much as necessary to complete installation of cold formed framing without reducing thickness of fire resistive materials required to obtain fire resistance rating indicated. Protect remaining fire resistive materials from damage. C. Install load bearing shims or grout between the underside of load bearing wall bottom track and the top of foundation wall or slab at locations with a gap larger than 1/4 inch (6 mm)to ensure a uniform bearing surface on supporting concrete or masonry construction. D. Install sealer gaskets at the underside of wap bottom track or rim track and at the top of foundation wall or slab at stud or joist locations. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Cold formed steel framing may be shop or field fabricated for installation, or it may be field assembled. B. Install cold formed steel framing according tc AISI S200 and to manufacturer written instructions unless more stringent requirements are indicated. C. Install shop or field fabricated, cold formed framing and securely anchor to supporting structure. 1. Screw, bolt, or weld wall panels at horizontal and vertical junctures to produce flush, even, true to line joints with maximum variation in plane and true position between fabricated panels not exceeding 1/16 inch (1.6 mm). D. Install cold formed steel framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with connections securely fastened. 1. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut. 2. Fasten cold formed steel framing members by welding, screw fastening, clinch fastening, or riveting. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. a. Comply with AWS D1.3/D1.3M requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. Division 5 Metals 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 5 of 7 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department b. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to Shop Drawings, and complying with requirements for spacing, edge distances, and screw penetration. E. Install framing members in one piece lengths unless splice connections are indicated for track or tension members. F. Install temporary bracing and supports to secure framing and support loads comparable in intensity to those for which structure was designed. Maintain braces and supports in place, undisturbed, until entire integrated supporting structure has been completed and permanent connections to framing are secured. G. Do not bridge building expansion joints with cold-formed steel framing. Independently frame both sides of joints. H. Install insulation in built up exterior framing members, such as headers, sills, boxed joists, and multiple studs at openings, that are inaccessible on completion of framing work. I. Fasten hole reinforcing plate over web penetrations that exceed size of manufacturer's approved or standard punched openings. J. Erection Tolerances: Install cold-formed steel framing level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet(1:960) and as follows: 1. Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch (3 mm)from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials. 3.4 LOAD BEARING WALL INSTALLATION A. Install continuous top and bottom tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately and securely anchor at corners and ends, and at spacings as follows: 1. Anchor Spacing:As shown on approved Shop Drawings. B. Squarely seat studs against top and bottom tracks with gap not exceeding of 1/8 inch (3 mm) between the end of wall framing member and the web of track. Fasten both flanges of studs to top and bottom tracks. Space studs as follows: 1. Stud Spacing: Indicated on Drawings. C. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for nonplumb walls or warped surfaces and similar configurations. D. Align studs vertically where floor framing interrupts wall framing continuity. Where studs cannot be aligned, continuously reinforce track to transfer loads. E. Align floor and roof framing over studs according to AISI S200, Section Cl. Where framing cannot be aligned, continuously reinforce track to transfer loads. F. Anchor studs abutting structural columns or walls, including masonry walls, to supporting structure as indicated. G. Install headers over wall openings wider than stud spacing. Locate headers above openings as indicated. Fabricate headers of compound shapes indicated or required to transfer load to supporting studs, complete with clip-angle connectors, web stiffeners, or gusset plates. 1. Frame wall openings with not less than a double stud at each jamb of frame as indicated on Shop Drawings. Fasten jamb members together to uniformly distribute loads. 2. Install runner tracks and jack studs above and below wall openings.Anchor tracks to jamb studs with clip angles or by welding, and space jack studs same as full-height wall studs. H. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing in stud framing indicated to support fixtures, equipment, services, casework, heavy trim, furnishings, and similar work requiring attachment to framing. 1. If type of supplementary support is not indicated, comply with stud manufacturer's written recommendations and industry standards in each case, considering weight or load resulting from item supported. Division 5 Metals 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 6 of 7 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No. AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department I. Install horizontal bridging in stud system, spaced vertically as indicated on approved Shop Drawings. Fasten at each stud intersection. 1. Bridging: Cold rolled steel channel,welded or mechanically fastened to webs of punched studs with a minimum of two screws into each flange of the clip angle for framing members up to 6 inches (150 mm)deep. J. Install steel sheet diagonal bracing straps to both stud flanges, terminate at and fasten to reinforced top and bottom tracks. Fasten clip-angle connectors to multiple studs at ends of bracing and anchor to structure. K. Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including supplementary framing, web stiffeners, clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, and fasteners, to provide a complete and stable wall- framing system. 3.5 EXTERIOR NONLOAD BEARING WALL INSTALLATION A. Install continuous tracks sized to match studs.Align tracks accurately and securely anchor to supporting structure as indicated. B. Fasten both flanges of studs to top and bottom track unless otherwise indicated. Space studs as indicated on Drawings. C. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for nonplumb walls or warped surfaces and similar requirements. D. Isolate nonload bearing steel framing from building structure to prevent transfer of vertical loads while providing lateral support. 1. Install single deep leg deflection tracks and anchor to building structure. 2. Connect vertical deflection clips to bypassing studs and anchor to building structure. 3. Connect drift clips to cold formed metal framing and anchor to building structure. E. Install horizontal bridging in wall studs, spaced vertically in rows indicated on Shop Drawings but not more than 48 inches (1220 mm) apart. Fasten at each stud intersection. 1. Top Bridging for Single Deflection Track: Install row of horizontal bridging within 12 inches (305mm) of single deflection track. Install a combination of bridging and stud or stud track solid blocking of width and thickness matching studs, secured to stud webs or flanges. a. Install solid blocking at centers indicated on approved Shop Drawings. 2. Bridging: Cold rolled steel channel, welded or mechanically fastened to webs of punched studs. F. Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including stud kickers,web stiffeners, clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, and fasteners, to provide a complete and stable wall-framing system. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Field and shop welds will be subject to testing and inspecting. C. Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to Contractor and Architect. D. Remove and replace work where test results indicate that it does not comply with specified requirements. E. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3.7 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on fabricated and installed coldformed steel framing with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions. A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions ensuring cold formed steel framing is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION Division 5 Metals 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 7 of 7 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS 18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department DIVISION 6 -WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 06 10 00 -ROUGH CARPENTRY A. GENERAL: 1. Furnish and install wood framing, blocking, rough backs and built-in blocking all provided with incidentals necessary to make floors, roof,walls, ceilings, and hardware ready for installation and finishes. 2. Work Not Included: Priming and back-painting. Refer to Division 9. 3. Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining windstorm insurance certificate from the Texas State Board of Insurance, reference structural drawings for instructions. B. MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION: 1. General: a. Provide best quality of its respective grades and kind. b. Grades specified conform to the most recent grading rules of the Southern Pine Association, The West Coast Lumberman's Association, Douglas Fir Plywood Association or Lumber Manufacturing Association under whose rules the lumber is produced. c. Lumber air or kiln dried and well seasoned with moisture content not to exceed 19%at the time it is permanently incorporated into the building. d. Lumber to be properly grade marked by Producing Association. e. Pressure treated as noted on Construction Documents. 2. Nailers, Blocks and Miscellaneous Blocking: No. 2 S.Y.P. 3. Furring Strips: No. 2 S.Y.P. 4. Bridging and Stripping; No. 2 S.Y.P. 5. Sizes and Applications: a. General Framing: 1) Refer to drawings for sizes and details. 2) Nailing and fastening shall be done using proper size nails and fasteners. 3) Provide blocking, bucks, and framing as necessary and for other trades as required. 4) Where finish trim is applied directly to framing members or blocking, such framing members or blocking will be perfectly straight, clear, and well seasoned. Warp or other poor characteristics will not be allowed. 5) The contractor shall examine the architectural and mechanical drawings for required openings as he shall provide for all openings whether shown on these drawings or not and shall verify size and location of all openings with mechanical drawings. Openings requiring heading of joists shall be referred to the Architect for framing. 6) Framing shall be accurately cut and fitted, true to line and level, avoiding shims and wedges. 7) Framing for locations not detailed shall be provided as required with supporting members in general 1-1/2"thick and spaced not more than 16"o.c. All framing to be No. 2 Southern Yellow Pine. 8) All plywood sizes shall be as noted on drawings, all unexposed plywood shall be Douglas Fir, exposed shall be as noted in Section 06200, or on the drawings. 6. Rough Hardware: Provide all necessary nails, screws, bolts, anchors, etc.All hardware to be galvanized. END OF SECTION 06 20 00 -FINISH CARPENTRY A. GENERAL: Work Included: Erection of nailing strips, wood base, trim, framing for built in shelving and cabinets, installation of millwork, installation of doors and hardware, and incidentals necessary to complete finish carpentry work. Division 6 Wood, Plastics, and Composites 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 1 of 10 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department B. MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION: 1. Finish Trim: a. Acceptable Manufacturer: East Coast Moldings, ECMD, Inc 2 Grandview Street, North Wilkesboro, NC 28659-0130, Phone: 1 (888)222-3961 Model Number EC614 Texas Profile Crown Molding b. Painted trim as indicated on Construction Documents. c. Inspection: Inspect finish materials,trim, doors, etc., to ensure that no sub-grade, defective or machine marked pieces are installed. d. Priming and Back-painting: Arrange to have all types of exposed material primed and back-painted immediately upon delivery to building. Materials to be finished natural shall receive first and second coats of paint as specified. e. Install work plumb, level, to line and securely anchored. Miter corners of trim. f. Reference Section 06400-Architectural Woodwork for finish millwork. 2. Finish Hardware: a. Installation: 1) The supplier will mark each item of hardware for location. Protect the markings until each item is installed. If any item of hardware is delivered to the job not properly marked, return it to the supplier for marking before attempting to install it. 2) Install and make necessary adjustments for proper working order. 3) Any hardware damaged by improper adjustment or careless abuse will be replaced by the Contractor at his expense. 4) Fit all surface applied hardware accurately. 5) Provide clean, properly sized and accurately placed mortises and drilled holes for all mortise hardware such as lock sets, flush bolts, etc. 6) After hardware installation, protect exposed surface from wear and abuse by the use of heavy paper and masking tape and maintain until job completion. 7) Center kick-plates at bottom of doors and provide same margin at bottom as at sides. 8) Ref. Division 8, Heading 08710.for hardware furnished under this contract. b. Removal for Painting: Remove all hardware except that which is primed for painting, before painter's finish is applied and permanently replace and readjust for proper function after painter's finish has been completed and has dried hard. END OF SECTION 06 24 00-LAMINATES A. SCOPE: 1. Provide and install laminates as indicated on the drawings and details. 2. Manufacturer: Wilsonart International, Inc., 2400, Wilson Place, P. O. Box 6110, Temple, Texas 76503-6110, or approved equal. B. MATERIALS: 1. Recommended Uses: a. General Purpose(HGS) Type 107 is most frequently used for work surfaces on counters, islands, vanities, desks and tables. Typical vertical uses include surfacing for wall panels, teller cages and the front panels of workstations, such as those in hospitals, airports and restaurants. Type 107 is produced for both horizontal and vertical interior applications where the surface must be functional, durable and decorative. b. Vertical Surface (VGP)Type 335 is the usual choice to surface cabinet walls, doors and drawer panels. It often appears on the vertical surfaces of desks, restaurants booths and maitre d' stations, and as architectural cladding. Type 335 is intended for vertical applications where a functional, durable, decorative surface must absorb somewhat less impact than a comparable horizontal surface. VGP surfaces may be postformed to achieve radiused edges. Division 6 Wood, Plastics, and Composites 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 2 of 10 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department c. Postforming (HGP)Type 350 adds the decorative capability of a soft edge to any typical laminate use. Common applications of postforming laminates are formed edges for counters, desktops, cabinet doors and drawer panels. Type 350 is intended for use on vertical and horizontal interior surfaces where it is necessary or desirable to roll the laminate on a simple radius over the edge of the substrate. This eliminates seams and leaves an attractive surface. 2. Product Composition: Decorative surface papers impregnated with melamine resins are pressed over kraft paper core sheets impregnated with phenolic resin. These sheets are then bonded at pressures greater than 1000 pounds per square inch at temperatures approaching 300_F (149_C). Finished sheets are trimmed, and the backs are sanded to facilitate bonding. 3. Basic Limitations: Wilsonart®Laminate is for interior use only and is not recommended for direct application to plaster, concrete walls, or gypsum wallboard. It is not structural material and must be bonded to a suitable substrate. Do not subject Wilsonart®Laminate to extremes in humidity, temperatures higher than 275_F (135_C)for substantial periods of time, or intense, continuous, direct sunlight. 4. Patterns & Colors: Available in the full range of Wilsonart solid colors, stones, marbles, woodgrains, leathers and patterns. 5. Finishes: a. #1 High Gloss A mirror sheen finish which gives a smooth, brilliant appearance. Excellent for any vertical application. Laminates with a high gloss finish can be used for horizontal application only in light use areas. We recommend that it not be used on horizontal work surfaces such as countertops. Glossometer reading: MD and CD 100_ 10. b. #7 Textured Gloss A textured finish which reproduces the high sheen of waxed wood furniture. Recommended for horizontal and vertical application.Available only on those designs for which it is the standard finish. Glossometer reading: MD and CD 36_3. c. #60 Matte Textured finish with a moderate reflective quality. Recommended for horizontal and vertical application. Glossometer reading: MD and CD 10_2. 6.Typical Fire Test Data: a. High-pressure laminates are subject to Flame Spread and Smoke Developed standards in structures where codes establish such conditions. Test data to determine compliance with these codes are obtained by the Steiner Tunnel Test method of the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM-E-84, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials). Tests were conducted in accordance with test method and mounting procedure as described in paragraph X1.7.2 of the test method. This procedure is cataloged by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., as UL 723. 7.Codes and Certifications: a. General Standards: Wilsonart laminates conform to the voluntary standards of the American National Standards Institute/National Electrical Manufacturers Association (ANSI/NEMA) LD3-2000, for thickness, performance properties and appearance. Various grades of Wilsonart laminates meet or exceed the International Standards Organization specifications as found in ISO 4586,titled"High-Pressure Decorative Laminate (HPDL) - Sheets Based on Thermosetting Resins-Part I: specifications." b. Specific Product Standards: U.S. Federal Specification L-P 508H,April 9, 1977, "Plastic Sheets, Laminated, Decorative and Nondecorative." Spells out criteria for decorative laminates for federal installations. Wilsonart 107, 335 and 350 laminates comply. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) #35, "Laminated Plastic for Surfacing for Food Service Equipment." All solid colors and printed patterns in Basic Types 107, 335 and 350, with finishes 1, 7 and 60 comply. Division 6 Wood, Plastics, and Composites 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 3 of 10 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 8.Installation: Fabrication and Assembly Recommendatiowns: Fabrication should follow approved methods. Assembled pieces should meet the specifications of KCMA (Kitchen Cabinetmakers Manufacturers Association), ANSI A-161.2- 1998 (revised), and "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards, Guide Specifications and Quality Certification Program" guidelines of the Architectural Woodwork Institute where applicable. Wilsonart laminates must be bonded to a substrate of reliable quality, such as particleboard, medium density fiberboard or plywood with one A face. High-pressure laminate, plaster, concrete and gypsum board should not be considered suitable substrates. Basic Types laminate may not be used as structural members. Bond with adhesives and follow the techniques recommended by the adhesive manufacturer. Recommended adhesives are permanent types, such as urea and polyvinyl acetate(PVA), and contact types. Wilsonart adhesives are recommended for most bonding conditions. To avoid stress cracking, do not use square-cut inside corners. All inside corners should have a minimum of 1/8" (3.175mm) radius and all edges should be routed smooth. Drill oversized holes for screws or bolts. Screws or bolts should be slightly countersunk into the face side of a laminate-clad substrate. Take care to ensure an appropriate acclimation between the laminate and the substrate prior to fabrication. The face and backing laminates and the substrate should be conditioned in the same environment for 48 hours before fabrication. Recommended conditioning temperature is about 75_F (24_C). Laminates should be conditioned at 45%to 55% relative humidity. With postforming machinery, Wilsonart 335 and 350 will postform at a nominal sheet temperature range of 325_F to 338_F (163_C to 170_C) in 20 5 seconds. Carbide-tipped saw and router blades should be used for cutting. High tool speed and low feed speed are advisable. Cutting blades should be kept sharp. Use a hold-down to prevent any vibration. 9.Warranty: Wilsonart International, Inc. warrants that, under normal use and service, this shall conform to the standards set forth on the applicable technical data sheets for a period of twelve (12) months from the date of sale to the first consumer purchaser. Dealers and distributors are provided with the technical data sheets that contain specific standards of performance for the products. In the event that this product does not perform as warranted, the first purchaser's sole remedy shall be limited to repair or replacement of all or any part of the product that is defective, at the manufacturer's sole discretion. This warranty applies only to product: 1. In its original installation; and 2. Purchased by the first consumer purchaser. This warranty is not transferable and expires upon resale or transfer by the first consumer purchaser. This warranty shall not apply to defects or damage arising for any of the following: 1. Accidents, abuse or misuse; 2. Exposure to extreme temperature; 3. Improper fabrication or installation; or 4. Improper maintenance. NO OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,ARE MADE. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL WILSONART INTERNATIONAL, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE ARISING FROM THE PURCHASE, USE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS PRODUCT, OR FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. NO FABRICATOR, INSTALLER, DEALER AGENT OR EMPLOYEE OF WILSONART INTERNATIONAL, INC. HAS THE AUTHORITY TO MODIFY THE OBLIGATIONS OR LIMITATIONS OF THIS WARRANTY. Division 6 Wood, Plastics. and Composites 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 4 of 10 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 10. Maintenance The decorative surface may be cleaned with warm water and mild soaps, such as those used for hands or dishes. Do not use cleansers that contain abrasives, acids or alkalis; they will damage the decorative surface. Remove stubborn stains with a 2-minute exposure to hypochlorite bleach such as Clorox_, followed by a clean water rinse. We recommend that you not allow any of the following agents to remain in contact with the decorative surface: a) Hypochlorite bleach, except as described above b) Hydrogen peroxide solution c) Mineral acids, hydrochloric acid such as Lime-A-WayTM, sulfuric or nitric acid d) Caustic solutions containing greater than 2% lye, such as Drano® e) Sodium bisulfate, such as Sani-Flush® f) Potassium permanganate g) Berry juices h) Silver nitrate, in 1% concentration or greater i) Gentian violet j) Mild silver protein, such as 20% argyrol k) Bluing I) Fabric dye, such as Tintex®or Rit® m) Alcohol containing 1% iodine in solution END OF SECTION 06 30 00 -WOOD TREATMENT A. Pressure Treated Lumber: 1. Type: Pressure treated lumber to meet AWPA Standard P-5 and F.S. TT-W550. The treating process to meet F.S. TT-W-571,AWPA Commodity Standards as applicable, and American Wood Preserves Bureau Standards LP-2 and LP-22. 2. Location: All wood blocking grounds, and wood in direct contact with concrete or masonry. 3. If on site fabrication is required, all cuts, holes & machined areas shall be brushed with the preservative in accordance with AWPA Standard M4. END OF SECTION 06 40 00-ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK A. GENERAL 1. Furnish and install all cabinetry and millwork with all incidentals necessary to complete the installation for a finished project. 2. Contractor shall provide plywood mock-up of main counter at RECEPTION 163, mock-up shall be minimum 3'-0" in length and built to correct height. B. MATERIALS: 1. Door Fronts: 3/4"thick melamine with .050 high pressure plastic laminate over entire surface, as selected by Architect. 2. Drawers: a. Front: 3/4"thick melamine with .050 high pressure plastic laminate over entire surface, as selected by Architect. b. Bottom and Back: 1/4" thick solid stock pine(painted). c. Sides and Slides: Julies Blum Metabox 550 MM. (2") and (6")file. 3. Shelves: 3/4"thick melamine with .050 high pressure plastic laminate over entire surface, as selected by Architect. Division 6 Wood, Plastics. and Composites 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 5 of 10 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 4. Backs: 1/4"thick melamine with .050 high pressure plastic laminate on exposed surface. a. Counter Tops: 3/4"fir plywood with back-splash as detailed. Provide .050 high pressure plastic laminate over surface of top, edge and splash: (Color to be selected by Architect.) 5. Base: Provide 3/4"thick plywood with .050 high pressure plastic laminate over entire surface as selected by architect. C. INSTALLATION 1. All exposed edges shall have wood band, heat applied edge or plastic laminate. 2. Cases to be assembled with butt joints utilizing mechanical fasteners completely concealed when cabinet is assembled, resulting in a sturdy unit with clean lines and no rough exposed. Fastening devices, nails or screws. 3. All installation shall be by millwork contractor. 4. Furnish samples of pre-selected finishes well before time for fabrication. 5. Clean and wash all surfaces and wipe dry with soft cloths. 6. Remove and replace any damaged member with new finish. 7. Set all products plumb and true, aligned properly, and anchored securely. 8. Brace all products in position until permanently anchored. END OF SECTION 06 41 20-CABINET AND DRAWER HARDWARE A. GENERAL: 1. The supplier will mark each item of hardware for location. Protect the markings until each item is installed. If any item of the hardware is delivered to the job not properly marked, return it to the supplier for marking before attempting to install it. 2. Any hardware damaged by improper adjustment or careless abuse will be replaced by the Millwork Contractor at his expense. B. MATERIAL: 1. All drawers shall be Julius Blum Metabox drawer system. Provide complete systems. Series 320N (550MM)or 330H (550MM) as required and indicated on drawings. 2. Cabinet door and drawer pulls to be Stanley 4484 Aluminum with screws or approved equal. 3. All cabinet doors to have a minimum of 2 hinges per door. Hinges to be by Julius Blum #170 Series, self-closing, or equal. Provide full overlay application and screw-on steel nickel plated. Hinge will provide for full door adjustment. 4. Provide locks at ALL cabinet drawers and doors. Provide five(5) pin tumbler with provisions for master keying. Timberline Deadbolt#CB281 color- LP-100 Nickel. 5. Provide and Install shelf supports: HAFFELE item number 282.47.402 transparent heavy- duty shelf support. 6. Bracket for under counter supports at built-in counters is a KV208-22WH. 7. Grommets: Provide and Install 2" diameter TG3 Flip Top Grommet Set every four feet at each built-in desk area from Doug Mockett& Compnay, Inc. www.mockett.com/furniture- hardware. or equal. C. INSTALLATION: 1. Install and make necessary adjustments for proper working order. 2. Fit all surface applied hardware accurately. 3. Provide clean, properly sized and accurately placed mortises and drilled holes for all mortise hardware such as lock sets,flush bolts, etc. 4. After hardware installation, protect exposed surface from wear and abuse by the use of heavy paper and masking tape and maintain until job completion. 5. Center kick plates at bottom of doors and provide same margin at bottom as at sides. 6. Reference Division 8, Heading 08710. for hardware furnished under this contract. 7. Removal for Painting: Remove all hardware except that which is primed for painting, before painter's finish is applied and permanently replace and readjust for proper function after painter's finish has been completed and has dried hard. END OF SECTION Division 6 Wood, Plastics, and Composites 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 6 of 10 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 06 81 00-SOLID SURFACING COUNTERTOPS PART 1 —GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Solid surface material countertops. 2. Solid surface vanities. 3. Solid surface material backsplashes. 4. Solid surface material end splashes. 5. Solid surface material apron fronts. 6. Solid surface material sinks. 7. Solid surface walls. 8. Solid surface window sills. 9. Solid surface adhesives and sealants. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 066400"Plastic Paneling"for plastic paneling. 2. Section 224100"Residential Plumbing Fixtures"for[non-integral sinks] [sinks] [and] [plumbing fittings]. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For countertop[, wall][, and][sill] materials[and sinks] including manufacturer's technical data sheets, and published written instructions. B. Sustainable Design Submittals: 1. Product Data: For adhesives and sealants, indicating VOC content. 2. Laboratory Test Reports: For adhesives and sealants, indicating compliance with requirements for low-emitting materials. C. Shop Drawings: For countertops. Show materials, finishes, edge and backsplash profiles, methods of joining, terminations, and cutouts. 1. Show locations and details of joints. 2. Show direction of directional pattern, if any. D. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of material exposed to view. E. Samples for Verification: For the following products: 1. Countertop material, 6 inches (150 mm) square. 2. Wood trim, 8 inches (200 mm) long. 3. One full-size solid surface material countertop, with front edge[and backsplash], 8 by 10 inches (200 by 250 mm), of construction and in configuration specified. F. Certificates: For the following certifications: 1. United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA) compliance for food contact materials described in 21 CFR 174 to 21 CFR 190. 2. New York City material equipment acceptance, MEA 181-96-M. 3. ANSI/NSF 51 "food zone"and FDA"direct-food contact"compliant. 4. UL GREENGUARD®Gold Certified product for low-chemical emissions. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For manufacturer and fabricator. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For solid surface material countertops to include in maintenance manuals. Include Product Data for care products used or recommended by Installer and names, addresses, and telephone numbers of local sources for products. Division 6 Wood, Plastics, and Composites 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 7 of 10 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: ISO 9001 quality management system certification for manufacturing facility(ies). B. Fabricator Qualifications: Shop that employs skilled workers who custom-fabricate countertops similar to that required for this Project, and whose products have a record of successful in-service performance. 1. Manufacturer-certified fabricator. C. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer certified fabricator of countertops. D. Mockups: Build mockups to demonstrate aesthetic effects and to set quality standards for fabrication and installation. 1. Build mockup of typical countertop as [shown on Drawings] [indicated by Architect]. 2. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify dimensions of countertops by field measurements( after base cabinets are installed but] before countertop fabrication is complete. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate locations of utilities that will penetrate countertops or backsplashes. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer and installer agree to repair or replace sheet material not free from defects in materials, fabrication, or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.1 SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP AND WALL MATERIALS A. Composition Solid-Surface Material: Homogeneous-filled plastic resin complying with ICPA SS-1. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Wilsonart LLC; [051] [025] or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Affinity Surfaces; a brand of Domain Industries, Inc. b. Avonite Surfaces. c. E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company. d. Formica Corporation. e. LG Chemical, Ltd. f. Meganite Inc. g. Samsung Chemical USA, Inc. h. Swan Corporation (The). Transolid Div of Trumbull Industries. j. <Insert manufacturer's name>. 2. Thickness: [0.490 inch (12.4 mm)] [0.240 inch (6.1 mm)]. 3. Panel Weight: [4.4 lb/sq. ft. (21.5 kg/sq. m)] [2.2 lb/sq.ft. (10.7 kg/sq. m)]. 4. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E 84; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. a. Flame-Spread Index: [25] <Insert value> or less. b. Smoke-Developed Index: [50] [450] <Insert value> or less. 5. Integral Sink Bowls: Comply with CSA B45.5/IAPMO Z124. 6. Colors and Patterns: [As indicated by manufacturer's designations] [Match Architect's samples] [As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range]. Division 6 Wood, Plastics, and Composites 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 8 of 10 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department B. Solid Wood Edges and Trim: Clear[red oak] [white oak] [hard maple] [cherry] <Insert species> lumber, free of defects, selected for compatible grain and color, and kiln dried to 7 percent moisture content. 1. Certified Wood: Wood products shall be certified as "FSC Pure"[or"FSC Mixed Credit"] according to FSC STD-01-001 and FSC STD-40-004. C. Composite Wood Products: Products shall be made using ultra-low-emitting formaldehyde resins as defined in the California Air Resources Board's"Airborne Toxic Control Measure to Reduce Formaldehyde Emissions from Composite Wood Products"or shall be made with no added formaldehyde. D. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, [Grade M-2] [Grade M-2-Exterior Glue]. E. Plywood: Exterior softwood plywood complying with DOC PS 1, Grade C-C Plugged, touch sanded. 2.2 COUNTERTOP FABRICATION A. Fabricate countertops according to solid surface material manufacturer's written instructions and to the AWI/AWMAC/WI's "Architectural Woodwork Standards." 1. Grade: [Premium] [Custom][Economy]. B. Configuration: 1. Front: [Straight, slightly eased at top] [Beveled] [3/4-inch (19-mm) bullnose] [Radius edge with apron, 2 inches(50 mm) high with 3/8-inch (9.5-mm) radius] [1- 1/2-inch (38-mm) bullnose][1-inch (25-mm) bullnose] [Straight, slightly eased at top with separate apron, 6 inches (150 mm) high, recessed 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) behind front edge]. 2. Backsplash: [Straight, slightly eased at corner] [Beveled] [Radius edge with 3/8- inch (9.5-mm) radius]. 3. End Splash: [Matching backsplash] [None]. C. Countertops: 1/2-inch (12.7-mm)thick, solid surface material with front edge built up with same material. D. Countertops: 1/4-inch (6.4-mm)thick, solid surface material laminated to 3/4-inch (19-mm) thick particleboard with [wood-trimmed exposed edges] [exposed edges built up with 3/4- inch (19-mm)thick, solid surface material] [exposed edges faced with 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) thick, solid surface material]. E. Backsplashes: [1/2-inch (12.7-mm)] [3/4-inch (19-mm)] thick, solid surface material[with wood-trimmed edges]. F. Fabricate tops with shop-applied edges[and backsplashes] unless otherwise indicated. Comply with solid surface material manufacturer's written instructions for adhesives, sealers, fabrication, and finishing. 1. Fabricate with loose backsplashes for field assembly. 2. Install integral sink bowls in countertops in the shop. G. Joints: Fabricate countertops without joints. H. Joints: Fabricate countertops in sections for joining in field[, with joints at locations indicated]. 1. Joint Locations: Not within 3 inches (76 mm)of a cutout or cooktop, 1 inch (25 mm)from inside corner for conventional seams, and not where countertop sections less than 36 inches (900 mm) long would result, unless unavoidable. Cutouts and Holes: 1. Undercounter Plumbing Fixtures: Make cutouts for fixtures[ in shop] using template or pattern furnished by fixture manufacturer. Form cutouts to smooth, even curves. a. Provide vertical edges, slightly eased at juncture of cutout edges with top and bottom surfaces of countertop. b. Provide vertical edges, rounded to 3/8-inch (10-mm) radius at juncture of cutout edges with top surface of countertop, slightly eased at bottom. 2. Counter-Mounted Plumbing Fixtures: Prepare countertops in shop for field cutting Division 6 Wood, Plastics. and Composites 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 9 of 10 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department openings for counter-mounted fixtures. Mark tops for cutouts and drill holes at corners of cutout locations. Make corner holes of largest radius practical. 3. Fittings: Drill countertops in shop for plumbing fittings, undercounter soap dispensers, and similar items. 4. Counter-Mounted Cooktops: Prepare countertops in shop for field cutting openings for cooktops. Mark tops for cutouts and drill holes at corners of cutout locations. Make corner holes of largest radius practical. 2.3 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Adhesive: Product recommended by solid surface material manufacturer. 1. Adhesives shall have a VOC content of[70] <Insert value>g/L or less. 2. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Public Health's"Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." B. Sealant for Countertops: Comply with applicable requirements in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." PART 3—EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates to receive solid surface material countertops and conditions under which countertops will be installed, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of countertops. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install countertops level to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 8 feet(3 mm in 2.4 m), 1/4 inch (6 mm) maximum. Do not exceed 1/64-inch (0.4-mm) difference between planes of adjacent units. B. Fasten countertops by adhering with 100-percent silicone material in dab format (not bead format)to base units into underside of countertop at 18 to 24 inches (457 to 610 mm) o.c. Align adjacent surfaces and, using adhesive in color to match countertop, form seams to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Carefully dress joints smooth, remove surface scratches, and clean entire surface. C. Fasten countertops by adhering with 100-percent silicone material in dab format(not bead format) to base units into underside of countertop at 18 to 24 inches (457 to 610 mm) o.c. Shim as needed to align subtops in a level plane. D. Secure countertops to subtops or wood-web frame with adhesive according to solid surface material manufacturer's written instructions.Align adjacent surfaces and, using adhesive in color to match countertop, form seams to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Carefully dress joints smooth, remove surface scratches, and clean entire surface. E. Bond joints with adhesive and draw tight as countertops are set. Mask areas of countertops adjacent to joints to prevent adhesive smears. 1. Clamp units to temporary bracing, supports, or each other to ensure that countertops are properly aligned and joints are of specified width. F. Install backsplashes and end splashes by adhering to wall and countertops with adhesive. Mask areas of countertops and splashes adjacent to joints to prevent adhesive smears. G. Complete cutouts not finished in shop. Mask areas of countertops adjacent to cutouts to prevent damage while cutting. Make cutouts to accurately fit items to be installed, and at right angles to finished surfaces unless beveling is required for clearance. Ease edges slightly to prevent snipping. H. Apply sealant to gaps at walls; comply with Section 079200"Joint Sealants." END OF SECTION Division 6 Wood, Plastics, and Composites 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 10 of 10 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department DIVISION 7-THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 19 00-WATER REPELLENTS AND SEALANTS PART 1 —GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Installation of clear penetrating sealer on surfaces indicated on drawings, consisting of preparation of existing and new surfaces. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS B. Section 03 30 00—Cast-in-Place Concrete C. Section 03 41 00—Precast Structural Concrete D. Section 04 21 00—Masonry Assemblies Unit Masonry E. Section 09 24 00—Portland Cement Plastering F. Section 07 92 00—Joint Sealants: Coordination for compatibility G. Section 09 96 53—Elastomeric Coatings: Coordination for compatibility 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 140- Methods for Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units B. ASTM E 96-Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials C. ASTM E 514 - Standard Test Method for Water Penetration and Leakage Through Masonry D. ASTM G 53-Standard Practice for Operating Light-and Water-Exposure Apparatus for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's technical product data for each type of sealing product specified. Include data substantiating that the materials comply with specified requirements. B. Warranty: Submit a sample warranty identifying the terms and conditions stated in Section 1.5. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Material Warranty: Provide for correcting failure of water repellent treatment to resist penetration of water. a. Warranty Period: Five years. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site with seals and labels intact, in manufacturer's original containers, free of any type of defect or damaged. B. It is the responsibility of the contractor to secure all material and equipment on the job site. Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 1 of 24 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No. AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department C. Materials cannot be stored where temperatures may drop to or below freezing (32° Fahrenheit). Store material under shaded area away from direct sunlight between 40°F to 110'F. Keep away from heat, ignition/sparks and from rain/standing water. Prevent the product from freezing. Keep the container tightly closed after every withdrawal when not in use. 1.7 JOB CONDITIONS A. Do not apply in inclement weather, if rain is expected within 12 hours, or if temperature is below 40°F or will fall below 40°F within 12 hours. B. If applying by spray, protect nearby areas from overspray. It is the contractor's responsibility to protect other areas of the building or nearby personal property from solvents, cleaners, or waterproofing products utilized during installation. PART 2— PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCTS—GENERAL A. Basis of Design: Materials, manufacturer's product designations, and/or manufacturer's names specified herein shall be regarded as the minimum standard of quality required for work of this Section. Comply with all manufacturer and contractor/fabricator quality and performance criteria specified in Part 1. 2.2 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. The design is based upon waterproofing systems engineered and manufactured by The Garland Company or approved equal. The Garland Company 3800 East 9151 Street Cleveland, Ohio 44105 Telephone: (800) 762-8225 Website: www.qarlandco.com 2.3 MATERIALS A. Provide damp-proofing coating and related products as follows: 1. Seal-A-Pore: A solvent based silicone solution for damp-proof above grade masonry surfaces that provides water repellency by chemically reacting with the substrate. a. Color—Clear to Amber dries clear b. Carrier—Solvent Mineral Spirits c. Density @ 77°F—6.7 lb.gal. (ASTM D 1475) d. Viscosity @ 77°F—Typical 15 sec. (ASTM D4212) e. Volatile Organic Content—700 g/I 2. Seal-A-Pore WB: A water-based sealer for damp-proof above grade masonry surfaces, containing a silane/siloxane blend that provides water repellency by chemically reacting with the substrate. f. Color—Milky White dries clear g. Carrier—Water h. Density @ 77°F—8.3 Ib.gal. (ASTM D 1475) i. Viscosity @ 77°F—Typical 15 sec. (ASTM D4212) j. Volatile Organic Content—0 g/I Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 2 of 24 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 3. Tuff-Stuff MS:A moisture-curing, single-component, non-sag polyurethane hybrid sealant designed to maintain an effective bond and seal between materials of similar and dissimilar surfaces, porosities, and coefficients of expansion. Used to fill small holes and cracks in masonry prior to application of damp-proofing material. a. Color—Aluminum Stone, Classic Bronze, Natural Stone, or True White(To be selected by architect for best match to existing masonry surfaces) b. 100% Modulus-50 psi (ASTM C719) c. Adhesion-in-Peel—25 pli (ASTM C920) d. Bond—Passes Durability Class 25 (ASTM C920) e. Hardness, Shore A—25-35(ASTM C920, 15-50) f. Tack Free Time—1.0 hour(ASTM C679) g. Tensile Strength—225 psi (ASTM D412) h. Ultimate Elongation—450-550% (ASTM D412) 4. Nontoxic Biodegradable Cleaner: B-Clean is a heavy-duty chemical formulation designed to clean a variety of masonry substrates including: concrete, brick, stone, aggregate, and block surfaces. NOTE:Allow additional material for rough or irregular surfaces and up to 10%for material loss during application and differences in substrate porosity. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Cleaning Methods: All masonry surfaces to be coated must be free of dirt, salt deposits, and other foreign materials. 1. Nontoxic Biodegradable Cleaner: Nontoxic Biodegradable Concrete & Masonry Cleaner: Scrape, sand, or wire brush all hard or glossy surfaces and residual contaminants to assure effective cleaning. Use the most abrasive methods necessary to remove all contaminants that will inhibit the cleaning solution from properly saturating the substrate. Rinse the substrate to be treated thoroughly with clean water to remove excess debris and dampen the surface. Beginning at the top of the substrate working down to the bottom, generously apply the B-Clean solution directly to the affected areas using overlapping patterns. Allow the solution to soak into surface for 20-30 minutes. Do NOT allow surface to dry. Reapply a light mist of the solution intermittently to ensure the surface remains damp. Depending on the degree of contamination and exposure a stiff bristle brush may be required once the solution reacts. Next, using overlapping patterns rinse the surface from top to bottom with water.Additional applications may be required dependent upon the severity of the contaminant, using the same approach as above. Allow the substrate sufficient time to dry. 2. Solvent&Acid Cleaners: Wipe up grease or oil with a solvent and absorbent material. Disposal of this material should be in accordance with local laws and codes. Wash with solvent-alkaline cleaners diluted one-part cleaner and five parts water. Rinse thoroughly with clean water. If evidence of oil film remains as indicated by water "beading," etch surface with 10% solution muriatic acid. Agitate surface with stiff bristle broom;then rinse with clean water. Remove curing compounds by etching with 10% muriatic acid followed by clean water rinse. Allow to thoroughly dry before applying coating. Grinding or sandblasting can remove heavy deposits of contaminants.Any residual traces of asphalt stains must be sealed with an epoxy primer to avoid staining of light colored top coats. Apply primer in two coats and allow a minimum of 48 hours cure time. B. Repoint any loose or missing joints in the masonry wall. 1. Defective mortar or stucco areas should be repaired using a cement-based patching compound. Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 3 of 24 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department C. New masonry walls require 3-week cure time prior to application of the clear masonry sealer. D. Joint Treatment: 1. Non-moving Cracks: Stripe coats all non-moving cracks. Fill the crack first with a bead of Tuff-Stuff MS sealant and strike flush.After filling, apply Tuff-Coat for 2" on each side of the crack 16-20 mils thick and allow curing. When applying the elastomeric coating system on the wall, go over the stripe coat to achieve a total thickness of 48-52 mils. 2. Moving Cracks: Remove all dirt and loose chips of concrete from the crack. Fill with Tuff- Stuff MS and strike flush with the wall surface. Center 4"wide piece of polyester tape over the crack and adhere it firmly and thoroughly to the wall. Stripe coat 16-20 mils of Tuff- Coat over the polyester tape and for 2" on each side of the crack. When applying the elastomeric coating system on the wall, go over the stripe coat to achieve a total thickness of 48-52 mils. 3. Control Joints: Place a backer material (solvent expanded plastic such as polyethylene or polypropylene) in joint. The backer material should be oversized, so it can be compressed into the joint and flush to the wall surface. Apply a bead of Tuff-Stuff MS sealant over the backer rod sealing the joint and strike flush with the wall surface. E. Repair cracks and holes in the masonry with Tuff-Stuff MS urethane hybrid sealant. 1. Seal around any penetrations, fasteners, or equipment attached to wall. 2. Once Tuff-Stuff MS is applied, allow 24-hour cure time prior to application of the clear masonry sealer. 3.2 DAMP-PROOFING APPLICATION A. Once the surface is prepared, apply the clear masonry sealer with a wide brush or spray equipment until surface appears shiny and wet. B. Coverage rates will vary from 75 to 200 sq. ft. per gallon, depending on porosity of substrate. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The contractor for work under this section shall maintain a quality control program specifically to verify compliance with this specification. A daily log shall be kept recording actions in the field. Inspections: A minimum of three(Substrate,Application and Final) inspections by an approved manufacturer's representative will be required on all projects requiring a warranty. END OF SECTION Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 4 of 24 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 07 92 00 -SEALANTS, CAULKING AND SEALS A. SCOPE: 1. Furnish and install all caulking necessary to complete the work in strict accordance with the manufacturers printed instructions for specified materials. 2. Caulk around all door frames, window frames, roof, masonry wall control joints, at thresholds and other areas shown and noted on Drawings. B. MATERIALS: 1. Caulking Compound: Two part to meet or exceed requirements of Fed. Spec TT-S-00227E Type II, Class A and ASTM-C-920 Type M, Grade NS, Class 25 and be type shown for application. Furnish certificate of compliance from manufacturer to Architect prior to use. a. Joints in vertical plane, non-traffic bearing horizontal joints and glazing -Gun Grade, Type II, Class A. b. Horizontal traffic bearing joints-Type I, Class A. 2. Cleaners and Primers: As recommended by manufacturer. 3. Backing: Flexible polyethylene rod equal to"Ethafoam"or"Mince)". 4. Bond Breaker As required. 5. Color: Where sealant is not painted and is exposed to view, color to match background as close as possible with manufacturer's standard colors. 6. Manufacturers: Sonneborn Building Products, Tremco, Inc., Pecora Corporation, or others approved by Architect prior to receipt of bids. C. PREPARATION OF SURFACES: 1. Surfaces shall be clean, dry, and free of dust, oil, grease, dew and frost. 2. Do not apply caulking to painted surfaces. 3. Very porous surfaces require priming. 4. Before caulking, clean and prime surfaces to receive caulking per manufacturer's recommendations. Furnish manufacturer's latest literature regarding cleaning and priming. D. APPLICATION OF BACKING: 1. Polyurethane for open joints shall be at least 1 1/2 times width of open joint and of thickness to give solid backing. 2. Backing shall fill up joint so depth of joint is approximately 1/2 of its width for joints from 3/8 to one inch. E. APPLICATION: 1. Apply with hand caulking gun. Use gun nozzles of proper size to fit joints. 2. Minimum adhering surface shall be at least 1/2 inch. For joints from 3/8 to one inch wide, depth of sealant shall be 1/2 width. For joints over one inch, maintain depth of sealant to 1/2 inch. For unusual requirements, consult sealant supplier. 3. Seal joint when it is normal, not in a contracted or expanded condition. 4. Use masking tape to protect surrounding surfaces. Remove tape immediately after drawing bead, with inner edge drawn away first to eliminate feather-edging. 5. Tool with putty knife of suitable size after gunning. Tool may be moistened with solvent to avoid sticking. 6. Do not apply caulking at temperatures below 50 degrees F. 7. Caulk perimeter of openings unless indicated otherwise. F. CLEANING UP: 1. Immediately (before setting) clean adjacent materials which have been soiled with solvents as recommended by manufacturer. 2. G. MIXING: 1. Mix in exact proportions recommended by manufacturer. 2. Do not thin. 3. Secure a perfect blend by thorough slow mixing. Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 5 of 24 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 4. Mix five minutes mechanically (one-gallon units)or ten minutes by hand. 5. Do not mix in direct sunlight. H. CAULKING BY OTHER SECTIONS: 1. All sections using caulking will adhere to this specification. GUARANTEE: 1. Guarantee that specified work will be free from defects of materials, and workmanship for five(5) years from date of Substantial Completion. 2. Repair or replace such defective work, and other work damaged thereby, which becomes defective during guarantee term, without extra cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 07 22 16 -ROOF BOARD INSULATION PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Base layer insulation, tapered cricket insulation and secondary/cover board insulation. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 07 Section "Metal Roof Panels." 2. Division 07 Section "SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing." 3. Division 07 Section"Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." 1.03 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). B. Standards: 1. FM Global Approval Guide 2. Underwriters Laboratories: Building Materials Directory. 3. National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA): The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual. C. ASCE 7-10: "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures". D. Polyisocyanurate Insulation Manufacturer's Association: Technical Bulletin 109—"Storage and Handling Recommendations for Polyisocyanurate". 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: submit manufacturer's product data sheets, providing descriptive data, dimensions, LTTR values, and other pertinent criteria for each material proposed for use in construction of roof assembly. B. Samples: Provide physical examples of materials/components proposed for use to compromise the specified roof system. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc as Class A rated material. 2. Follow local, state and federal regulations, safety standards and codes. When conflict exists, the more restrictive document shall govern. Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 6 of 24 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department B. Installation: 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer's current published application procedures, general requirements of NRCA, and as supplemented by these documents. 2. Consider roof system manufacturer's technical specifications part of this Specification and use as reference for specific application procedures. 3. Install roof system in accordance with prime roof material manufacturer's technical departments uplift calculations and attachment requirements. Negative pressures shall be based on ASCE 7-10. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Outdoor Storage: 1. Tarp and shield insulation from moisture and exposure to sun. 2. Elevate insulation above substrate 4-inches minimum. 3. Secure insulation to resist winds. 4. Do not use insulation which has been determined"wet" or which has been wet and has dried. 5. Distribute insulation stored on roof deck to prevent concentrated loads that would impose excessive stress or strain on deck and structural members or impede drainage. 1.07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Plan roof layout with respect to roof deck slope to prevent rainwater drainage into completed roofing. B. Do not install more insulation than can be made watertight in same day. 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental recommendations: 1. Apply roofing and insulation in dry weather. 2. Do not proceed with roof construction during inclement weather or when precipitation is predicted with 30 percent or higher probability. 3. Do not apply insulation over wet or moist deck or in foggy conditions. 4. Wind speeds in excess of 30 mph shall constitute"Inclement Weather". B. Maintain on-site equipment and material necessary to apply emergency temporary weather protection to incomplete work in event of sudden or unexpected precipitation. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 ROOF INSULATION A. Base Layer(s) Insulation: Rigid, closed cell polyisocyanurate rigid board insulation utilizing non-chlorine/non-ozone depleting blowing agent, bonded to non-asphaltic coated fiberglass facers, ASTM C 1289, Type II, Class 1, Grade 2 (20 psi), 4.4-inch total thickness; maximum board size 48" x 96"for mechanically attached applications: Acceptable manufacturer: Viking Products Group or pre-approved equal. B. Tapered Insulation: Rigid, closed cell polyisocyanurate rigid board insulation utilizing non- chlorine/non-ozone depleting blowing agent, bonded to non-asphaltic coated fiberglass facers,ASTM C 1289, Type II, Class 1, Grade 2 (20 psi), tapered 1/4" per foot: Acceptable manufacturer: Viking Products Group or pre-approved equal. C. Secondary Insulation Layer/Cover Board: Moisture resistant, 1/2-inch thick gypsum roof board, ASTM C 1278; provide 48" by 48" nominal size: "Securock" by US Gypsum or pre- approved equal. D. Tapered Edge Strip: Tapered perlite complying with ASTM C 728. Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 7 of 24 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 2.02 RELATED MATERIALS A. Heat Resistant Insulation: Molded hydrous calcium silicate-based or perlite-based heat resistant rigid pipe insulation, 2-inches in thickness and sized for installation around circular/tubular element: "Sproule Pipe Insulation" or"Thermo-12 Gold" by Industrial Insulation Group or pre-approved equal. B. Compressible Fill Insulation: Foil or paper-faced compressible fiberglass batten roll insulation of proper size and thickness to insert at openings at penetrations, perimeters, and curbs: Manufactured by Owens Corning or pre-approved equal. C. Cant Strips: Inorganic fibrous glass, dimensionally stable and fire resistant with 3-5/8" face. "Glass Cant" by The Garland Co., Inc. or pre-approved equal. D. Low-Rise Foam Insulation Adhesive: 1. Dual-component, VOC compliant, two-part reaction-cure urethane foam adhesive. "Insul-Lock HR" by The Garland Co., Inc. or pre-approved equal. E. Insulation Fasteners: 1. Steel Deck: CR-10 flourocarbon coated, self-tapping screws of sufficient length to penetrate the steel deck a minimum of 1-inch, with 3-inch steel plates with recessed screw head for use with roof board insulation: "#12 Standard Roof Fastener" manufactured by OMG or ES Products. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Roof system manufacturer's representative shall inspect roof deck and associated substrates and provide written acceptance of conditions. B. Manufacturer's approved roofing contractor shall inspect and approve deck and substrates. C. Roofing contractor shall examine roof deck and related substrates and verify that there are no conditions that would prevent roof system manufacturer's approved application of roof system. These conditions include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Inadequate support or anchorage of decking or substrates to structure. 2. Accumulations of moisture. 3. Tears, holes, or punctures. 4. Ridges, uneven conditions,or gaps. 5. Rust or other forms of deterioration. 6. Presence of foreign materials. D. Start of work constitutes acceptance of substrate and site conditions. 3.02 PROTECTION A. Provide special protection from traffic on yet to be removed roofing and newly installed roof materials. 3.03 APPLICATION A. General: 1. Install insulation to achieve a minimum R-25 continuous across the roof deck in general accordance with manufacturer's guidelines. 2. Stagger end joints of insulation boards 1/2 of overall length of board. 3. Butt joints tightly allowing no more than '/+-inch wide gaps between units. Fill joints between adjacent boards with like insulation or foam adhesive. 4. Do not use warped, bent or otherwise damaged insulation boards. 5. Field cut and fit insulation at penetrations, curbs, and walls. 6. Stagger all joints (side and end) between layers of insulation. 7. Field cut tapered insulation boards to create crickets at upslope sides of curbs and along walls to achieve a minimum resulting roof slope of/4" per foot. 8. Install tapered edge strips at changes in elevations, edge of crickets and other locations to create a monolithic and uniform substrate for installation of roofing membrane. B. Mechanically Attached Insulation Layer: 1. Mechanically attach polyisocyanurate insulation layer to deck. Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 8 of 24 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 2. Install insulation with longitudinal joints continuous and end joints staggered. 3. Mechanically attach insulation to roof deck instrict accordance with roof membrane manufacturer's project specific ASCE 7-10 calculations. 4. Fully engage and seat fasteners. Do not overtighten or strip threads. Bent, deformed, or unseated fasteners or plates are unacceptable. 5. Fasteners must penetrate deck 1-inch, minimum, through the deck. Do not overdrive fasteners. Remove and replace overdriven, stripped, or non-engaged fasteners. 6. Properly seat mechanical fasteners and keep heads flush with plates. Cupped plates or unseated screw heads are not acceptable. 7. Do not rupture or deform surface of the insulation by mechanical fastening. C. Adhered Layers of Insulation: 1. Adhere tapered insulation layer and cover board to base insulation layer. 2. Stagger end joints of insulation boards 1/2 of overall length of board. Stagger joints of subsequent insulation layers from underlying insulation layer. 3. Butt joints of insulation layers tightly allowing no more than 'A-inch wide gaps between units. Fill joints or gaps greater than 1/8-inch between adjacent boards with low-rise foam adhesive. 4. Do not use warped, bent, or otherwise damaged insulation boards. Discard damaged boards. 5. Field cut and fit insulation boards at penetrations, curbs, and walls. Field cut tapered insulation boards to create crickets at upslope sides of curbs and along walls. 6. Install cover board over insulation in accordance with manufacturer's guidelines. D. Ribbon Application (Urethane Foam Insulation Adhesive): 1. Dispense 1/2-inch wide continuous ribbons of adhesive on substrate to adhere insulation board. 2. Place the initial ribbon of adhesive 3-inches inside each edge/side of the insulation board in a picture-frame fashion. Apply additional parallel ribbons of adhesive across the remainder of the board in a serpentine fashion and spaced according to roof membrane manufacturer's ASCE 7-10 calculations. 3. Firmly set insulation boards in the ribbons of foam adhesive following application of the adhesive when adhesive has risen to proper height and walk-in the insulation to spread the adhesive ribbons, ensuring maximum contact. Do not push or slide insulation into position. Set weighted objects on ends, sides, and corners of boards until adhesive has set and insulation is firmly attached. 4. On additional insulation layers, dispense ribbons of adhesive in direction perpendicular to the direction of the beads that were dispensed on the underlying layer. 5. Fill voids or open joints in top layer of insulation with spray-foam adhesive to provide monolithic surface to receive new membrane. 6. Adhere partial boards and tapered edge strips with adhesive ribbon positioned in picture-frame fashion along perimeter of board and remaining adhesive ribbons spaced in accordance with location on roof(field, perimeter, corner). 7. At end of each work day, provide staggered ends of installed boards so that proper joint stagger can be achieved on following roof installation. E. Heat Exhaust Vents: 1. Install heat resistant insulation around existing heat exhaust flue, vent pipes, or other penetrations that experience elevated operating temperature. 2. Install new sheet metal base around insulation and strip flange into new roof. F. Insulation Filler: Install compressible fiberglass insulation at openings in deck at penetrations, perimeters, expansion joints, and/or curbs. 3.04 CLEANING A. Remove debris and material wrappers from roof to dumpster daily. Leave insulation clean, dry, and ready to receive new roofing. Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 9 of 24 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 3.05 ADJUSTING A. Remove damaged insulation and install acceptable new units before installation of roof membrane system. END OF SECTION 07 52 16 -SBS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Work includes all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary for installation of torch-applied SBS modified bituminous membrane roofing system. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 07 Section "Roof Board Insulation." 2. Division 07 Section "Metal Roof Panels." 3. Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." 4. Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." 1.03 REFERENCES A. American Society of Civil Engineers(ASCE): 1. ASCE 7-05, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM D41 Standard Specification for Asphalt Primer Used in Roofing, Damp Proofing and Waterproofing. 2. ASTM D312 Standard Specification for Asphalt Used in Roofing. 3. ASTM D451 Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Granular Mineral Surfacing for Asphalt Roofing Products. 4. ASTM D1079 Standard Terminology Relating to Roofing, Waterproofing and Bituminous Materials. 5. ASTM D1227 Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt used as a Protective Coating for Roofing. 6. ASTM D1863 Standard Specification for Mineral Aggregate used as a Protective Coating for Roofing. 7. ASTM D2178 Standard Specification for Asphalt Glass Felt used as a Protective Coating for Roofing. 8. ASTM D2822 Standard Specification for Asphalt Roofing Cement. 9. ASTM D2824 Standard Specification for Aluminum-pigmented Asphalt Roof Coating. 10. ASTM D4601 Standard Specification for Asphalt Coated Glass Fiber Base Sheet used in Roofing. 11. ASTM D5147 Standard Test Method for Sampling and Testing Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials. 12. ASTM D6162 Standard Specification for Styrene Butadiene Styrene(SBS) Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials using a combination of Polyester and Glass Fiber Reinforcements. 13. ASTM D6163 Standard Specification for Styrene Butadiene Styrene (SBS) Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials using Glass Fiber Reinforcements. 14. ASTM E108 Standard Test Methods for Fire Test of Roof Coverings. C. Factory Mutual Research (FM): 1. Roof Assembly Classifications. D. National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA): 1. Roofing and Waterproofing Manual. Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 10 of 24 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No. AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department E. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): 1. Fire Hazard Classifications. F. Warnock Hersey(WH): 1. Fire Hazard Classifications. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Pre-installation Meeting: Conduct at Project Site. 1. Meet with Owner,Architect, Owner's insurer if applicable, testing and inspecting agency representative, roofing Installer, roofing system manufacturer's representative, deck Installer, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects roofing. including installers of roof accessories and roof-mounted equipment. 2. Review methods and procedures related to roofing installation, including set up and mobilization areas for stored material and work area. 3. Review and finalize construction schedule, and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 4. Examine deck substrate conditions and finishes for compliance with requirements, including flatness and fastening. 5. Review structural loading limitations of roof deck during and after roofing. 6. Review base flashings, special roofing details, roof drainage, roof penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that affects roofing system. 7. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable. 8. Review temporary protection requirements for roofing system during and after installation. 9. Review roof observation and repair procedures after roofing installation. 10. Review notification procedures for weather or non-working days. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this Section with not less than 15 years documented experience and have ISO 9001 certification. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in modified bituminous roofing installation with not less than 5 years' experience and authorized by roofing system manufacturer as qualified to install manufacturer's roofing materials. C. Installer's Field Supervision: Maintain a full-time Supervisor/Foreman on job site during all phases of roofing work while roofing work is in progress. Supervisor/Foremen must be fluid in the English language and maintain proper supervision of workmen. D. Maintain a copy of the Contract Documents in the possession of the Supervisor/Foreman and on the roof at all times. E. Source Limitations: Obtain all components of roof system from a single manufacturer. Secondary products that are required shall be recommended and approved in writing by the roofing system Manufacturer. 1. Upon request of the Architect or Owner, submit Manufacturer's written approval of secondary components in list form, signed by an authorized agent of the Manufacturer. 2. Manufacturer shall have direct authority and control over all fabrication of steel components as well as the raw materials used in their fabrication. F. Source Quality Control: Manufacturer shall have in place a documented, standardized quality control program such as ISO-9001 approval. G. Engage the Manufacturer's Field Representative to conduct required periodic inspections of work in progress as described herein and shall furnish written documentation of all such inspections. H. Manufacturer shall provide the project Owner with a written statement that they will provide site inspections three days per week that confirms that the project is being constructed as specified, by an experienced, full time employee of the company. Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 11 of 24 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Division 01 Section"Submittal Procedures, unless otherwise indicated." B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit installation instructions and recommendations indicating special precautions required for installing the membrane. C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that roof system furnished is approved by Factory Mutual, Underwriters Laboratories, Warnock Hersey or approved third party testing facility in accordance with ASTM E108, Class [A]for external fire and meets local or nationally recognized building codes. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that the roof system furnished is approved or accepted by Factory Mutual Approval Standard 4470. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that materials are manufactured in the United States and conform to requirements specified herein, are chemically and physically compatible with each other, and are suitable for inclusion within the total roof system specified herein. F. Manufacturer's Certificate: Submit a certified copy of the roofing manufacturer's ISO 9001 compliance certificate. G. Test Reports: Submit test reports, prepared by an independent testing agency, for all modified bituminous sheet roofing, indicating compliance with ASTM D5147. H. Written certification from the roofing system manufacturer certifying the applicator is currently authorized for the installation of the specified roof system. Design Loads: Submit copy of manufacturer's minimum design load calculations according to ASCE 7-05, Method 2 for Components and Cladding, sealed by a registered professional engineer. In no case shall the design loads be taken to be less than those detailed in Design and Performance Criteria article of this specification. J. Specimen Warranty: Provide an unexecuted copy of the warranty specified for this Project, identifying the terms and conditions required of the Manufacturer and the Owner. 1.07 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. General: Comply with Requirements of Division 01 Section Closeout Submittals. B. Special Project Warranty: Provide specified warranty for the Project, executed by the authorized agent of the Manufacturer. C. Roofing Maintenance Instructions: Provide a manual of manufacturer's recommendations for maintenance of installed roofing systems. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver roofing materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken and labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand name and type, date of manufacture, approval or listing agency markings,and directions for storing and mixing with other components. B. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean, dry, protected location and within the temperature range required by roofing system manufacturer. Protect stored liquid material from direct sunlight. 1. Discard and legally dispose of liquid material that cannot be applied within its stated shelf life. C. Protect roof insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by sunlight, moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store in a dry location. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. D. Handle and store roofing materials, and place equipment in a manner to avoid permanent deflection of deck. 1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Upon completion of installation, and acceptance by the Owner and Architect, the Manufacturer will supply to the Owner an "NDL"warranty, without monetary limitations in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of roofing system that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Thirty (30)years from date of Substantial Completion. Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 12 of 24 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department B. Installer's Warranty: Provide roofing installers warranty, to the membrane manufacturer, in which the roofing installer will, at his own expense, make or cause to be made such repairs to or replacements of said work as are necessary to correct faulty and defective work and as are necessary to maintain said work in a watertight condition. 1. Warranty Period: Two (2)years from date of Substantial Completion. C. The Roof System Manufacturer shall provide annual inspection of the roof for the duration of the warranty at no fee to the Owner. 1.10 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD REPRESENTATIONELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Manufacturer's Field Representative:An authorized, full-time employee of the roof system manufacturer shall be assigned to the project to conduct field observations during the installation phase. B. Regularly scheduled site observations shall be required by the manufacturer's field representative a minimum of three(3) days per week during the roofing installation period; exceptions being made for inclement weather, holidays, etc. C. Observation reports shall include the following: 1. Written report/documentation of the installation progress at the time of the site visit to be delivered to the architect and owner within 48 hours of the site visit. 2. This report shall include documentation of any issues/question and resolution. 3. This report shall include record of directives given to the roofing contractor. 4. Digital photographic documentation of the roofing progress; including documentation of specific issues and areas of concern. 5. Each report shall contain project name, architect's project number, and date/time/duration of site visit. D. In addition to the progress observations, the manufacturer's representative must: 1. Attend the roofing trade start-up meeting. 2. Inspect and approve the roof substrate/deck prior to the start of roofing work. E. All observation reports shall be kept current and shall be delivered electronically to the architect and contractor within five (5) calendar days after the observation. Progress payments for roofing work may be withheld if observation report submissions are not current. F. After completion of all roofing work, and prior to acceptance of the roofing installation, the manufacturer's representative shall conduct an observation to document all roofing work to be corrected as a condition of acceptance. 1. Each item requiring corrective work shall be identified (including specific location) and required corrective action shall be noted. 2. The final observation report must be produced in writing with photographic back- up. Marking corrective items on the roof alone shall not be acceptable. 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit roofing system to be installed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements. B. Do not apply roofing insulation or membrane to damp deck surface. C. Do not expose materials subject to water or solar damage in quantities greater than can be weatherproofed during same day. D. Phased Construction will not be accepted. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design Manufacturer: The Garland Company, Inc. 1. 3800 East 91st Street, Cleveland, OH, 44105 2. Manufacturer's Representative: a. Blake Dieste; bdieste@garlandind.com; (M) 832-488-4783 B. Modified bituminous roofing shall include but not be limited to: 1. Base Ply Sheet Modified Membrane: Type II membrane complying with ASTM 6163, Grade S. Physical requirements below. Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 13 of 24 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No. AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 2. Cap Ply Sheet Modified Membrane: Type III membrane complying with ASTM 6163, Grade G. Physical requirements below. 3. Stripping Ply Sheet Modified Membrane: Type II membrane complying with ASTM 6163, Grade S. Physical requirements below. 4. Base Flashing Assembly: Two ply modified, heat fused with the finished ply meeting Type III membrane complying with ASTM 6163, Grade G minimum requirements and base ply meeting Type II membrane complying with ASTM 6163, Grade S minimum. C. Basis of Design Materials, manufacturer's product designations, and/or manufacturer's names specified herein shall be regarded as the minimum standard of quality required for work of this Section. Comply with all manufacturer and contractor/fabricator quality and performance criteria specified in Part 1. D. Substitutions: Products proposed as equal to the products specified in this Section shall be submitted in accordance with Bidding Requirements and Division 01 provisions. 1. Proposals shall be accompanied by a copy of the manufacturer's standard specification section. That specification section shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer licensed in the state in which the installation is to take place. Substitution requests containing specifications without licensed engineer certification shall be rejected for non-conformance. 2. Include a list of three (3) projects of similar type and extent, located within a twenty-five(25)-mile radius from the location of the project. In addition, the three projects must be at least five (5)years old and be available for inspection by the Architect, Owner or Owner's Representative. 3. Provide all submittal information for the proposed substitution as specified in Article 1.06 of this specification section. 4. Equivalency of performance criteria, warranty terms as described in Article 1.09 of this specification section, submittal procedures, and contractual terms will constitute the basis of acceptance. 2.02 ROOFING SHEET MATERIALS A. Base Ply Sheet Modified Membrane:ASTM D 6163, Grade S, Type II, 110 mil SBS- modified asphalt sheet; suitable for application method specified, and as follows: HPR Torchbase by The Garland Company, Inc. 1. Tensile Strength,ASTM D 5147: a. 2 in/min. ©73.4 +/- 3.6 deg. F MD 210 lbf/in XD 210 Ibf/in b. 50 mm/min. @ 23 +/-2 deg. C MD 36.75 kN/m XD 36.75 kN/m 2. Tear Strength,ASTM D 5147: a. 2 in/min. @ 73.4 +/- 3.6 deg. F MD 250 lbf XD 250 lbf b. 50 mm/min. @ 23 +/-2 deg. C MD 1112N XD 1112N 3. Elongation at Maximum Tensile, ASTM D 5147: a. 2 in/min. @ 73.4 +/- 3.6 deg. F MD 4.0% XD 4.0% b. 50 mm/min. @ 23+/-2 deg. C MD 4.0%XD 4.0% 4. Low Temperature Flexibility,ASTM D5147, Passes-35 deg. F (-37 deg. C) B. Granule-Surfaced Roofing Cap Sheet:ASTM D 6163, Grade G, Type III, 195 mil SBS- modified asphalt sheet with fiberglass and polyester composite scrim; suitable for application method specified, and as follows: Stressply IV Plus UV Mineral by The Garland Company, Inc. 1. Tensile Strength,ASTM D 5147: a. 2 in/min. @ 73.4 +/-3.6 deg. F MD 310 lbf/in XD 310 Ibf/in b. 50 mm/min. @ 23 +/-2 deg. C MD 54.25 kN/m XD 54.25 kN/m 2. Tear Strength, ASTM D 5147: a. 2 in/min. © 73.4 +/-3.6 deg. F MD 510 lbf XD 510 Ibf b. 50 mm/min. @ 23 +/-2 deg. C MD 2269 N XD 2269 N 3. Elongation at Maximum Tensile, ASTM D 5147: a. 2 in/min. @ 73.4 +/-3.6 deg. F MD 6%XD 6% b. 50 mm/min. @ 23 +l-2 deg. C MD 6% XD 6% 4. Low Temperature Flexibility,ASTM D 5147, Passes-40 deg. F (-40 deg. C) 5. Granule Color: White. Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 14 of 24 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 2.03 BASE FLASHING SHEET MATERIALS A. Base Ply Sheet Modified Membrane:ASTM D 6163, Grade S, Type II, 110 mil SBS- modified asphalt sheet; suitable for application method specified, and as follows: HPR Torchbase by The Garland Company, Inc. 1. Tensile Strength,ASTM D 5147: a. 2 in/min. @ 73.4 +l-3.6 deg. F MD 210 Ibf/in XD 210 Ibf/in b. 50 mm/min. @ 23 +/-2 deg. C MD 36.75 kN/m XD 36.75 kN/m 2. Tear Strength, ASTM D 5147: a. 2 in/min. @ 73.4 +/-3.6 deg. F MD 250 Ibf XD 250 Ibf b. 50 mm/min, @ 23 +/-2 deg. C MD 1112N XD 1112N 3. Elongation at Maximum Tensile, ASTM D 5147: a. 2 in/min. @ 73.4 +/-3.6 deg. F MD 4.0% XD 4.0% b. 50 mm/min. @ 23 +/-2 deg. C MD 4.0% XD 4.0% 4. Low Temperature Flexibility,ASTM D5147, Passes-35 deg. F (-37 deg. C) B. Granule-Surfaced Roofing Cap Sheet: ASTM D 6163, Grade G, Type III, 195 mil SBS- modified asphalt sheet with fiberglass and polyester composite scrim; suitable for application method specified, and as follows: Stressply IV Plus UV Mineral by The Garland Company, Inc. 1. Tensile Strength,ASTM D 5147: a. 2 in/min. @ 73.4+/-3.6 deg. F MD 310 Ibf/in XD 310 lbf/in b. 50 mm/min. @ 23+/-2 deg. C MD 54.25 kN/m XD 54.25 kN/m 2. Tear Strength, ASTM D 5147: a. 2 in/min. @ 73.4+/-3.6 deg. F MD 510 Ibf XD 510 Ibf b. 50 mm/min. @ 23+/-2 deg. C MD 2269 N XD 2269 N 3. Elongation at Maximum Tensile, ASTM D 5147: a. 2 in/min. © 73.4+/-3.6 deg. F MD 6% XD 6% b. 50 mm/min. @ 23 +1-2 deg. C MD 6%XD 6% 4. Low Temperature Flexibility,ASTM D 5147, Passes-40 deg. F (-40 deg. C) C. Granule Color: White. 2.04 BITUMINOUS ROOFING MATERIALS A. General: Auxiliary materials provided or recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with roofing. B. Liquid Flashing-Tuff-Flash: An asphaltic-polyurethane, low odor, liquid flashing material designed for specialized details unable to be waterproofed with typical modified membrane flashings. C. Asphalt Primer: ASTM D 41/D 41M. Garla-Prime by The Garland Company, Inc. D. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, asbestos free, of consistency required by roofing system manufacturer for application. Flashing-Bond by The Garland Company, Inc. E. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene, plain or modified bitumen; non-hardening, non- migrating, non-skinning, and non-drying. Garla-Flex by The Garland Company, Inc. F. Miscellaneous Materials: Provide those recommended by roofing system manufacturer. 2.05 SURFACING A. Roofing Granules: Ceramic-coated roofing granules as provided by the prime material manufacturer, No. 11 screen size with 100 percent passing No. 8 (2.36-mm) sieve and 98 percent of mass retained on No. 40(0.425-mm)sieve, color to match roofing. B. Reflective Base Flashing Coating: Water-based Acrylic with self-curing Latex Polymers. Pyramic by The Garland Company, Inc. 2.06 RELATED MATERIALS A. Plumbing stacks should be 4lb (1.8kg) sheet lead formed and rolled. B. Nails and Fasteners: Non-ferrous metal or galvanized steel, except that hard copper nails shall be used with copper; aluminum or stainless steel nails shall be used with aluminum; and stainless steel nails shall be used with stainless steel. Fasteners shall be self- clinching type of penetrating type as recommended by the manufacturer of the deck material. Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 15 of 24 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department Nails and fasteners shall be flush-driven through flat metal discs of not less than one(1) inch diameter. Omit metal discs when one-piece composite nails or fasteners with heads not less than one (1) inch diameter are used. C. Butyl Tape: 100% solids, asbestos free and compressive tape designed to seal as recommended and furnished by the membrane manufacturer. D. Insulation Adhesive: As provided by the prime roof membrane manufacturer and specified in Division 7"Roof Board Insulation.". 2.07 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General Performance: Installed roofing and base flashings shall withstand specified uplift pressures, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Roofing and base flashings shall remain watertight. B. Material Compatibility: Roofing materials shall be compatible with one another and adjacent materials under conditions of service and application required, as demonstrated by roofing manufacturer based on testing and field experience. C. Solar Reflectance Index: Not less than 70 when calculated according to ASTM E 1980, based on testing identical products by a qualified testing agency. D. Energy Performance: Roofing system shall have an initial solar reflectance index of not less than 0.70 and an emissivity of not less than 0.75 when tested according to CRRC-1. E. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Comply with fire-resistance-rated assembly designs indicated. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Cooperate with manufacturer, inspection and test agencies engaged or required to perform services in connection with installing the roof system. B. Insurance/Code Compliance: Where required by code, install and test the roofing system to comply with governing regulation and specified insurance requirements. C. Protect other work from spillage of roofing materials and prevent materials from entering or clogging drains and conductors. Replace or restore other work damaged by installation of the modified bituminous roofing system. D. Coordinate installation of roofing system so insulation and other components of the roofing system not permanently exposed are not subjected to precipitation or left uncovered at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. 1. Provide tie-offs at end of each day's work to cover exposed roofing sheets and insulation with a course of coated felt set in roofing cement or hot roofing asphalt, with joints and edges sealed. 2. Complete terminations and base flashings, and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing system. 3. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing. E. Substrate Joint Penetrations: Prevent bitumen from penetrating substrate joints, entering building, or damaging roofing system components or adjacent building construction. F. Apply roofing materials as specified by manufacturer's instructions: 1. Keep roofing materials dry before and during application. 2. Do not permit phased construction. 3. Complete application of roofing plies, modified sheet and flashing in a continuous operation. 4. Begin and apply only as much roofing in one day as can be completed that same day. G. Cut-Offs (Waterstops): At end of each day's roofing installation, protect exposed edge of incomplete work, including ply sheets and insulation. H. Broadcast minerals into the bleed out of bitumen while bitumen is at its recommended EVT temperature to achieve a monolithic appearance. Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 16 of 24 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No. AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Verify that deck surfaces and project conditions are ready to receive work of this Section. B. Verify that deck is supported and secured to structural members. C. Verify that deck is clean and smooth, free of depressions, projections or ripples, and is properly sloped. D. Verify that adjacent roof substrate components do not vary more than [%.] inch in height. E. Verify that deck surfaces are dry. F. Verify that openings, curbs, pipes, conduit, sleeves, ducts, and other items which penetrate the roof are set solidly, and that cant strips, wood nailing strips, and reglets are set in place. 3.03 SBS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS BASE PLY MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. Install base ply according to roofing manufacturer's written instructions, starting at low point of roofing system. Extend roofing membrane sheets over and terminate beyond cants, installing as follows: 1. Lay out the roll in the course to be followed and unroll 6 feet(1.8 m). 2. Using a roofing torch, heat the surface of the coiled portion until the burn-off backer melts away.At this point, the material is hot enough to lay into the substrate. Progressively unroll the sheet while heating and insure a proper bond. 3. After the major portion of the roll is bonded, re-roll the first 6 feet (1.8 m) and bond it in a similar fashion. 4. Repeat this operation with subsequent rolls with side laps of 4 inches (101 mm) and end laps of 8 inches(203 mm). 5. Give each lap a finishing touch by passing the torch along the joint and spreading the melted bitumen evenly with a rounded trowel to insure a smooth, tight seal. 6. Extend underlayment 2 inches (50 mm) beyond top edges of cants at wall and projection bases. 7. Install base flashing ply to all perimeter and projections details. B. Laps: Accurately align roofing sheets, without stretching, and maintain uniform side and end laps. Stagger end laps. Completely bond and seal laps, leaving no voids. 1. Repair voids in laps and lapped seams not completely sealed. C. Install roofing sheets so side and end laps shed water. 3.04 SBS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS CAP SHEET MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. Install modified bituminous cap sheet according to roofing manufacturer's written instructions, starting at low point of roofing system. Extend roofing membrane sheets over and terminate beyond cants, installing as follows: 1. Lay out the roll in the course to be followed and unroll 6 feet(1.8 m). 2. Using a roofing torch, heat the surface of the coiled portion until the burn-off backer melts away. At this point, the material is hot enough to lay into the substrate. Progressively unroll the sheet while heating and insure a proper bond. 3. After the major portion of the roll is bonded, re-roll the first 6 feet (1.8 m)and bond it in a similar fashion. 4. Repeat this operation with subsequent rolls with side laps of 4 inches (101 mm) and end laps of 8 inches (203 mm). 5. Give each lap a finishing touch by passing the torch along the joint and spreading the melted bitumen evenly with a rounded trowel to insure a smooth, tight seal. 6. Immediately broadcast new granules into bleedout while hot bitumen is still at EVT. All loose granules to be removed at end of project. 3.05 BASE FLASHING AND STRIPPING INSTALLATION A. Install base flashing over cant strips and other sloped and vertical surfaces, at roof edges, and at penetrations through roof, and secure to substrates according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Minimum base-flashing height of 8 inches (200 mm) is required. Install modified bituminous roofing sheet and cap sheet according to roofing manufacturer's written instructions, starting at low point of roofing system. Extend roofing membrane sheets over and terminate beyond cants, installing as follows: Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 17 of 24 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 1. Seal all curb, wall and parapet flashings with an application of mastic and mesh on a daily basis. Do not permit conditions to exist that will allow moisture to enter behind, around or under the roof or flashing membrane. 2. Prepare all walls, penetrations, expansion joints [and where shown on the drawings] to be flashed with asphalt primer at the rate of one hundred (100) square feet per gallon.Allow primer to dry tack free. 3. Heat fuse entire base ply membrane until burn off paper is gone. Fully adhere membrane to the underlying substrate. 4. After the laps have been tested and complete positive bond has been achieved, the applicator shall heat the seam edge and trowel along the seam edge. Troweling shall continue until a sloped, beveled edge has been produced. 5. Heat fuse finished membrane in the same manner as base ply. Seal all vertical laps of flashing membrane with a three-course application of trowel-grade mastic and fiberglass mesh. Install termination bar at top of assembly and seal with a three-course application of trowel-grade mastic and fiberglass mesh. 6. Terminate all base flashings using extruded aluminum termination bar. Three- course all terminations with PVC Mesh and specified mastic. B. Install roofing cap-sheet stripping where metal flanges and edgings are set on roofing according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. 3.06 REFLECTIVE BASE FLASHING COATING APPLICATION A. Base Flashing roofing plies and mastics shall be allowed to cure for thirty(30)days prior to application of the coating system. B. Prior to coating application, all existing non-embedded granule surfacing material shall be removed by means of a stiff bristle street broom, powered mechanical sweeper, or vacuuming.All loose dirt and dust remaining after granule removal must be broomed and/or vacuumed from the roof.All blisters, ridges and other imperfections must be secured so that the surface will be clean and dry and a secure base for coating application. 1. The first coat of the Base Coat shall be applied the same day as the surface is cleaned. In no case shall the coating be applied over a dirty surface. 2. The coating system shall be roller applied in a cross hatch technique without causing runs or puddles. 3. The coating system shall be evenly applied in at least 2 separate coats to achieve a minimum system of 22-32 mils dry film thickness. Allow thorough dry time between coats. 4. No coating shall be applied if weather will not allow it to dry prior to exposure to precipitation or freezing temperatures. 3.07 ROOF DETAIL INSTALLATION A. Coordinate counter flashing, cap flashings, expansion joints, and similar work with modified bitumen roofing work (as specified in other Sections). B. Coordinate roof accessories, miscellaneous sheet metal accessory items, including piping vents and other devices with the roofing system work(as specified in other Sections). C. Curb Detail: 1. Minimum curb height is eight(8) inches. Prime vertically at a rate of one hundred (100) square feet per gallon and allow to dry. 2. Set cant in bitumen. Run all field plies over cant a minimum of two(2) inches. 3. Install base flashing assembly. 4. Install pre-manufactured counter-flashing with fasteners and neoprene washers or per manufacturer's recommendations. D. Flanged Penetration Detail: 1. Minimum stack height is twelve (12) inches. 2. Run roof system over the entire surface of the roof. Seal the base of the stack with elastomeric sealant. 3. Prime both surfaces of flange of new sleeve. Install properly sized sleeves set in (1/4) inch bed of roof cement. 4. Install stripping ply prior to cap sheet installation. Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 18 of 24 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform manufacturer's field inspection and as required a minimum of three(3) days per week. B. Correct defects or irregularities discovered during field inspection. C. Require attendance of roofing materials manufacturers' representatives at site during installation of the roofing system. A copy of the specification should also be on site at all times. 3.09 PROTECTING AND CLEANING A. Protect roofing system from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. When remaining construction does not affect or endanger roofing, inspect roofing for deterioration and damage, describing its nature and extent in a written report, with copies to Architect and Owner. B. Correct deficiencies in or remove roofing system that does not comply with requirements, repair substrates, and repair or reinstall roofing system to a condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to warranty requirements. C. Remove bitumen adhesive drippings from all walls, windows, floors, ladders and finished surfaces. D. In areas where finished surfaces are soiled by asphalt or any other sources of soiling caused by work of this Section, consult manufacturer of surfaces for cleaning instructions and conform to their instructions. E. Repair or replace defaced or disfigured finishes caused by work of this Section. 3.10 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT A. Remove and properly dispose of waste products generated during roofing procedures. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3.11 FINAL INSPECTION A. At completion of roofing installation and associated work, meet with Contractor,Architect, installer, installer of associated work, Owner, roofing system manufacturer's representative, and other representatives directly concerned with performance of roofing system. B. Walk roof surface areas of the building, inspect perimeter building edges as well as flashing of roof penetrations, walls, curbs and other equipment. List all items requiring correction or completion and furnish copy of list to each party in attendance. C. The roofing system manufacturer reserves the right to request a thermographic scan of the roof during final inspection to determine if any damp or wet materials have been installed. The thermographic scan shall be provided by the Roofing Contractor. D. If core cuts verify the presence of damp or wet materials, the Roofing Contractor shall be required to replace the damaged areas at his own expense. E. Repair or replace deteriorated or defective work found at time above inspection as required to a produce an installation which is free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to warranty requirements. F. Notify the Owner and Architect upon completion of corrections. G. Following the final inspection, provide written notice of acceptance of the installation from the roofing system manufacturer. H. Immediately correct roof leakage during construction. If the Contractor does not respond within twenty four(24) hours, the Owner will exercise rights to correct the Work under the terms of the Conditions of the Contract. I. Contractor shall provide to the Owner a State Windstorm Certificate within 30 days of completion. END OF SECTION Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 19 of 24 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 07 62 00-SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A, This Section includes the following: 1. Roof penetration sleeves and bonnets. 2. Receivers. 3. Counter flashings. 4. Sanitary vent pipes. 5. Curb cap flashings. 6. Exhaust vents. 7. Copings. 8. Dip edge. 9. Gutters and downspouts. 10. Miscellaneous sheet metal accessories. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 07 Section"Metal Roof Panels." 2. Division 07 Section "SBS Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing." 1.03 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). B. Federal Specifications(FS). C. National Roofing Contractor's Association (NRCA): NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual, latest edition. D. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association, Inc. (SMACNA): Architectural Sheet Metal Manual, latest edition. E. ANSI/SPRI ES-1 Wind Design Standard for Edge Systems Used with Low Slope Roofing Systems. 1.04 WARRANTY A. Contractor's Warranty: Provide Owner a written warranty which shall warrant sheet metal work to be free of leaks and defects in materials and workmanship for two years after date of final acceptance by owner. B. For pre-finished metal, provide manufacturer's twenty-year guarantee covering deterioration or failure of the flouropolymer finish. 1.05 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fabricate and install sheet metal edge flashings to comply with ANSI/SPRI ES-1 requirements. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Sheet metal components shall be supplied by the prime roofing membrane manufacturer. 2.02 SHEET METAL MATERIAL A. Pre-finished Metal: "Kynar 500" or"Hylar 5000"flouropolymer pre-finished Aluminum, 3105-H14 alloy, smooth as per ASTM B 209, minimum 0.050 inches. "Kynar 500" or "Hylar 5000"finish shall consist of a two-coat Polyvinyladine fluoride, minimum 70 percent by weight in coatings, dry film thickness 1 mil, factory applied by metal manufacturer or supplier. Color to be selected by Owner and Architect from manufacturer's standard color chart. Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 20 of 24 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department B. Sheet Lead: FS QQ-L-201, Grade B; 2-1/2 pounds per square foot, 0.0391-inches thick minimum used for sanitary vent flashing. C. Stainless Steel Sheet Metal:ASTM A240, Type 304, ASTM A480, No. 2B/2D Mill Finish, gauge as scheduled. 2.03 FASTENERS A. Fasteners shall be same metal as flashing and sheet metal being joined. B. Exposed fasteners shall be self-sealing or gasketed for weathertight installation. C. Heads of fasteners, including but not limited to, rivets, screws, and bolts, that are exposed or visible shall have same manufactured finishes as item being secured; color to match when applicable. D. Mechanical Fasteners: 1. Washers: Steel washers with bonded rubber sealing gasket. 2. Screws: Self-tapping sheet metal type compatible with material fastened. 3. Rivets: Stainless steel material for the stem with closed end, head of color to match sheet metal items being joined. 2.04 RELATED MATERIALS A. Solder: 1. ASTM B 32, alloy grade 58, 50 percent tin, 50 percent lead. 2. For use with stainless steel: 60-40 tine/lead solder, ASTM B 32. B. Flux: 1. Phosphoric acid type, manufacturer's standard. 2. For use with steel or copper: Rosin flux. 3. For use with stainless steel:Acid-chloride type flux, except use rosin flux over tinned surfaces. C. Underlayment: Elastomeric self-adhering sheeting suitable for high-temperature; R-Mer Seal by The Garland Co., or pre-approved equal. D. Adhesives: Type recommended by flashing sheet manufacturer for waterproof and weather resistant seaming and adhesive application of flashing sheet. E. Metal Accessories: Sheet metal clips, straps, anchoring devices, and similar accessory units as required for installation of work, matching or compatible with material being installed, non-corrosive, size and gauge required for performance. F. Sealant: As recommended by the manufacturer. G. Termination Bar: 1/8-inch thick, 1-inch wide extruded aluminum bar with flat profile, factory punched holes spaced 6-inches on center. 2.05 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Fabricate work in accordance with SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual and other recognized industry practices and approved shop drawings. B. Comply with material manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for forming material. C. Shop fabricate work to the greatest extent possible. D. Fabricate for waterproof and weather resistant performance with expansion provisions for running work sufficient to permanently prevent leakage, damage, or deterioration of work. Form work to fit substrates. E. Make angle bends and folds for interlocking metal with full regard for expansion and contraction to avoid buckling. F. Form materials with straight lines, sharp angles, smooth curves and true levels. Avoid tool marks, buckling, and oil canning. G. Fold back edges of exposed ends of sheet metal edge to form hem, '/s-inch minimum. H. Lap joints 1-inch minimum. Rivet and solder joints on parts that are to be permanently and rigidly assembled for stainless steel sheet metal. Install rivets, spaced 1-inch on center and apply solder to secure and seal exposed edge of sheet metal in a uniform continuous bead with smooth top finish. Clean residue upon completion of soldering process. Fabricate sheet metal assemblies so that adjoining sections are nested to achieve continuous metal-to-metal contact. Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 21 of 24 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department Seams: 1. Fabricate non-moving seams in sheet metal with flat-lock seams. 2. Pre-finished Galvanized Sheet Metal: Seal pre-finished meatl seams with rivets, spaced 1-inch on center, and sealant. 2.06 FABRICATED ITEMS A. Receivers and Counter Flashings: Minimum 0.040 prefinished aluminum or stainless steel sheet metal formed in maximum 10-foot lengths. B. Wind Clips: Minimum 24 gauge stainless steel or pre-finished sheet metal, 1-inch wide, length to engage counter flashing a minimum of'A-inch. C. Roof Penetration Flashing Pan and Bonnet: Minimum 24 gauge stainless steel sheet metal. Fabricate pan with '%-inch hem at top edge, 4-inch wide horizontal flanges; to provide installed minimum clear inside perimeter dimension of 2-inches and 6-inch height. Fabricate bonnet in two-piece adjustable construction with 'A-inch caulk through along top edge and a skirt,with hemmed edge; length to extend over top edge of pan a minimum of 2-inches. D. Cleats/Clips: Continuous strips, 22 gauge stainless steel sheet metal, same profile as adjacent metal trim. E. Sanitary/Plumbing vent Pipe: 2-1/2 pound lead pre-formed flashing sleeve with 4-inch flanges and of proper size/height to fold down inside of vent pipe a minimum of 1-inch. F. Pipe Box (Base, Hood and Face Plate): 24 gauge stainless steel sheet metal. Base shall be 8-inches in height with 4-inch wide horizontal flanges. Size to provide minimum 2-inch clearance between box and pipes. G. Heat Exhaust/Gravity VentlTurbine Vent: 24 gauge stainless steel sheet metal. Base shall be 8-inches in height with 4-inch wide horizontal flanges. Hood to conceal top of base. H. Coping: 0.040 pre-finished aluminum sheet metal with 6-inch wide cover plates of same material/profile. Drip Edge: 0.040 pre-finished aluminum sheet metal with 6-inch wide cover plates of same material/profile. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrates are smooth and clean to extent needed for sheet metal work. B. Verify that reglets, nails, cants, and blocking to receive sheet metal are installed and free of debris. C. Do not start sheet metal work until conditions are satisfactory. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install sheet metal with lines, arises,and angles sharp and true, and plane surfaces free from objectionable wave, warp, or buckle. Exposed edges of sheet metal shall be folded back to form 1/4-inch hem on concealed side from view. Finished work shall be free from water retention and leakage under all weather conditions. Install prefabricated corners or transitions at changes in direction, elevation or plane, and at intersections. Locate field joints not less than 12-inches, not more than 3 feet from actual corner. Laps for all metals, except for prefinished metal, shall be 1-inch wide, fastened with rivets spaced 1-inch on- center and soldered. B. Anchor units of work securely in place to prevent damage or distortion from wind or buckling. Provide for thermal expansion of metal units; conceal fasteners where possible; and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps,joints, and seams permanently watertight and weatherproof. C. Install fabricated sheet metal items in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations and with SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. D. Prime all flanged sheet metal and allow to dry completely. Set in a liberal bed of SBS modified mastic and strip in to achieve a full finished two plies of SBS modified roofing membrane. Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 22 of 24 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department E. Separations: Provide for separation of metal from non-compatible metal or corrosive substrates by coating affected surfaces with zinc chromate or other permanent liquid- applied or sheet product separation at locations of contact. F. Continuous Cleat: At exposed edges of metal edge flashings, fascias, copings, and where required, attach continuous cleat at 6-inches on-center with appropriate fasteners metal or steel substrate. At a distance of 10 feet from each direction of corner, install fasteners spaced 3-inches on-center. Install cleat so fascia extends a minimum of 1-inch below top of exterior wall finish. G. Counter flashings: 1. Install counter flashings under equipment housing flanges and receivers along rise or parapet walls to extend a minimum of 4-inches below top edge of base flashing. 2. Secure counter flashing at 6-inches on-center with self-tapping screws. 3. Saw-cut reglet mounted assemblies: Saw cut new joint, 1/2-inch X 1-inch deep, in masonry/concrete where required and to install new receiver. Clean and prepare joint surfaces to receive sealant and insert receiver into joint. Secure new receiver in place with lead wedges spaced 12-inches on-center wedged into joint. Install backer rod into saw-cut reglet and apply a continuous bead of sealant along reglet and top edge of receiver and tool sealant to provide outward sloping finished surface. Secure counter flashing to receiver utilizing self-tapping grommetted screws spaced 6-inches on-center. 4. Surface-mounted assemblies: Secure 2-piece surface-mounted receiver and counter flashing assemblies along substrates. Install sealant tape between receiver and substrate. Secure receiver to substrate with termination bar and appropriate fasteners spaced 12-inches o.c. Install a continuous bead of sealant along caulk trough/top edge of receiver and tool sealant to provide outward sloping finished surface. Secure counter flashing to receiver utilizing grommetted self-tapping screws spaced 6-inches on-center. 5. Install receivers extending behind wall finish and secure vertical flange of receiver 6-inches on-center to back-up wall or metal wall panels. Extend underlayment and/or dampproofing material over vertical flange of receiver, where applicable. 6. Lap adjacent sections of receivers and counter flashings a minimum of 4-inches. Apply a continuous bead of sealant in lap. 7. Secure counter flashing to equipment flanges utilizing self-tapping screws spaced 6-inches on-center. 8. Install wind clips to termination bar spaced 24-inches on-center and engage drip edge of counter flashing a minimum of 1/2-inch. 9. Fabricate the counter flashing to form an integral closure at terminations. H. Penetration Pans: 1. Install compressible fill insulation between penetrating element and deck. 2. Prime tops and bottoms of flanges of penetration pans. 3. Pop rivet and fully solder joints in pan and flanges. 4. Install penetration pan with flanges set in a uniform troweling of modified bitumen mastic on SBS membrane base ply, secure flange with appropriate fasteners spaced 6-inches on-center, staggered, and strip-in flanges. 5. Fill penetration pan to within 1-inch (25mm) of top of pan with non-shrink grout. Clean surfaces of pan and penetrating element and fill remainder of pan with pourable sealer. 6. Install sheet metal bonnet or hood to conceal the top of the penetration pan. Roof Penetration Hoods and Bonnet: 1. Install sheet metal hood or bonnet on penetrating element to cover the top of the penetration pans. 2. Round or Pipe Penetrations: a. Set bonnet in sealant. b. Install stainless steel draw-band and tighten to secure to penetration. c. Seal top of bonnet with sealant. Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 23 of 24 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 3. Square Penetration: a. Secure bonnet to penetration with termination bar and self-drilling screws. b. Set bonnet in sealant. c. Seal top of bonnet with sealant. 4. Angle or Structural Steel Penetration: a. Attach bonnet to structural steel member by welding. b. Paint assembly after installation. J. Pipe Box: 1. Pop rivet and fully solder joints and seams in sheet metal base and hood. 2. Prime top and bottom of flanges of base. 3. Install penetration pan with flanges set in a uniform troweling of modified bitumen mastic on SBS membrane base ply, secure flange with appropriate fasteners spaced 6-inches on-center, staggered, and strip-in flanges. 4. Fill base with grout or spray foam to a height of 3/4 of the total pan height. 5. Fill remaining height of base with pourable sealer. 6. Install hood over base, securing to each side with self-tapping screws, and sloping down toward front of box. 7. Install face plate to cover box opening around pipe penetrations and apply sealant around pipe configuration at face plate. K. Sanitary/Plumbing Vent Pipes: 1. Prime top and bottom flanges of lead flashing sleeve. Set flange or embed in uniform troweling of modified bitumen mastic on SBS membrane base ply. Prime top side of flange to receive strip-in membrane. 2. Fold lead sleeve down inside pipe a minimum of 1-inch. Apply a continuous bead of sealant on inside of pipe prior to folding lead sleeve. Paint exposed lead flashing with elastomeric coating to match color of membrane top ply. L. Heat Exhaust/Gravity Vent/Turbine Vent/Goose-neck Vent: 1. Prime top and bottom of flanges of base. 2. Install penetration pan with flanges set in a uniform troweling of modified bitumen mastic on SBS membrane base ply, secure flange with appropriate fasteners spaced 6-inches on-center, staggered, and strip-in flanges. 3. At heat exhaust vents, install sheet metal bonnet secured to vent pipe with stainless steel draw band and apply sealant along top edge of bonnet and tool sealant to provide outward sloping finished surface. 3.03 CLEANING A. Remove flux and residual acid immediately by neutralizing with baking soda and washing with clean water. Leave work clean and free of stains, scrap, and debris. B. Clean exposed metal surfaces, removing substances which might cause corrosion of metal or deterioration/damage of finishes. Paint(color to match) areas of prefinished metal where finish is damaged. Replace sheet metal items when damaged finish can not be repaired to an acceptable condition. C. Prime soldered area of phosphatized metal after cleaning to prevent rusting. END OF SECTION Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 24 of 24 111...111.11 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department DIVISION 8-OPENINGS 08 10 00-METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL A. GENERAL: 1. Materials used in the fabricating of galvanized Pressed Steel Doors and Frames shall be free from defects impairing their strength or durability of appearance. Doors and frames shall conform to Commercial Standard CS 242-62. B. MATERIAL: 1. Steel Interior and Exterior Doors: Republic DE Series flush panel embossed galvanized heavy-duty hollow metal doors with polystyrene core. Provide 18 gauge face panels, continuous flush 16 gauge top and bottom steel channel reinforcements, continuous 14 gauge steel integral lock channel with provisions for lock sets as scheduled, and continuous steel integral hinge reinforcement with provision for continuous geared type hinges. All doors to be 1-3/4"thick. 2. Steel Exterior Door Frames: Republic ME Series 16 gauge cold-rolled steel door frames constructed to conform to Steel Door Institute Standard SDI-100. Frames shall have corners welded and ground smooth and shall have aligning tabs and slots for secure and easy interlocking of jambs to head. Frames shall be supplied with pressure applied rubber silencers, (3) per strike jamb and (2) per head for field application after finish painting. Frames shall have 9 gauge steel universal hinge top plate projections welded with provisions for continuous geared type hinges and 14 gauge steel strike reinforcement plate, extruded and formed to the equivalent of 10 gauge projection welded with provision for Universal ANSI,A115.1 or ANSI,A115.2 strike. Reinforcement for surface closer shall be 12 gauge steel and proper reinforcement shall be provided for other hardware where scheduled. 3. Steel Interior Door Frame: Republic MH Series double-riveted 16 gauge cold-rolled steel door frames constructed to conform to Steel Door Institute Standard SDI-100. Frames shall have corners welded and ground smooth and shall have aligning tabs and slots for secure and easy interlocking of jambs to head. Frames shall be supplied with pressure applied rubber silencers,(3) per strike jamb and (2) per head for field application after finish painting. Frames shall have 9 gauge steel universal hinge top plate projections welded with provisions for 4-1/2"x 4-1/2"template type hinges and 14 gauge steel strike reinforcement plate,extruded and formed to the equivalent of 10 gauge projection welded with provision for Universal ANSI, A115.1 or ANSI, A115.2 strike. Reinforcement for surface closer shall be 12 gauge steel and proper reinforcement shall be provided for other hardware where scheduled. C. INSTALLATION: 1. Hardware provisions and adequate reinforcements shall be provided for all hardware cut-outs. Doors and frames to be mortised, drilled and tapped. Reinforce for surface applied hardware. Hardware supplier will furnish templates and the manufacturer will fabricate doors and frames to fit hardware. 2. Paint Coats: Reference 09900 for painting for galvanized surfaces. 3. Shop Drawings: As per General Conditions. 4. Workmanship: All work shall be shop fabricated to required profiles by forming and welding with corners, angles and edges, straight and sharp. Fit and fabricate accurately with corners, joints, seams free from warp, wave, buckling or other defects. 5. Storage and Packing: All doors and frames shall be packaged to prevent damage to doors and frames and doors and frames finishes. Door and frames shall be stored in an upright position under cover on the building site on wood sills or on floors in a manner which will prevent rust and damage. Division 8 Openings 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 1 of 11 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 6. Installation of Frames: a. Pressed steel frames shall be installed by the Contractor. Installation shall be plumb, straight and true, rigidly secured in place and properly braced. Frames shall be anchored securely to concrete floors. The frame installer shall be responsible for the squareness of the frames in place. b. When temperature conditions necessitate the use of anti-freezing agents in plaster or mortar,or the frames are to be fully grouted,the inside of the frames must be coated with a bituminous water resistant paint by the Contractor responsible for installation. 7. Installation of Doors: Hollow Metal Doors shall be installed by the Contractor. Doors shall be hung with all clearances accurately maintained. 8. Provide weatherstripping as scheduled for all exterior doors. 9. Manufacturers: Republic Builders Products, Houston, Texas, or approved equals. END OF SECTION 08 71 00 -HARWARE A. GENERAL: 1. Related Documents: Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 2. Description of Work: a. Extent of finish hardware is shown on the drawings and in schedules. b. Definitions: "Finish Hardware"includes items known commercially as"builders' hardware", which are required for swing, sliding, and folding doors, except special types of unique and non-matching hardware specified in the same section as the door and door frame. Types of items in this section include, but are not limited to, hinges, pivots, lock cylinders and keys, lock and latchsets, bolts, exit devices, push/pull units, closer, overhead holders, miscellaneous door control devices, hold-open devices and protection plates. 3. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: a. Finish Cabinetry: Section 06100 b. Metal Doors: Section 08100 c. Wood Doors: Section 08200 4. Quality Assurance: a. Supplier: Hardware to be furnished by supplier in the state in which project is located and within three hundred and fifty(325) statute miles of job site. Supplier must be capable of furnishing appropriate and complete hardware and be able to service hardware on project as may be required,from awarding of contract until completion and acceptance by Architect and Owner. b. Manufacturer: Catalog numbers specified herein have been used for the purpose of establishing a basis for quality,finish,design, and operation. In order to establish such a basis for quality, certain processes, types of equipment and materials are specified by manufacturer's name, brand or catalog number. To ensure a uniform basis of acceptable materials, one or more manufacturers have been listed for each type of item. Items of equal quality, by other manufacturer, approved in writing by Architect,will be acceptable. Division 8 Openings 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 2 of 11 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 5. Submittals: a. Hardware Schedule: The finish hardware supplier shall, after award of a formal contract, submit to the Architect six(6)complete copies of the proposed finish hardware schedule for approval. After approval of the schedule, the hardware supplier shall provide six(6)copies of this approved schedule to the General Contractor for distribution purposes. When electronic hardware has been specified, wiring diagrams shall be submitted for approval. Material shall not be ordered by the hardware supplier until an approved schedule has been received. b. Cut Sheets: When submitting schedules for approval, include two (2) manufacturer's cut sheets on each hardware item proposed. Index it with the use of numbers or letters or a combination of both, with the hardware schedule. c. Key Schedule: Include a separate keying schedule which is the result of a key meeting attended by the Architect, Owner, and Hardware Supplier. Keying shall match Owner's existing system. d. Templates: Furnish as required to manufacturer of doors and frames. e. Manual and Tools: Furnish Owner with manufacturer's instructions for installing, operating, adjusting, and maintaining finish hardware upon completion of work. Deliver to Owner all installing, adjusting, and maintaining tools normally supplied with hardware by manufacturers for proper operation and maintenance. 6. Warranty: The finish hardware shall carry a limited warranty against defects in workmanship and operation for a period of one year from date of acceptance. 7. Standards: a. Conform to latest requirements and recommendations of applicable portions of standards listed. b. UL label doors and smoke doors in accordance with the applicable requirements of NBFU Pamphlet No. 80 and NFPA Standard No. 80. c. American Society of Architectural Hardware Consultants (ASAHC). d. American National Standards Institute(ANSI) e. Building Hardware Manufacturer's Association (BHMA). 1. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)and Texas Elimination of Architectural Barriers (TEAB). 8. Underwriter's Laboratories Requirements: All items of hardware provided for fire doors shall be UL approved for usage with types and sizes of fire doors and frames specified. All fire door installations shall,when completed, meet the requirements of the appropriate insurance inspection and rating bureaus, and shall not be subject to any rate penalty for the Owner. 9. Product, Delivery, Storage, and Handling: a. Deliver hardware to project in labeled packages or containers. All items of hardware shall be properly marked and tagged according to building number, hardware item number, door number, and location prior to arrival on job site so as to conveniently identify the hardware and its intended location in the building. Under no circumstances shall hardware be shipped directly from factory to project. b. Store hardware items in a manner to avoid damage to materials in approximate order of use to avoid excessive re-handling. Division 8 Openings 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 3 of 11 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department B. PRODUCTS: 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: Designated products of the indicated manufacturers, complying with contract requirements, are acceptable. a. Butt Hinges: All hinges to be of five (5) knuckle construction with flush tips and pins (recessed in barrel). Non-bearing and concealed bearing hinges to be identical in appearance. All concealed bearing hinges to have non-ball, anti-friction bearings requiring no lubrication or maintenance. All bearing hinges to be guaranteed, in writing, for the life of the building. Barrel diameter on standard weight hinges to be less than .54" (13.71 mm) in diameter. Butt hinges required per door: Doors 60"or less in height 2 Butts Doors 61"to 90" in height 3 Butts Doors over 90"in height 4 Butts Exterior door hinges not specified as continuous geared hinge shall have non-removable pins. Where not otherwise scheduled, the required size of butt hinges for 1-3/4"thick doors shall be as follows: i. Doors up to 3'-0" in width shall have 4-1/2"x 4-1/2". ii. Doors 3'-1"to 3'-6" in width shall have 5"x 4-1/2". Interior Doors shall be as follows: i. Doors up to 3'-0" in width shall have 4-1/2"x 4-1/2" ii. Doors over 3'-1" in width shall have 5" x 4-1/2". iii. Access Doors shall have UL spring hinges. b. Locks and Latches. As specified in HARDWARE SETS. c. Cylinders. Washers,fastenings and bushings concealed; wrought box strike for each lockset, deadlock and latch, with lips of sufficient length to protect frames, 6-pin tumbler. d. Surface Bolts. Forged steel lengths of rod 12"; where door is higher than 7'-0", top bolt shall be of sufficient length to locate the flush bolt operator 6'-O"above the finish floor. Provide universal top strike. Provide rounded faces where required by door consultant. e. Overhead Closers. Regular or parallel arms as required by mounting, full rack and pinion, independent speed and latching opening where construction permits, adjustable spring power for exterior doors. Provide heavy-duty quality closers for large doors, high traffic doors, or where otherwise indicated. Closer body to be cast iron. f. Plates. The height of kickplate shall be 8". All plates shall be equal to 16 ga. B& S .050 3BE. The length of kickplates on the push side where scheduled on swing doors shall be the clear width of the door opening between stops, less 2". The length of kickplates on the pull side where scheduled on single swing doors, shall be the clear width of the door less1". g. Door Stops. Furnish a door stop for all door leafs. Where a door strikes a wall, furnish a wall bumper equal to Hager 236 W. h. Door Silencers. All metal door frames shall be provided with Hager Silencers 307D as listed below: i. Single swing doors 3 per door ii. Pairs of doors 2 per door Division 8 Openings 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 4 of 11 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department i. Screws. Provide and be responsible for the proper bond and fit of all screws, nut bolts, washers, grommets and other fastening devices, in appropriate metal and finish, necessary for the proper application of finish hardware. Wood screws shall have full thread. Machine screws shall have undercut head and full thread. Hardware items affixed to concrete shall be installed with machine screws and approved threaded expansion shields. j. Exterior Thresholds. To be length of opening. k. Weatherstrip. To be size required for opening. I. Door Bottom. To be length required. m. Rain Drip. To be length of frame header. 2. Finishes: Unless specified otherwise, all finishes shall be US 26D. Hardware Sets: See list of hardware sets at end of section. C. EXECUTION: 1. General Requirements: a. The list of Hardware Sets is not complete with respect to the thickness of doors, hand and backset of hardware items, method of fastening and other detail requirements. Thoroughly check the drawings and door schedule and provide all required hardware for all openings. b. Provide all required hardware although not specifically mentioned; trim such openings with hardware of equal quality and design to that specified for similar openings. No claims for extras will be allowed for any services or materials which, in the Architect's opinion, should have been foreseen by the Contractor and included in his proposal. c. Where the exact types of hardware specified are not adaptable to the finished shape or size of members requiring hardware,furnish suitable types as similar as practicable. d. Where optional manufacturers are specified for one product, use only those of one manufacturer. e. Hardware supplier shall make an inspection of each item, and after completion, notify the Contractor in writing with a copy to the Architect of any hardware that has been improperly installed, it being understood that the Contractor is entirely responsible for satisfactory performance of the completed work. 2. Keys and Keying: a. Hardware supplier shall meet with Architect and Owner to establish final keying system. 3. Fastening: a. Furnish hardware complete with all necessary screws, through-bolts and other fastenings of suitable type and size to assure a permanent concealed attachment and of finish to harmonize with the hardware. b. Provide concealed fastening where possible. Where exposed, use countersunk Phillips oval head type screws, (flat head or hinges) and match finish of hardware being attached. Do not attach hardware to metal frames with self-tapping or sheet metal screws. 4. Installation: Hardware Mounting Heights: NBHA"Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware", except as otherwise indicated. 5. Adjusting: Upon substantial completion of the building and prior to final acceptance, the hardware supplier and representative of the Contractor shall make a thorough survey of the installed hardware and direct or recommend adjustments necessary for proper function and operation of any item of finish hardware. Any item requiring correction shall be adjusted or reinstalled by the Contractor in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 6. State of Texas and ADA Compliance. Division 8 Openings 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 5 of 11 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department a. Door Hardware: Handles, knobs, pulls, latches, locks, and other operating devices on accessible doors shall be mounted no higher than 48 inches above the floor or ground surface and shall have a shape that is easy to grasp with one hand and does not require tight grasping, tight pinching, or severe twisting to operate. The force required to activate door hardware shall be no greater than five lbf. b. Doors Closer: If a door has a closer,then the sweep period of the closer shall be adjusted so that from an open position of 70 degrees, the door will take at least three seconds to move to an open position of approximately 3"from latch. c. Opening Force: Exterior hinged doors shall not exceed 8.5 lbf. Slight increases in opening force shall be allowed where 8.5 Ibf is insufficient to compensate for air pressure differentials. FINISH HARDWARE SUMMARY: 1. HANGING DEVICES: STANLEY SPECIFIED: No Substitutions Permitted B-1 BUTT HINGE STANLEY CB179 4.5X4.5 652 B-2 BUTT HINGE STANLEY CB168 4.5X4.5 652 2. SECURING DEVICES-CYLINDERS, DEADLOCKS, LATCH-SETS AND LOCK-SETS: BEST SPECIFIED: No Substitutions Permitted L-1 STOREROOM BEST 93K-7D-15D 626 L-2 PRIVACY BEST 93K-OL-15D 626 L-3 CLASSROOM DEADBOLT BEST 73T-7S-STK 626 L-4 RIM CYLINDER BEST 1E-72 626 L-5 MORTISE CYLINDER SARGENT 63-40 26D 3. DOOR CLOSERS: STANLEY SPECIFIED: No Substitutions Permitted C-1 DOOR CLOSER STANLEY QDC111 689 4. EXIT DEVICES: PRECISION SPECIFIED: No Substitutions Permitted ED-1 EXIT DEVICE SARGENT 8810-trim-713-08 26D ED-2 EXIT DEVICE PRECISION 2103 X 4903A 628 5. FLUSHBOLTS, PUSH AND PULL PLATES, KICKPLATES, STOPS: ROCKWOOD & IVES SPECIFIED: No Substitutions Permitted P-1 PUSH PLATE ROCKWOOD 70C -4x16 630 P-2 PULL PLATE ROCKWOOD 111 x 70C -4x16 630 K-1 KICK PLATE ROCKWOOD K1050 .05 CSK- 10x2 630 D-1 STOP, WALL ROCKWOOD 410 SERIES 630 D-2 STOP, FLOOR IVES FS436 630 6. MISCILANEOUS, THRESHOLDS,AND WEATHERSTRIPPING: No Substitutions Permitted T-1 THRESHOLD NATIONAL GUARD 425 1/2"x5" SADDLE ALU G-1 GASKETING ZERO INT. 188S-BK BLK S-1 SILENCER IVES SR64/65 AS REQUIRED GRY W-1 WEATHERSTRIP 891SAV AL Division 8 Openings 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 6 of 11 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No. AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department Hardware Set# 1 Door#: 101, 102 Each to have: 1 EA B-2 1 EA L-5 1 EA ED-1 1 EA Cl 1 EA T-1 1 EA W-1 1 EA K-1 Hardware Set#2 Door#: 103 Each to have: 3 EA B-1 1 EA L-4 1 EA Permanent Core -Match Owner Standards 1 EA ED-2 1 EA K-1 1 EA D-1 or D-2 (AS REQUIRED) 3 EA S-1 1 EA C-1 Hardware Set#3 Door#: 104, 105 Each to have: 3 EA B-2 1 EA L-3 1 EA Permanent Core- Match Owner Standards 1 EA P-1 1 EA P-2 1 EA K-1 1 EA D-1 or D-2 (AS REQUIRED) 3 EA S-1 1 EA C-1 (OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION: Deadbolt locked by outside key only. Inside thumb turn can only retract the deadbolt, not throw it.) Hardware Set#4 Door#: 106, 107 Each to have: 3 EA B-1 1 EA L-1 1 EA L-3 1 EA Permanent Core - Match Owner Standards 1 EA D-1 or D-2 (AS REQUIRED) 1 EA G-1 1 EA C-1 Note: General Contractor shall include pricing for installation of the permanent cores for entire project as directed by owner. END OF SECTION Division 8 Openings 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 7 of 11 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 08 80 00-GLAZING A. GENERAL: 1. Provide material, equipment, labor and all incidentals for recommended installation of all glass. 2. Prepare shop drawings and/or samples in accordance with the General Conditions for all sections of Division 8. B. MATERIAL: 1. Interior Glass: 114"thick tempered clear by Ford Glass. Interior Window Frames. 2. Exterior Glass: Exterior Door and Window glass shall be PPG Solarban 60 SolarBronze Low "E" glass. 3. Mirror Glass: a. Where shown on the drawings. b. Mirrors shall be 1/4"thick No. 1 Grade float glass to meet Federal Specification DD-G451 D and shall meet or exceed National Mirror Manufacturers specifications for No.1 grade mirrors. Install all mirrors with stainless steel frames. c. Mirrors shall be warranted for two years against silver spoilage. d. Installation shall be as detailed on the plans over 3/4"plywood panels by means of concealed chrome clips of sufficient number to support mirror. e. Mirrors with blemishes or other defects will be rejected. C. INSTALLATION: 1. Location: Refer to exterior elevations and schedule. Glaze all exterior and interior windows and doors as indicated. 2. Cutting: Cut glass with smooth straight edges to full size required by opening. 3. Glazing: a. Embed all fixed glass in continuous vinyl gasket. b. Set all glass in wood door in continuous caulking bead. c. Maintain 1/4" clearance from the sides and tops of all glass greater than 3'-0" in width or height. d. Cut panels to fit window opening. Set door sidelight panels in metal stops. 4. Breakage: Replace all glass and mirrors broken during or after setting. Replace breakage due to imperfect setting without charge. Breakage due to accident or carelessness of others will be charged to trade at fault. 5. Cleaning: Clean all glass according to manufacturer's recommended procedures. 6. Set all products plumb and true, aligned properly and anchored securely. 7. Brace all products in position until permanently anchored. 8. Furnish and provide anchors to securely anchor all products with concealed anchoring devices. 9. If concealed anchoring devices are impossible to use, then anchors must match surrounding material finish. END OF SECTION 08 71 00- PLASTIC GLAZED HURRICANE RESISTANT SKYLIGHTS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section includes the following: 1. DDCSHR model standard curb mount, double dome, impact resistant. B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1. Division Six Section"Rough Carpentry"for wood curbs and nailers. 2. Division Seven Section"Roof Accessories"for curbs, roof hatches, and smoke vents. 3. Division Seven Section "Flashing and Sheet Metal" for metal flashing for skylights. C. Refer to roofing system sections for roofing accessories to be built into the roofing system to accommodate work of this section. Division 8 Openings 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 8 of 11 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide unit skylights capable of withstanding loads as prescribed by the prevailing code for the project location. B. Unit skylights must be tested in accordance with AAMAIWDMAICSA11011I.S.21A440 as required by Section 2405.5 of the International Building Code. C. Units shall be approved and listed by the Florida Building Commission with a current Florida VCProduct Approval number. D. Units shall be tested per Florida Building Code test protocols for High Velocity Hurricane Zones, protocols TAS 201,TAS 202, and TAS 203. E. Units shall be rated for both Large and Small Missile impact. F. Load capabilities of units are size dependent. Contact factory for assistance. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data Sheet: For each type of skylight specified, include details of construction and installation, relative to applicable roofing materials. B. Samples for Selection: Manufacturer's color charts showing a full range of colors available for each type of skylight glazing and Aluminum Finish. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide Thermoformed domes fabricated from sheets identical to those tested for the following fire-test-response characteristics, per ASTM test method indicated below, by UL or other testing and inspecting agencies acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify plastic sheets with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting organization. 1. Self-Ignition Temperature: 651 deg F (343 deg C)or greater when tested per ASTM D 1929 on plastic sheets in the thickness intended for use. 2. Smoke density of 75 or less when tested per ASTM D 2843 on plastic sheets in the thickness intended for use. 3. Relative-Burning Characteristics: As follows,when tested per ASTM D 635: a. Impact Glazing: Burning rate of 2.5 inches (64 mm)per minute or less when tested on plastic glazing indicated above with a nominal thickness of 0.060 inch (1.5 mm) or the thickness intended for use. 1.5 WARRANTY A. General: Warranties specified in this section shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Skylight Warranty: Provide written warranty signed by manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace work that exhibits defects in materials or workmanship and guaranteeing weather-tight and leak- free performance. "Defects" is defined as uncontrolled leakage of water and abnormal aging or deterioration. 1. Warranty Period: 2 years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Plastic Warranty: Provide written warranty signed by manufacturer agreeing to repair or replace work that has or develops defects in the plastic, "Defects" is defined as abnormal aging or deterioration. 1. Warranty Period for Acrylic: 2 years from date of Substantial Completion. D. Finish Warranty: Provide written warranty signed by manufacturer agreeing to repair or replace work with finish defects. "Defects" is defined as peeling, chipping, chalking, fading, abnormal aging or deterioration, and failure to perform as required. 1. Warranty Period for Anodized Finish: 1 year from date of Substantial Completion. 2. Warranty Period for Powder Coat Finish: 5 years from date of Substantial Completion. 3. Warranty Period for Kynar 500 Finish: 5 years from date of Substantial Completion. (10 and 20 years available if specified) Division 8 Openings 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 9 of 11 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No. AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by Wasco Skylights part of the Velux Group, Wells, ME (800-388-0293). B. Substitutions: Manufactures shall not be considered without prior approval in writing no later than ten (10) calendar days prior to bid. Substitute manufacturers must have been in the custom skylight business for not less than a period of 15 years and must submit to the Architect the following: 1. List of similar projects successfully completed within the last five years. 2. Proof of financial capability. 3. Complete details of proposed skylight. 4. Complete specifications for Architect's review. 5. Test reports showing units have been tested and passed in accordance with Florida Building Code requirements for HVHZ. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Curb Frame: Bright white high performance PVC with Bronze cap stock and minimum effective thickness of 0.060 inch (1.5mm). Provide integral condensation gutter system with corners fully welded for waterproof quality. B. Retainer Frame: Extruded aluminum alloy 6063-T5(min). ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221 M)with minimum effective thickness of 0.60 inch (1.5 mm). C. Plastic Sheets: Monolithic, formable,transparent(colorless and tinted) sheets with good weather and impact resistant. 1. Impact Glazing: ASTM D 4802, thermoformable, Category C-2 or CC-2 Type UVA (formulated with ultraviolet absorber),with Finish 1 (smooth or polished), unless otherwise indicated. D. Thermal Break: Fabricate skylight units with thermal chambered PVC. E Gaskets: Structural glazing tape to form adhesive bond between PVC curb and inner dome, between inner and outer dome, and between outer dome and extruded aluminum retainer. Gaskets form an air and water impenetrable barrier between adjacent surfaces. F. Fasteners: Same metal as metals being fastened, or nonmagnetic stainless steel or other non- corrosive metal as recommended by manufacturer. 2.3 PLASTIC SKYLIGHT UNITS A. General: Factory-assembled, curb-mounted unit consisting of plastic glazing, gasketing, inner frame designed to mount on separate curb, and self-contained flashing. 1. Products: Provide Model DDCSHR meeting the requirements of this section. B. Curb: Minimum 1 1/2"wide, 4" minimum height, field built or pre-fabricated (By others). C. Condensation Control: Fabricate skylight units with integral internal gutters and weeps to collect and dispose of condensation. D. Thermal Break: Fabricate skylight units with thermal chambered PVC. E. Shape and Size: As indicated by model number. F. Glazing: Outer dome thermoformed impact modified acrylic. (Clear or White). G. Glazing: Inner dome thermoformed impact modified acrylic. (Clear or white). 2.4 FABRICATION A. Framing Components: As follows: 1. Factory fit and assemble components. 2. Fabricate components that,when assembled, will have accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. 3. Fabricate components to drain water passing joints and to drain condensation and moisture occurring or migrating within skylight system to the exterior. 4. Fabricate components to accommodate expansion, contraction, and field adjustment, and to provide for minimum clearance and shimming at skylight perimeter. 5. Fabricate components to ensure that glazing is thermally and physically isolated from framing members. Division 8 Openings 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 10 of 11 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 6. Form shapes with sharp profiles, straight and free of defects or deformations, before finishing. 7. Fit and secure joints by heliarc welding. 2.5 ALUMINUM FINISHES FOR GLAZING RETAINER A. General: Comply with NAAMM"Metal Finishes Manual" recommendations for application and designations of finishes. B. Finish designations prefixed by AA conform to the system for designations of aluminum finishes established by the Aluminum Association. 1. Mill Finish: Manufacturer's standard mill finish. 2. Clear-Anodized Finish, Class I: AA-C22A41 complying with AAMA 611. 3. Clear-Anodized Finish, Class II: AA-C22A31 complying with AAMA 611. 4. Color—Anodized Finish Class I: AA-C22A42/A44 complying with AAMA 611. Color: 5. Kynar Fluoropolymer Two-Coat System: (70% PVDF) complying with AAMA 2605. Color: (3 coat and 4 coat available if specified) 6. Powder Coat High-Performance Architectural Coating: comply with AAMA 2604. Color: PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions,with installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting skylight performance. 1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for protecting, handling, and installing skylight components. B. Coordinate with installation of roof deck and other substrates to receive skylight units. C. Coordinate with installation of vapor barriers, roof insulation, roofing, and flashing as required to assure that each element of the work performs properly and that combined elements are waterproof and weather tight. Anchor units securely to supporting structural substrates, adequate to withstand lateral and thermal stresses as well as inward and outward loading pressures. D. Counter Flashing: Where counter flashing is required as a component of the skylight, install to provide an adequate waterproof overlap with roofing or roof flashing (as counter flashing). Seal with thick bead of mastic sealant, except where overlap is indicated to be left open for ventilation. 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean exposed metal and plastic surfaces according to manufacturer's instructions. Touch up damaged metal coatings. B. Final cleaning by others. END OF SECTION Division 8 Openings 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 11 of 11 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department DIVISION 9 -FINISHES 09 29 00-GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES ON METAL FRAMING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Description of Work: Work of this section includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Gypsum board and accessories 2. Veneer plaster 3. Metal studs and furring 4. Metal shaftwall systems 5. Metal suspension systems 6. Sound-rated construction and accessories 7. Gypsum board finishing 8. Trim and accessories 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. See Section 09310 CERAMIC TILE for tile facing on cement backer board. B. See Section 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS for suspended acoustical ceilings. C. See Section 09900 PAINTING AND FINISHING for gypsum board prime and finish coats. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions with project conditions and materials clearly identified or detailed for each required system. 1.4 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A. Performance Requirements: Fabricate and install systems as indicated but not less than that required to comply with ASTM C754 under the following conditions: 1. Gypsum board partitions: a. Standard systems: Maximum deflection of 1/240 of partition height. b. Systems to receive water resistant gypsum board or backer board: Maximum deflection of 1/360 of partition height. 2. Interior suspended ceilings and soffits: Maximum deflection of 1/360 of distance between supports. B. Fire Resistance Ratings: Where fire resistance classifications are indicated, provide materials and application procedures identical to those listed by UL or tested according to ASTM E119 for type of construction shown. C. Acoustical Ratings: Where sound ratings are indicated, provide materials and application procedures identical to those tested by manufacturer to achieve Sound Transmission Class (STC) scheduled or indicated in accordance with ASTM E90. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: 1. Applicable requirements of ASTM C754 for installation of steel framing. 2. Install gypsum board in accordance with applicable requirements and recommendations of Gypsum Association GA 216, "Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board"except for more stringent requirements of manufacturer. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 1 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 3. Apply acoustical sealant in accordance with applicable requirements of ASTM C919. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery: 1. Deliver material to site promptly without undue exposure to weather. 2. Deliver in manufacturer's unopened containers or bundles, fully identified with name, brand, type and grade. B. Storage: 1. Store above ground in dry, ventilated space. 2. Protect materials from soiling, rusting and damage. 3. Store board to be directly applied to masonry walls at 70°F for 24 hours prior to installation. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Do not install gypsum board when ambient temperature is below 40°F. 2. For adhesive attachment of gypsum board, and for finishing of gypsum board, maintain ambient temperature above 55°F from one week prior to attachment or joint treatment, and until joint treatment is complete and dry. ALTERNATE CONSTRUCTION WASTE DISPOSAL A. Reuse: 1. Separate clean waste drywall pieces from contaminants for landfilling or recycling. Do not include vinyl-faced, mold-resistant or asphalt impregnated gypsum boards. Pulverize and apply to site soil in accordance to landscape specifications. Protect scrapes and pulverized material from moisture and contamination.Alternate to on-site soil amendment, work to supply local farming granular material for their use. B. Recycle: 1. Separate clean waste drywall pieces from contaminants for landfilling or reuse. Working with local waste hauler and local drywall manufacturer, provide proper storage of waste for pickup and return. Protect scrapes material from moisture and contamination. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS A. Gypsum Board and Accessories: Listed products establish standard of quality and are manufactured by United States Gypsum Company (USG), Chicago, IL. B. Steel Framing and Furring: Company acceptable to installer. C. Grid Suspension Assemblies: Listed products establish standard of quality and are manufactured by United States Gypsum Company (USG), Chicago, IL. 2.2 BOARD MATERIALS A. Gypsum Board: 1. ASTM C1396 (Section 5), Type"X". 2. Edges: Tapered. 3. Thickness: 5/8 inch, unless otherwise indicated. a. Where curved gypsum board construction is indicated, use 1/4-inch-thick flexible facing board. 4. Acceptable products: a. Typical partitions and ceilings: Equivalent to SHEETROCK®brand SW, FIRECODE®"C"Core gypsum panels by USG. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 2 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department b. OR: Equivalent to SHEETROCK®brand Regular, FIRECODE®"C" Core gypsum panels by USG. c. Acceptable product for fire-rated walls: Equivalent to ULTRACODE® Core, 3/4 inch thick, by USG. d. Acceptable product for curved walls: 1/4" Flexible Gypsum Panels. e. Use gypsum board and joint compound with little or no VOCs and formaldehyde emissions. Gypsum board shall have a minimum of 5% Post-consumer and 20% Post-industrial (nation-wide average for company)as defined by FTC (Federal Trade Commission)by USG. B. Ceiling Board: 1. ASTM C1396 (Section 12), non-sag type. 2. Thickness: 1/2 inch. 3. Acceptable product: Equivalent to Interior Gypsum Ceiling Board by USG. C. Moisture& Mold Resistant: 1. ASTM C1396 (Section 5), regular type except where Type X fire resistant type is indicated or required to meet UL assembly types. 2. Edges: Tapered. 3. Thickness: 5/8 inch. 4. Acceptable products: Sheetrock®brand Mold ToughT" Firecode (Type X), Firecode®C Core or ULTRACODE®Core gypsum panels by USG. D. Cement Backer Board (substraight for ceramic tile): 1. Aggregated Portland cement board with woven glass fiber mesh facing; complying with ANSI A118.9. 2. Thickness: '/2 [5/8] inch. 3. Acceptable product and manufacturer: Durock Cement Board by USG. 2.3 METAL FRAMING AND FURRING MATERIALS A. Metal Studs and Runners: 1. ASTM C645, "C"shaped, gauge: a. Provide 25 gauge studs, except as otherwise indicated or specified. Provide heavier gauge if required. b. At door[and borrowed light]frames, provide (2) 25 gage minimum studs at each jamb. Where wall is indicated or specified to be typically framed with 20 gauge studs, provide (2)20 gauge studs at each jamb. c. Provide 20 gauge studs at walls to receive cement backer board [,] [and] water resistant gypsum board with ceramic tile facing. d. Provide runner gauge as recommended by stud manufacturer. 2. Depth of sections: As indicated. 3. Corrosion protection: G40 hot-dipped galvanized coating per ASTM A525. B. Metal Furring Channels: 1. Hat shaped: a. ASTM C645, 7/8 inch high, 25 gauge, with G40 hot-dipped galvanized coating per ASTM A525. b. Provide 20 gauge at furring to receive tile backer board. c. Acceptable products: DWC-25 for'/"and 5/8"gypsum board and DWC- 20 by USG. 2. Z shaped: ASTM C645, depths as indicated, 24 gauge minimum, with G40 hot- dipped galvanized coating per ASTM A525. 3. Resilient: Manufacturers standard type designed to reduce sound transmission; '% inch deep, 25 gauge steel with G40 hot-dipped galvanized coating per ASTM A525. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 3 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 2.4 CEILING SUPPORT MATERIALS A. Hanger Anchorage Devices: Screws, clips, bolts or other devices compatible with indicated structural anchorage for ceiling hangers and whose suitability has been proven through standard construction practices or by certified test data. B. Powder-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices for attaching hangers and with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 10x calculated loads. C. Hangers: 1. Steel wire or rods, sizes to comply with requirements of ASTM C754 for ceiling or soffit area and loads to be supported. 2. Wire: ASTM A 641, soft, Class 1 galvanized. 3. Rods and flats: 1. Mild steel components. 2. Finish: Galvanized or painted with rust inhibitive paint for interior work; galvanized for exterior work. D. Framing System: 1. Main runners: 1. Cold rolled, "C" shaped steel channels, 16 gauge minimum. 2. Finish: Galvanized with G40 hot-dip galvanized coating per ASTM A525 [for exterior work]; galvanized or painted with rust inhibitive paint for other interior work. 3. Form to required radius at curved ceilings. 4. Cross furring: Hat shaped steel furring channels,ASTM C645, 7/8 inch high, 25 gauge, galvanized. 5. Furring anchorages: 16 gauge galvanized wire ties, manufacturer's standard wire type clips, bolts, nails or screws recommended by furring manufacturer and complying with ASTM C754. E. Proprietary Framing System: 1. Framing system for gypsum board panels consisting of cold-rolled steel members conforming to ASTM C635,with exposed surfaces finished in manufacturer's standard enamel paint finish. 2. Fire rating: 1, 2 &4 hour rating in accordance with UL assembly indicated. 3. Components: Main tees, furring cross channels, furring cross tees, and cross tees. 4. Accessories: a. U-shaped channel molding. b. Galvanized carbon steel (12 ga.) hanger wire. 5. Acceptable product: Equivalent to Drywall Suspension System by USG. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Metal Trim for Gypsum Board: 1. Conform to profile and dimensions indicated. 2. Material for interior work: Galvanized steel, 26 gauge minimum. 3. Corner beads: Equivalent to Dur A Bead No. 103 by USG. 4. Casing beads(edge beads): Equivalent to 200A by USG. 5. Control joints: a. Roll formed zinc with perforated flanges. b. Size: 1-3/4 inch wide, with 1/4 inch wide center channel. c. Provide with removable tape strip over channel. d. Acceptable product: Equivalent to No. 093 by USG. B. Molding and Trim for Vinyl-Faced Panels: 1. Manufacturer's standard rigid plastic molding. 2. Include inside corners, end caps, battens and ceiling drive-in trim, as indicated. 3. Color: Factory-laminated with matching vinyl. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 4 of 40 Architects Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department C. Backer Plates: 1. Steel, galvanized; 6 inches wide x 20 gauge minimum x lengths to suit size of items to be attached; fastened to studs for attachment of surface mounted fittings and accessories. 2. Elimination of backer plates or direct attachment of accessories or equipment to studs will not be allowed. D. Hanger Wire Sound Isolators: Provide where indicated for sound-rated suspended ceilings. E. Adhesives and Joint Treatment Materials: 1. Conform to requirements of ASTM C475. 2. Joint compounds: a. Drying-type (ready-mixed): Equivalent to SHEETROCK®brand taping joint compound and topping joint compound, or SHEETROCK®all purpose joint compound by USG. b. Setting (chemically-hardening)type: Equivalent to SHEETROCK®brand setting-type joint compound by USG. Note: this is default for FIBEROCK®brand panels. c. SHEETROCK®brand TUFF-HIDECprimer-surfacer: Finish Level 4 (GA- 214/ASTM C-840)drywall surface with vinyl acrylic latex-based coating to achieve Level 5 gypsum board finish. d. Laminating adhesive for multiple layers: Special adhesive or joint compound specifically recommended for laminating gypsum boards. e. Laminating adhesive for direct application: Special adhesive or joint compound specifically recommended for laminating gypsum boards and for adhering gypsum boards to solid substrates. f. Reinforcing joint tape: 1. ASTM C475, 2 inch nominal width. 2. For backer board, provide fiberglass tape as recommended by board manufacturer[and acceptable to manufacturer of ceramic tile setting materials]. F. Gypsum Board Screws: Self-drilling, self-tapping steel screws. 1. For steel framing less than 0.03 inch thick: Comply with ASTM C1002_ 2. For steel framing from 0.033 inch thick to 0.112 inch thick: Comply with ASTM C954. 3. Provide Type S or Type S-12 screws. G. Backer Board Accessories: Provide accessories and corrosion-resistant-coated steel screws as recommended by backer board manufacturer and required for complete installation. H. Acoustical Sealant: Equivalent to to SHEETROCK®acoustical sealant by USG. I. Sound Attenuation Blankets: 1. Mineral fiber, conforming to ASTM C665, Type I. 2. Surface burning characteristics per ASTM E84: a. Flame spread: 15 or less. b. Smoke developed: 0. 3. Thicknesses: As indicated. 4. Acceptable product and manufacturer: Equivalent to Thermafiber LLC Sound Attenuation Fire Blankets SAFB (Fire Safety FS-15 Blankets). J. Z Furring Insulation: See Section 07210 BUILDING INSULATION. K. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide as required for complete installations. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and adjoining construction and conditions under which work is to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 5 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 3.2 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install in accordance with reference standards and manufacturer's instructions [and as required to comply with seismic requirements]. B. Tolerances: 1. Do not exceed 1/8 inch in 8'0"variation from plumb or level in exposed lines of surface, except at joints between gypsum board units. 2. Do not exceed 1/16 inch variation between planes of abutting edges or ends. 3. Shim as required to comply with specified tolerances. C. Install framing to comply with ASTM C754 and with ASTM C840 requirements that apply to framing installation. D. Install supplementary framing, blocking and bracing at terminations in gypsum board assemblies to support fixtures, equipment, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings or similar construction. 3.3 METAL SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Metal Runners: 1. Align and secure runner tracks accurately to partition layout at both floor and ceiling. 2. Provide fasteners appropriate to substrate construction as recommended by manufacturer. B. Metal Studs: 1. Position metal studs vertically in the runners, spaced as indicated. 2. Place studs so that flanges face in same direction. 3. Cut studs % inch short of full height to provide perimeter relief. 4. Align and plumb partition framing accurately. 5. Where partitions abut ceiling or deck construction or vertical structural elements, provide slip or cushion type joint between partition and structure as recommended by stud manufacturer to prevent transfer of structural loads or movements to partitions, and to provide lateral support. 6. Provide horizontal bracing where necessary for lateral support. 7. Chase walls: a. Position steel studs on opposite sides of chase directly across from each other. b. Cut cross bracing from gypsum board 12 inches high by chase wall width.] 8. Backer plates and blocking: a. Where handrails, grab bars, cabinets,wall-mounted door stops, or other wall-hung items are attached to partitions, install backer plates or wood blocking accurately positioned and firmly secured to metal studs, whether or not such backer plates or blocking are indicated on Drawings. b. Do not use wood blocking in fire-rated construction. C. Hat Channel Furring: 1. Attach hat shaped furring channels either vertically or horizontally with fasteners through alternate wing flanges(staggered). 2. Space furring channels at 24 inches on center, unless otherwise indicated. Where furring is indicated to receive backer board, water resistant gypsum board with ceramic tile, or veneer plaster, space at 16 inches on center. 3. Install furring channels within 4 inches of floor line and ceiling line. D. Z Furring: 1. Securely attach narrow flanges of members to wall with concrete stub nails or power-driven fasteners, except as otherwise indicated. 2. Sequence furring installation with installation of insulation. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 6 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No. AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department E. Ceiling and Soffit Support Systems: 1. Secure hangers or rods to structural support by connecting directly to structure where possible; otherwise connect to inserts, clips or other anchorage devices or fasteners indicated. 2. Space main runners, hangers and furring according to requirements of ASTM C754, except as otherwise indicated. 3. Where spacing of structural members, or width of ducts or other equipment, prevents regular spacing of hangers, provide supplemental hangers and suspension members and reinforce nearest affected hangers to span extra distance. 4. Curved (vaulted)applications: a. Install furring channels to provide indicated radius for finished ceiling. b. Space furring channels maximum 16 inches on center. Provide closer spacing if recommended by manufacturer for veneer base thickness and application method. 3.4 BOARD INSTALLATION A. Single Layer Gypsum Board on Metal Studs: 1. Loosely butt gypsum board joints together and neatly fit. 2. Do not place butt ends against tapered edges. 3. Maximum allowable gap at end joints: 1/8 inch. 4. Stagger joints on opposite sides of partitions. 5. Apply ceiling boards first where gypsum board ceilings and wall occur. 6. Cut openings in gypsum board to fit electrical outlets, plumbing, light fixtures and piping snugly and small enough to be covered by plates and escutcheons. Cut both face and back paper. 7. Screw board in place securely with screws spaced according to manufacturer's recommendations. B. Single Layer Gypsum Board on Furring: 1. Apply gypsum board with long dimension at right angles to furring channel. 2. Center end joints over channel web; stagger end joints from those in adjacent rows of board. 3. Fasten boards to furring channels with screws spaced according to manufacturer's recommendations. C. Double Layer Gypsum Board: 1. Fasten base layer to studs or furring with screws, and attach face layer using laminating adhesive and screws, applied according to manufacturer's instructions. 2. Offset face-layer joints at least 10 inches from parallel base-layer joints. 3. Screw both layers to metal supports at double layer ceiling applications and where required for fire-rated construction. D. Direct Gypsum Board Adhesive Application: 1. Apply adhesive with manufacturer's recommended spreader to backs of gypsum boards in band of four beads each to center of each board and along edges. 2. Position boards vertically and press firmly in place to insure good bond. 3. Fasten top and bottom of board if required. E. Cementitious Backer Board Installation: 1. Install as indicated to comply with ANSI A108.11 and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Complete plumbing rough in before boards are erected. 3. Separate board from rough in and fixtures and fill space as recommended by manufacturer. 4. Securely fasten boards to substrate as required. 5. Follow manufacturer's instructions for treatment of edge terminations. 6. At joints and corners, embed fiberglass tape in skim coat of mortar. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 7 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 3.5 SOUND-RATED CONSTRUCTION A. Insulation: 1. Install sound attenuation blankets in sound rated partitions and ceilings where indicated. 2. Completely fill space between studs and framing to full height of partition wall or full area of ceiling. 3. Fit carefully behind electrical outlets and other work penetrating sound-rated construction. 4. Install sound attenuation blankets in gaps between steel deck flutes and tops of sound-rated partitions, which are not fire-rated. Attach blankets in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Gypsum Board: 1. Install gypsum board same as for interior partitions and ceilings. 2. Coordinate with installation of perimeter sealants. C. Acoustical Sealant: 1. At partition walls, provide continuous beads of acoustic sealant at juncture of both faces of runners with floor and ceiling construction, and wherever gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials, prior to installation of gypsum board. 2. At ceilings, provide continuous beads of sealant wherever gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. 3. Provide continuous bead of sealant behind faces of control joints prior to installation of control joint accessories. 4. After installation of gypsum board base layers, cut face layer sheets 1/2 inch less than floor to ceiling height and position with 1/4 inch open space between gypsum board and floor, ceiling and dissimilar vertical construction. Fill 1/4 inch open space with continuous sealant beads after installation of face layer. 5. At openings and cutouts, fill open spaces between gypsum board and fixtures, cabinets, ducts and other flush or penetrating items, with continuous bead of sealant. 6. Seal sides and backs of electrical boxes to completely close off openings and joints. D. Sound Flanking Paths: 1. Where sound rated partition walls intersect non rated gypsum board partition walls, extend sound rated construction to completely close sound flanking paths through non rated construction. 2. Seal joints between face layers at vertical interior angles of intersecting partitions. 3.6 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. Trim: 1. Use same fasteners to anchor trim accessory flanges as required to fasten gypsum board to supports, unless otherwise recommended by trim manufacturer. 2. Install metal corner beads at external corners. 3. Install metal casing bead trim whenever edge of gypsum board would otherwise be exposed or semi exposed. B. Control Joints: 1. Install control joints at junction of gypsum board partitions with walls or partitions of other finish material. 2. Install control joints within long runs of partitions, ceilings or soffits at approximately 30'0"on center or as indicated. 3. Where gypsum board is vertically continuous, as at stairwells, provide horizontal control joints at each floor level. C. Special Trim: Install as indicated on drawings and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 8 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 3.7 FINISHING A. Provide levels of gypsum board finish for locations as follows, in accordance with Gypsum Association GA 214, "Recommended Specification: Levels of Gypsum Board Finish". 1. Level 1: Ceiling plenum areas and concealed areas, except provide higher level of finish as required to comply with fire resistance ratings and acoustical ratings. 2. Level 2: Gypsum board substrate at tile [stone], except remove tool marks and ridges. 3. Level 3: Gypsum board surfaces,where textured finishes or heavy vinyl wall papering will be used [High-build Primer required as specified in Section 09911 or USG First Coat primer. 4. Level 4: Gypsum board surfaces, except where another finish level is indicated High-build Primer required as specified in Section 09911 or USG First Coat primer. 5. Level 5: Gypsum board surfaces requiring extra smooth surface for critical light, where indicated using spray-applied Primer-Surfacer, TUFF-HIDE or watered- down joint compound skim coat over whole surface and High-build Primer required as specified in Section 09911 or SHEETROCK®First Coat primer. a. Surface Preparation: Complete gypsum board surface to Level 4 before applying SHEETROCK®TUFF-HIDET"" primer-surfacer. b. TUFF-HIDE primer-surfacer, Application: Machine apply with airless sprayer in conformance with USG application instructions to a wet film thickness of 15 to 20 mils[9-12 mils dry film thickness]. Surface may be painted after overnight drying. B. Interior Gypsum Board: 1. Prefill: (Only on Eased&Tapered edge gypsum board) a. Use setting-type joint compound. Mix joint compound according to manufacturer's directions. b. Fill joints between boards flush to top of eased or beveled edge. c. Fill joints of gypsum board above suspended ceilings in fire rated partitions. d. Wipe off excess compound and allow compound to harden. 2. Taping (Level 1): a. Use taping or all-purpose conventional weight compound. b. Butter taping compound into inside corners and joints. c. Center tape over joints and press down into fresh compound. d. Remove excess compound. e. Tape joints of gypsum board above suspended ceilings. 3. First coat(Level 2): a. Use taping or all-purpose conventional weight drying-type compound or setting-type joint compound. b. Immediately after bedding tape, apply skim coat of compound over body of tape and allow to dry completely in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. c. Apply first coat of compound over flanges of trim and accessories, and over exposed fastener heads and finish level with board surface. 4. Second coat(Level 3): Use all purpose or topping conventional weight drying type joint compound. After first coat treatment is dried, apply second coat of compound over tape and trim,feathering compound 2 inches beyond edge of first coat. 5. Third coat(Level 4): a. Use all purpose or topping conventional weight drying type joint compound. b. After second coat has dried, sand surface lightly and apply thin finish coat to joints, fasteners and trim, feathering compound 2 inches beyond edge of second coat. c. Allow third coat to dry. Apply additional compound, and touch-up and sand, to provide surface free of visual defects, tool marks, and ridges, and ready for application of finish. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 9 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No. AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 6. Skim coat (Level 5): a. Apply skim coat of all-purpose conventional weight drying-type compound or spray-applied Primer-Surfacer, TUFF-HIDE over exposed surfaces of gypsum board. b. After skim coat has dried, touch-up and sand to provide surface free of visual defects, tool marks, and ridges, and ready for application of finish. C. Water-Resistant Gypsum Board: Treat fastener heads and joints with setting-type joint compound. 1. For joints to be covered with tile, apply tape and joint compound bedding coat and skim coat only; do not apply finish coats. a. Do not crown joints or leave excess compound on panels. b. Remove tool marks and ridges. c. For fastener heads to be covered with tile, apply one coat of joint compound. D. Cementitious Backer Board: Prepare and finish joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. E. Joint Compound: 1. After skim coat sets, apply finish coat of compound feathering 3 to 4 inches beyond tape edges. 2. Feather coats onto adjoining surfaces so that camber is maximum 1/32 inch. 3. Allow joint compound to completely set before applying veneer plaster finish. F. Trim: 1. Use same fasteners to anchor trim accessory flanges as required to fasten gypsum board to supports, unless otherwise recommended by trim manufacturer. 2. Install metal corner beads at external corners. 3. Install metal casing bead trim whenever edge of gypsum base would otherwise be exposed or semi exposed, and where gypsum base terminates against dissimilar material. G. Control Joints: Install where indicated and specified. H. Special Trim and Reveal Joints: Install as indicated on drawings and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.8 ADJUSTING A. Correct damage and defects which may telegraph through finish work. B. Leave work smooth and uniform. END OF SECTION 09 30 00 -TILE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Requirements including but not limited to: 1. Floor tile 2. Wall tile. 3. Accessories required for indicated installation. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Static Coefficient of Friction: For tile installed on walkway surfaces, provide products with values determined by testing identical products per ASTM C 1028: 1. Level Surfaces: Minimum 0.6. 2. Ramp Surfaces: Minimum 0.8. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 10 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:Technical data for each product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show locations of each type of tile and tile pattern. Show widths, details, and locations of expansion, contraction, control,and isolation joints in tile substrates and finished tile surfaces. C. Samples: Submit samples showing full range of color and texture variations expected. 1. Full size units of each type, composition, color, and finish of tile. 2. Assembled samples with grouted joints for each color grout and for each type, composition, color, 3. and finish of tile. 4. Thresholds in 6 inch (150 mm) lengths, each type. D. Test Reports: Submit test reports from qualified independent testing laboratory indicating and E. interpreting test results relative to compliance of tile products with requirements specified for slip F. resistance. G. Maintenance Instructions: Submit maintenance instructions for each type of product specified. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Building Code: Comply with applicable requirements for the FBC for interior finishes. 2. Surface Burning Characteristics:ASTM E 84; identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. a. Flame Spread Index: 25 or less. b. Smoke Developed Index: 450 or less. 3. Accessibility Requirements: Comply with applicable requirements. a. U.S. Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board Americans with 4. Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG)2010. a. ICC/ANSI A117.1 Accessible and Useable Building and Facilities. b. Texas Accessibility Standards(TAS)2012. B. Source Limitations for Tile: Obtain tile of same type and color or finish from one source or producer. Obtain tile from same production run and of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties for each contiguous area. C. Source Limitations for Setting and Grouting Materials: Obtain ingredients of a uniform quality for each mortar, adhesive, and grout component from a single manufacturer and each aggregate from one source or producer. D. Source Limitations for Other Products: Obtain each of the following products specified in this Section through one source from a single manufacturer for each product: 1. Stone thresholds. 2. Waterproofing. 3. Joint sealants. 4. Cementitious backer units. 5. Metal edge strips. E. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Build mockup of each type of floor tile installation. Show grouts for each color selected with tile. 2. Build mockup of each type of wall tile installation. Show grout for each color selected with tile. 3. Approved mockups may become part of the completed work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. Comply with requirement in ANSI A137.1 for labeling sealed tile packages. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 11 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department B. Store tile and cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Store aggregates where grading and required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. Store liquid latex and emulsion adhesives in unopened containers and protected from freezing. C. Handle tile that has temporary protective coating on exposed surfaces to prevent coated surfaces from contacting backs or edges of other units. If coating does contact bonding surfaces of tile, remove coating from bonding surfaces before setting tile. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install tile until construction in spaces is complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated in referenced standards and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Maintain temperatures at 50 degrees F or more in tiled areas during installation and for 7 days after completion, unless higher temperatures are required by referenced installation standard On manufacturer's instructions. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. ANSI Ceramic Tile Standard: Provide tile that complies with ANSI A137.1 Specifications for Ceramic Tile for types, compositions, and other characteristics indicated. Provide tile complying with Standard grade requirements, unless otherwise indicated. B. Basis of Design Product: Manufacturers and tile series, pattern, and color selections are indicated in the Finish Schedule and are a basis of design. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated in Finish Schedule or comparable product by one of the following: 1. American Olean; Division of Dal-Tile International Inc. 2. Crossville Tile. 3. Daltile; Division of Dal-Tile International Inc. 4. Interceramic Tile. 5. Pantheon Tile. C. Colors, Textures, and Patterns: Where standard products are indicated for tile, grout, and products requiring selection of colors, surface textures, patterns, and appearance characteristics, provide specific products or materials complying with requirements. D. Factory Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within ranges selected, blend tile in factory and package so tile units taken from one package show same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. E. Mounting: For factory mounted tile, provide back or edge mounted tile assemblies standard with manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. F. Tile Trim Units: Matching characteristics of adjoining flat tile and coordinated with sizes and coursing where applicable. G. Floor and Paver Tile: Flat tile. 1. Composition: Vitreous or impervious natural clay or porcelain. 2. Facial Dimensions: Indicated in Finish Schedule. 3. Thickness: Varies by tile type. 4. Face: Plain with cushion edges. 5. Basis of Design Product: Refer to Finish Schedule. 6. For latex Portland cement mortared and grouted paver tile, precoat with temporary protective coating. H. Wall Tile: Flat tile. 1. Finish: Indicated in Finish Schedule. 2. Edges: Square. 3. Module Size: Indicated in Finish Schedule. 4. Nominal Tile Thickness: Varies by tile type. 5. Joint Width: Recommended by manufacturer for tile type. 6. Product: Refer to Finish Schedule. I. Tile Backing Panel: Refer to Section 092900. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 12 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department J. Edge Strips: Indicated on Drawings; Shuetler Strips. K. Waterproofing, Crack Suppression Membrane:ANSI A118.12 for standard performance, is recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated. Include reinforcement and accessories recommended by manufacturer. 1. Fabric reinforced, modified bituminous sheet; self adhering, modified bituminous sheet with fabric reinforcement facing; 0.040 inch (1.01 mm) nominal thickness. 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Mapei Corporation; Mapelastic SM. b. Protecto Wrap; AMF AntiFracture Membrane. L. Setting and Grouting Materials: 1. Latex Portland Cement Mortar(Thin Set):ANSI A118.4. For wall applications, provide nonsagging mortar in addition to requirements in ANSI A118.4. a. Tile Grout: ANSI A118.7; styrene butadiene rubber in liquid latex form for addition to prepackaged dry grout mix. 1) Unsanded grout mixture for joints 1/8 inch (3.2 mm)and narrower. 2) Sanded grout mixture for joints 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) and wider. 3) Color: Indicated in Finish Schedule; coordinated with tile color. b. Provide prepackaged, dry mortar mix combined with acrylic resin or styrene- butadienerubber liquid latex additive at Project site. c. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: 1) Laticrete International Inc. 2) Mapei Corporation. 3) TEC Specialty Products Inc. 2. Water Cleanable, Tile Setting Epoxy and Epoxy Grout:ANSI A118.30. Use for quarry tile in kitchen area and where indicated. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) Laticrete International, Inc. 2) MAPEI Corporation. 3) Mer-Kote Products, Inc. M. Sealant: Provide chemically curing, elastomeric sealants of base polymer and characteristics indicated that comply with applicable requirements in Section 079200. 1. Colors: Provide colors of exposed sealants to match colors of grout in tile adjoining sealed joints, unless otherwise indicated. 2. One Part, Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant:ASTM C 920; Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT, G,A, and, as applicable to nonporous joint substrates indicated, 0; formulated with fungicide, intended for sealing interior ceramic tile joints and nonporous substrates that are subject to in service exposures of high humidity and extreme temperatures. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1) Dow Corning Corporation; Dow Coming 786. 2) GE Silicones; Sanitary 1700. 3) Pecora Corporation; Pecora 898 Sanitary Silicone Sealant. N. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex modified, portland cement based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile setting materials for installations indicated. O. Edge Strips:Angle or L shape, height to match tile and setting bed thickness, metallic or combination of metal and PVC or neoprene base, designed specifically for flooring applications, white zinc alloy or nickel silver exposed edge material. Provide edge strips and thresholds by Shutter Systems. P. Grout Sealer: Silicone product for sealing grout joints that does not change color or appearance of grout. Q. Tile Cleaner: A neutral cleaner capable of removing soil and residue without harming tile and grout surfaces, specifically approved for materials and installations indicated by tile and grout manufacturers. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 13 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 2.2 MIXING MORTAR AND GROUT A. Mix mortars and grouts to comply with referenced standards and mortar and grout manufacturers' written instructions. Add materials, water, and additives in accurate proportions. B. Obtain and use type of mixing equipment, mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and procedures to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for installations indicated. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where tile will be installed for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and conditions affecting performance of installed tile. 1. Verify substrates for setting tile are firm; dry; clean; free of oil, waxy films, and curing compounds; and within flatness tolerances required by referenced ANSI A108 Series of tile installation standards for installations indicated. 2. Verify installation of grounds, anchors, recessed frames, electrical and mechanical units of work, and similar items located in or behind tile has been completed before installing tile. 3. Verify joints and cracks in tile substrates are coordinated with tile joint locations; if not coordinated, adjust joint locations in consultation with Architect. B. Proceed with installation after correcting unsatisfactory conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove coatings, including curing compounds and other substances that contain soap,wax, oil, or silicone,that are incompatible with tile setting materials. B. Provide concrete substrates for tile floors installed with thin set mortar complying with flatness tolerances specified in referenced ANSI A108 Series of tile installation standards. 1. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions with trowelable leveling and patching compound according to tile setting material manufacturer's written instructions. Use product specifically recommended by tile setting material manufacturer. 2. Remove protrusions, bumps, and ridges by sanding or grinding. C. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within ranges selected during Sample submittals, verify that tile has been factory blended and packaged so tile units taken from one package show same range of colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. If not factory blended, either return to manufacturer or blend tiles at site before installing. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. ANSI Tile Installation Standards: Comply with parts of ANSI A108 Series Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile that apply to types of setting and grouting materials and to methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules. 1. For the following installations, follow procedures in the ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards for providing 95 percent mortar coverage: a. Exterior tile floors. b. Tile floors in wet areas. c. Tile floors in laundries. d. Tile floors consisting of tiles 8 by 8 inches(200 by 200 mm) or larger. e. Tile floors consisting of rib backed tiles. 2. Install epoxy grout in food services and kitchen areas, toilets and locker rooms, and wet areas. B. TCNA Installation Guidelines: TCNA Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installation; Comply with TCNA installation methods indicated. C. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete covering without interruptions, unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 14 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department D. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile. 1. Provide trim shapes where necessary to eliminate exposed tile edges. 2. Where accent tile differs in thickness from field tile, vary setting-bed thickness so that tiles are flush. E. Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in pattern indicated on drawings. Align joints when adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, and trim are same size. Lay out tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Adjust to minimize tile cutting. Provide uniform joint widths, unless otherwise indicated. 1. For tile mounted in sheets, make joints between tile sheets same width as joints within tile sheets so joints between sheets are not apparent in finished work. 2. Where adjoining tiles on floor, base,walls, or trim are specified or indicated to be same size, align joints. 3. Where tiles are specified or indicated to be whole integer multiples of adjoining tiles on floor, base,walls, or trim, align joints unless otherwise indicated. F. Joint Widths: Unless otherwise indicated or recommended by tile manufacturer, install tile with the following joint widths: 1. Ceramic Mosaic Tile:[1/8 inch (3.2 mm). 2. Quarry Tile: 3/8 inch (9.5 mm). 3. Pressed Floor Tile: 3/8 inch (9.5 mm). 4. Glazed Wall Tile: 1/8 inch (3.2 mm). 5. Porcelain Tile: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm). G. Lay out tile wainscots to dimensions indicated or to next full tile beyond dimensions indicated. H. Expansion Joints: Locate expansion joints and sealant filled joints, including control, contraction, and isolation joints, where indicated during installation of setting materials, mortar beds, and tile. Do not saw cut joints after installing tiles. 1. Locate joints in tile surfaces directly above joints in concrete substrates. 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Section 079200. I. Stone Thresholds: Install stone thresholds in same type of setting bed as adjacent floor unless otherwise indicated. 1. At locations where mortar bed (thickset)would be exposed above adjacent floor finishes, set thresholds in modified dry set mortar(thinset). 2. Do not extend waterproofing or crack isolation membrane under thresholds set in modified dry set mortar. Fill joints between such thresholds and adjoining tile set on waterproofing or crack isolation membrane with elastomeric sealant. J. Waterproofing, Crack Suppression Membrane: Install waterproofing, crack isolation membrane to comply with ANSI A108.13 and A108.17 and manufacturer's written instructions to produce membrane of uniform thickness and bonded securely to substrate. Apply primer prior to installation of membrane when recommended by manufacturer. K. Back Buttering: Obtain 100 percent mortar coverage by complying with applicable special requirements for back buttering of tile in referenced ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards. L. Grout tile to comply with requirements of ANSI A108.10. M. Floor and Paver Tile and Planks: Install tile to comply with requirements including those referencing TCA installation methods related to types of subfloor construction and ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards. 1. Tile Type: Floor and paver tile. 2. Thin Set Mortar: Latex Portland cement mortar,ANSI A108.5. 3. Grout: Latex Portland cement. N. Wall Tile: Install types of tile designated for wall installations to comply with requirements including those referencing TCA installation methods and ANSI setting bed standards. 1. Wall Tile Installation: Interior wall installation over cementitious or gypsum board; thin set mortar. a. Tile Type: Slate wall plank. b. Thin Set Mortar: Latex Portland cement mortar,ANSI A108.5. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 15 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department c. Grout: Polymer modified grout, sanded or unsanded determined by installation conditions. O. Metal Edge Strips: Install where exposed edge of tile flooring meets carpet, wood, or other flooring that finishes flush with top of tile or below top of tile and no threshold is indicated. P. Floor Sealer:Apply floor sealer to cementitious grout joints in tile floors according to floor sealer manufacturer's written instructions. As soon as floor sealer has penetrated grout joints, remove excess sealer and sealer from tile faces by wiping with soft cloth. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. Cleaning: On completion of placement and grouting, clean ceramic tile surfaces to be free of foreign matter. 1. Remove latex Portland cement grout residue from tile as soon as possible. 2. Clean grout smears and haze from tile according to tile and grout manufacturer's written instructions, but no sooner than 10 days after installation. Use only cleaners recommended by tile and grout manufacturers and only after determining that cleaners are safe to use by testing on samples of tile and other surfaces to be cleaned. Protect metal surfaces and plumbing fixtures from effects of cleaning. Flush surfaces with clean water before and after cleaning. B. When recommended by tile manufacturer, apply coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors. Protect installed tile work with Kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining, damage, and wear. C. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from tiled floors for at least seven days after grouting is completed. D. Before final inspection, remove protective coverings and rinse neutral cleaner from tile surfaces. END OF SECTION 09 51 00 -ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Requirements including but not limited to: 1. Acoustical panels. 2. Concealed and exposed suspension systems for ceilings. 3. Accessories necessary for a complete installation. A. Related Works: 1. Section 092900 -Gypsum Board Assemblies. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Technical data for each product specified: B. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, based on input from installers of the items involved: 1. Ceiling suspension system members. 2. Method of attaching hangers to building structure. Furnish layouts for cast in place anchors, clips, and ceiling attachment devices whose installation is specified elsewhere. 3. Ceiling mounted items including lighting fixtures, diffusers, grilles, speakers, sprinklers, access panels, and special moldings. 4. Minimum Drawing Scale: 1/4 inch = 1 foot(1:48). C. Samples: For each acoustical panel, for each exposed suspension system member,for each exposed molding and trim, and for each color and texture required. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 16 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Building Code: Comply with applicable requirements of the IBC for interior finishes. 2. Surface Burning Characteristics: Provide ceiling panels with surface burning characteristics complying with IBC Chapter 8 and ASTM E 1264 for Class A materials determined by testing identical products in accordance with ASTM E 84: a. Flame Spread Index : 25 or less b. Smoke Developed Index: 450 or less. 3. Seismic Performance:Acoustical ceiling shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. 4. Fire Resistance Ratings: Comply with ASTM E 119; testing by qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. Indicate design designations from UL Fire Resistance Directory or from the listings of another qualified testing agency. B. Source Limitations: 1. Acoustical Ceiling Panel: Obtain each type through one source from a single manufacturer. 2. Suspension System: Obtain each type through one source from a single manufacturer. C. Comply with applicable regulations regarding toxic and hazardous materials. 1. Coating Based Antimicrobial Treatment: Provide acoustical panels with face and back surfaces coated with antimicrobial treatment; and showing no mold or mildew growth when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273. 2. Panel Based Antimicrobial Treatment: Provide acoustical panels manufactured with antimicrobial treatment in the panels. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver acoustical panels, suspension system components, and accessories to site in original, unopened packages and store in fully enclosed, conditioned space protected against damage from moisture, humidity, temperature extremes, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes. B. Before installing acoustical panels, permit panels to reach room temperature and stabilized moisture content. Handle acoustical panels carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install acoustical panel ceilings until spaces are enclosed and weatherproof, wet work in spaces is complete and dry,work above ceilings is complete, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. 1. Pressurized Plenums: Operate ventilation system for not less than 48 hours before beginning acoustical panel ceiling installation. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical panels and suspension system with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire suppression system, and partition assemblies. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Basis of Design: USG Interiors: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide ceiling panels and grid systems by one of the following: Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 17 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 1. Concealed and Exposed Suspension Grid: Hunter Douglas Architectural Products. a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. b. CertainTeed Corporation. c. Chicago Metallic Corporation. d. Hunter Douglas e. USG Interiors. B. Suspension System Standard: Direct hung metal suspension systems of types, structural classifications, and finishes indicated complying with applicable requirements in ASTM C 635. 1. Finishes and Colors: Comply with NAAMM Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. Provide factory applied finish for type of system indicated. 2. Attachment Devices: Size for five times design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung unless otherwise indicated. a. Anchors in Concrete:Anchors of type and material indicated below, with holes or loops for attaching hangers of type indicated and with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 5 times that imposed by ceiling construction, as determined by testing in accordance with ASTM E 488 or ASTM E 1512 as applicable, conducted by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. 1) Type: Cast in place or postinstalled expansion anchors. 2) Corrosion Protection: Carbon steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5 (0.005 mm) for Class SC 1 service condition. a. Power Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion resistant materials,with clips or accessory devices for attaching hangers of type indicated, and with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 10 times that imposed by ceiling construction, determined by testing in accordance with ASTM E 1190, conducted by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. C. Steel Suspension System: Main and cross runners roll formed from cold rolled steel sheet, hot dip galvanized according to ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 (Z180)coating designation,with prefinished, coldrolled, 15/16 inch (24mm)wide, aluminum caps on flanges. 1. Structural Classification: Heavy duty system. 2. Face Design: Flat,flush. 3. Cap Finish: Painted white. 4. Series: Match Existing. 5. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Zinc coated, carbon Steel wire, ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. a. Size: Select wire diameter so its stress at 3 times hanger design load (ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung)will be less than yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 0.106 inch (2.69mm)diameter wire. 6. Hanger Rods: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust inhibitive paint. 7. Hold Down Clips: Hold down clips spaced 24 inches (610 mm) o.c. on all cross tees. 8. Impact Clips: Impact clip system designed to absorb impact forces against acoustical panels. 9. Roll Formed, Sheet Metal Edge Moldings and Trim: Type and profile for edges and penetrations that comply with design requirements; formed from sheet metal of same material, finish, and color as that used for exposed flanges of suspension system runners. a. Profile: 115/16 inch (24 mm)tee shape. b. Provide edge moldings that fit acoustical panel edge details and suspension systems indicated and match width and configuration of exposed runners. c. For lay in panels with reveal edge details, provide stepped edge molding that forms reveal of same depth and width as that formed between edge of panel and flange at exposed suspension member. d. Baked Enamel Finish: AA-C12C42R1x (Chemical Finish: cleaned with inhibited chemicals; Chemical Finish: acid-chromate-fluoride-phosphate conversion coating; organic coating).Apply baked enamel complying with paint manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, conversion coating, and painting. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 18 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department D. Acoustical Ceiling Panel: Panel composed of composite structural fiberglass core with nonwoven mineral coated surface wrapped on two opposite edges and matching integral hinged support clip on other two edges: 1. Classification: ASTM E 1264. 2. Type and Form: Type XII, Form 3. 3. Noise Reduction Coefficient(NRC): 0.85, measured in accordance with ASTM C 423: Absorption coefficient reading at the following specified frequencies: Frequency: 125 250 500 1000 2000 5000 Absorption Coefficiency: 0.81 1.03 0.63 0.79 0.95 0.90 4. Sound Absorption Average: (SAA) 0.86, measured in accordance with ASTM C 423. 5. Light Reflectance: LR-1 (81%), measured in accordance with ASTM E 1477. 6. Moisture Resistance: Resistant to relative humidity up to 95 percent at 105 degrees F (40.5 degrees C)for 30 days. 7. Mold and Mildew Resistant: In accordance with ASTM C 665. 8. Fungi Resistant: In accordance with ASTM C 1338. 9. Color: White, unless otherwise indicated on drawings. a. For panels indicated as a color, do not field paint. Obtain panels in indicated colors from panel manufacturer. 10. Edge/Joint Detail: Flush reveal to match existing. 11. Thickness: 5/8 inch (15 mm). 12. Reveal: 1/4 inch (6 mm). 13. Modular Size: Match Existing. 14. Broad Spectrum Antimicrobial Fungicide and Bactericide Treatment: Provide acoustical panels treated with antimicrobial formulation inhibiting fungus, mold, mildew, and gram positive and gram negative bacteria and showing no mold, mildew, or bacterial growth when tested according to ASTM D 3273 and evaluated according to ASTM D 3274 or ASTM G 21. 15. Panel Accessibility: Downward accessible by disengaging hinge support rail on one side of panel from the T Bar Flange or optional A Mount rail flange without the use of tools,for access without removal of panel from the ceiling. 16. Patterns and Series: Match Existing. E. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant, complying with ASTM C 834 and effective in reducing airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E90. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, including structural framing to which acoustical panel ceilings attach or abut for compliance with requirements affecting ceiling installation and anchorage and with requirements for installation tolerances and conditions affecting performance of acoustical panel ceilings. Proceed with installation after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical panels to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less than half width panels at borders and comply with layout shown on reflected ceiling plans. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install acoustical panel ceilings to comply with ASTM C 636 in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and CISCA Ceiling Systems Handbook. B. Suspend ceiling hangers from building's structural members: Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 19 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structure or of ceiling suspension system. 2. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, counters playing, or other equally effective means. 3. Where width of ducts and construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings interfering with location of hangers at spacings required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. 4. Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension members and to supports above with a minimum of 3 tight turns. Connect hangers directly either to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or devices secure and appropriate for substrate and that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age,corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 5. Secure flat, angle, channel, and rod hangers to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to inserts, eye screws, or devices that are secure and appropriate for both structure to which hangers are attached and type of hanger involved. Install hangers to prevent deteriorate or fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 6. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms or floor deck. Fasten hangers to cast in place hanger inserts, postinstalled mechanical or adhesive anchors, or power actuated fasteners that extend through forms into concrete. 7. When steel framing does not permit installation of hanger wires at spacing required, install carrying channels or other supplemental support for attachment of hanger wires. 8. Do not attach hangers to steel deck tabs. 9. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck.Attach hangers to structural members. 10. Space hangers not more than 48 inches (1200 mm) o.c. along each member supported directly from hangers, unless otherwise indicated; provide hangers not more than 8 inches (200 mm)from ends of each member. 11. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards and publications. C. Secure bracing wires to ceiling suspension members and to supports with a minimum of four tight turns. Suspend bracing from building's structural members as required for hangers, without attaching to permanent metal forms, steel deck, or steel deck tabs. Fasten bracing wires into concrete with cast-inplace or postinstalled anchors. D. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical panels. 1. Apply acoustical sealant in a continuous ribbon concealed on back of vertical legs of moldings before they are installed. 2. Screw attach moldings to substrate at intervals not more than 16 inches (400 mm)o.c. and not more than 3 inches (75 mm)from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet (3.2 mm in 3.6 m). Miter corners accurately and connect securely. 3. Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim. E. Install suspension system runners to be square and securely interlocked with one another. Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members. F. Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fit accurately into suspension system runners and edge moldings. Scribe and cut panels at borders and penetrations to provide a neat, precise fit. 1. Arrange directionally patterned acoustical panels as indicated on reflected ceiling plans. 2. For reveal edged panels on suspension system runners, install panels with bottom of reveal in firm contact with top surface of runner flanges. 3. Paint cut edges of panel remaining exposed after installation; match color of exposed panel surfaces using coating recommended in writing for this purpose by acoustical panel manufacturer. 4. Install hold down clips in areas indicated, in areas required by authorities having jurisdiction; space as recommended by panel manufacturer's written instructions, unless otherwise indicated. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 20 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical panel ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension system members. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and touchup of minor finish damage. Remove and replace ceiling components that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage. END OF SECTION 09 65 00-RESILIENT FLOOR AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Requirements including but not limited to: 1. Vinyl composition floor tile. 2. Rubber base. 3. Accessories necessary for a complete installation. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Technical data for each type of product including manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Shop Drawings: For each type of floor tile. Include floor tile layouts, edges, columns, doorways, enclosing partitions, built in furniture, cabinets, and cutouts. 1. Show details of special patterns. C. Samples: Full size units of each color and pattern of floor tile required. 1. Vinyl Composition Tile (VCT)flooring 12 inch by 12 inch (300 mm by 300 mm)tile in each color selected and 12 inch long piece of base material in each color selected for approval. D. Product Schedule: Submit for floor tile using same designations indicated on Drawings. E. Maintenance Data: Submit for inclusion in maintenance manuals. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Fire Test Response Characteristics: For resilient tile flooring, as determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 648 or NFPA 253 by a qualified testing agency. a. Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Class I, not less than 0.45 W/sq. cm. b. Smoke Density: Maximum specific optical density of 450 per ASTM E 662 or NFPA 258. c. Flame Spread: Maximum 75 per ASTM E 84. d. Smoke Developed: Maximum 450 per ASTM E 84. 1. Accessibility Requirements: Comply with applicable requirements. a. U.S.Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG). b. ICC/ANSI A117.1 Accessible and Useable Building and Facilities. c. Texas Accessibility Standards (TAS)2012. B. Installer Qualifications: Entity having minimum 5 years documented experience who employs workers competent in techniques required by manufacturer for floor tile installation and seaming method indicated. C. Source Limitations: 1. Tile: Obtain floor products of same type and color or finish from one source or producer. Obtain tile from same production run and of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties for each contiguous area. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 21 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 2. Setting Materials: Obtain ingredients of a uniform quality for each mortar, adhesive, and grout component from a single manufacturer and each aggregate from one source or producer. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Store floor tile and installation materials in dry spaces protected from the weather,with ambient temperatures maintained within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 50 degrees F (10 degrees C)or more than 85 degrees F (29 degrees C). Store floor tiles on flat surfaces. 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 70 degrees F (21 degrees C) or more than 85 degrees F (29 degrees C), in spaces to receive floor tile during the following time periods: 1. 48 hours before installation. 2. During installation. 3. 48 hours after installation. B. After installation and until Substantial Completion, maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 55 degrees F (13 degrees C) or more than 95 degrees F (35 degrees C). C. Close spaces to traffic during floor tile installation. D. Close spaces to traffic for 48 hours after floor tile installation. E. Where demountable partitions, cabinets, and similar items are indicated for installation on top of resilient tile flooring, install tile before these items are installed. F. Do not install flooring over concrete slabs until slabs have cured and are sufficiently dry to bond with adhesive, as determined by flooring manufacturer's recommended bond and moisture test. G. Install flooring after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Floor Tile: Furnish one box for every 50 boxes or fraction thereof, of each type, color, and pattern of floor tile installed. 2. Sheet Flooring: Minimum 10 linear feet for each 500 linear feet(150 linear m)or fraction thereof, in roll form for each different type, color, and pattern installed. 3. Base: Minimum 10 linear feet for each 500 linear feet (150 linear m)or fraction thereof for each different type and color installed. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Basis of Design Product: Repel by Flexco Floors. Manufacturers and tile series, pattern, and color selections are indicated in the Finish Schedule and are a basis of design. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated in Finish Schedule or comparable product by one of the following: 1. Vinyl Composition Tile: a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. b. Flexco. c. Mannington Commercial. d. Roppe Corp. e. Tarkett, Inc. 2. Rubber Base: Provide one of the following: a. Burke Flooring. b. Flexco. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 22 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department c. Nora Rubber Products. d. Roppe Corp. e. Mannington Commercial. B. Vinyl Composition Tile (VCT): ASTM F 1066, Class 2, through pattern tile 1. Size: 12 inches by 12 inches by 1/8 inch thick. 2. Thickness: 0.125 inch (3.2 mm). 3. Patterns and Colors: Refer to Finish Schedule.Allow for angles and cutting of tiles. C. Rubber Base: ASTM F1861. 1. Material: Rubber, vulcanized, Type TS, Group I, Styles A and B. 2. Manufacturing Method: Group I (solid, homogeneous). 3. Style: Topset cove; minimum 100 foot coil, cut to length required. 4. Minimum Thickness: 0.125 inch (3.2 mm). 5. Color: Refer to Finish Schedule 6. Height: 4 inches, unless indicated otherwise. 7. Outside Corners: Job formed. 8. Inside Corners: Job formed. D. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex modified, portland cement based formulation provided or approved by floor tile manufacturer for applications indicated. E. Adhesives: Water resistant type recommended by floor tile and adhesive manufacturers to suit floor tile and substrate conditions indicated. F. Floor Polish: Provide protective, liquid floor polish products recommended by floor tile manufacturer. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the work. 1. Verify that finishes of substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements specified for other work and that substrates are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion of floor tile. B. Proceed with installation after correcting unsatisfactory conditions. Installation of resilient flooring and accessories indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates according to floor tile manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of resilient products. B. Concrete Substrates: Prepare according to ASTM F 710. 1. Verify substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners. 2. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by floor tile manufacturer. Do not use solvents. 3. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Perform tests recommended by floor tile manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after substrate alkalinity falls within range on pH scale recommended by manufacturer in writing, but not less than 5 or more than 9 pH. 4. Moisture Testing: Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing according to floor tile manufacturer's written recommendations, but not less stringent than the following: a. Perform anhydrous calcium chloride test according to ASTM F 1869. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture-vapor-emission rate of 3 lb of water/1000 sq. ft. (1.36 kg of water/92.9 sq. m) in 24 hours. b. Perform relative humidity test using in situ probes according to ASTM F 2170. Proceed with installation only after substrates have a maximum 75 percent relative humidity level. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 23 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 5. Bond Test: Bond 3' x 3' panels spaced 50 feet apart throughout subfloor area.After moisture test proves floor acceptably dry, install panels using adhesive. If panels are securely bonded after 72 hours, subfloor is sufficiently clean of foreign materials for satisfactory installation of resilient flooring. C. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound; remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate. D. Do not install floor tiles until they are the same temperature as the space where they are to be installed. 1. At least 48 hours in advance of installation, move resilient floor tile and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed. E. Immediately before installation, sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient floor tile. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing flooring. Scribe and cut flooring to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, and built in furniture including cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, thresholds, and nosings. Extend flooring into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings. B. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by repeating on flooring as marked on substrates. Use chalk or other nonpermanent marking device. C. Lay out floor tiles from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width.Adjust as necessary to avoid using cut widths that equal less than one/half tile at perimeter. 1. Lay tiles square with room axis. D. Match floor tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from cartons in the same sequence as manufactured and packaged, if so numbered. Discard broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed tiles. 1. Lay tiles with grain running in one direction. E. Scribe, cut, and fit floor tiles to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces and permanent fixtures including built-in furniture, cabinets, pipes, outlets, and door frames. F. Extend floor tiles into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings. Extend floor tiles to center of door openings. G. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by repeating on floor tiles as marked on substrates. Use chalk or other nonpermanent marking device. H. Install floor tiles on covers for telephone and electrical ducts, building expansion-joint covers, and similar items in finished floor areas. Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern between pieces of tile installed on covers and adjoining tiles. Tightly adhere tile edges to substrates that abut covers and to cover perimeters. I. Adhere floor tiles to flooring substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate to produce a completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections. J. Floor Tile: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing floor tile. 1. Lay out floor tiles from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid using cut widths that equal less than one/half tile at perimeter. a. Lay tiles square with room axis unless pattern indicated for an area. 1. Match floor tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from cartons in the same sequence as manufactured and packaged, if so numbered. Discard broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed tiles. Lay tiles with grain running in one direction. K. Resilient Base: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient base.Apply resilient base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required. 1. Install resilient base in lengths as long as practical without gaps at seams and with tops of adjacent pieces aligned. 2. Tightly adhere resilient base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 24 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 3. Do not stretch resilient base during installation. 4. On masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material. 5. Preformed Corners: Install preformed corners before installing straight pieces. 6. Job Formed Corners: a. Outside Corners: Use straight pieces of maximum lengths possible and form with returns not less than 3 inches (76 mm) in length. b. Form without producing discoloration (whitening) at bends. c. Inside Corners: Use straight pieces of maximum lengths possible and form with returns not less than 3 inches(76 mm) in length. 1) Miter or cope corners to minimize open joints. L. Resilient Accessories: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient accessories. 1. Resilient Molding Accessories: Butt to adjacent materials and tightly adhere to substrates throughout length of each piece. Install reducer strips at edges of floor covering that would otherwise be exposed. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protecting floor tile. B. Perform the following operations immediately after completing floor tile installation: 1. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaces. 2. Sweep and vacuum surfaces thoroughly. 3. Damp mop surfaces to remove marks and soil. C. Protect floor tile from mars, marks, indentations, and damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. D. Floor Polish/Wax: Remove soil, adhesive, and blemishes from floor tile surfaces before applying liquid floor polish.Apply three coat(s). E. Sealant:Apply sealant to resilient terrazzo floor tile perimeter and around columns, at door frames, and at other joints and penetrations. F. Sealers and Finish Coats: Remove soil, visible adhesive, and surface blemishes from resilient terrazzo floor tile surfaces before applying liquid cleaners, sealers, and finish products. 1. Sealer: Apply two base coats of liquid sealer. 2. Finish:Apply two coats of liquid floor finish. G. Cover floor tile until Substantial Completion. H. Clean floor surfaces not more than 4 days before dates scheduled for inspections intended to establish date of Substantial Completion in each area of Project. Clean products according to manufacturers written recommendations. 1. Before cleaning, strip protective floor polish. 2. Reapply polish to floor surfaces to restore protective floor finish according to flooring manufacturer's written recommendations. END OF SECTION 09 90 00 -FIELD PAINT AND COATINGS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Requirements including but not limited to: 1. Surface preparation and field painting of exposed interior items and surfaces. 2. Special effect paint. 3. Accessories necessary for a complete installation. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 25 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D 16 apply. 1. Flat refers to a lusterless or matte finish with a gloss range below 15 when measured at an 85 degree meter. 2. Eggshell refers to low sheen finish with a gloss range between 20 and 35 when measured at a 60 degree meter. 3. Semigloss refers to medium sheen finish with a gloss range between 35 and 70 when measured at a 60 degree meter. 4. Full gloss refers to high sheen finish with a gloss range more than 70 when measured at a 60 degree meter. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Technical data for each paint system indicated, including block fillers and primers. 1. Manufacturer's Information: Technical data and information for block fillers, primers, paints, and coatings, including label analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each coating material proposed for use. 2. Indicate manufacturer's instructions for special surface preparation procedures, substrate conditions requiring special attention. 3. Material List: Provide inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each material and cross reference specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material by manufacturer's catalog number, series, and general classification. B. Samples: Submit for each color and material is applied with texture to simulate actual conditions on representative samples of actual substrate. 1. Provide stepped samples, defining each separate coat, including block fillers and primers. Use representative colors when preparing samples for review. Resubmit until required sheen, color, and texture are achieved. 2. Provide list of material and application for each coat of each sample. Label each sample as to location and application. C. Product List: Submit list of including each paint system, color, and location of application. Use same product and location designations indicated in Finish Schedule. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with Federal and local toxicity and air quality regulations and with Federal requirements on content of for heavy metals including but not limited to: lead and mercury. Do not use solvents in paint products that contribute to air pollution. 1. Air Quality Standards: Comply with jurisdictional regulations for air quality. 2. Performance and Durability: a. ASTM D 2486 Standard Test Method for Scrub Resistance of Interior Wall Paint. b. ASTM D 2805 Standard Test Method for Hiding Power of Paints by Reflectometry. c. ASTM D 4828 Standard Test Method for Practical Washability of Organic Coatings. B. Applicator Qualifications:A firm or individual having minimum 5 years documented experience in the application of paints and coatings similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated, whose work has resulted in applications with a record of successful in service performance. C. Source Limitations: Obtain block fillers and primers for each coating system from the same manufacturer as the finish coats. D. Coordination of Work: Coordinate with work in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of total systems for various substrates. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Conditions: 1. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 26 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 2. Do not apply exterior coatings during rain or snow, or when relative humidity is outside the humidity ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. 3. Minimum Application Temperatures for Water based Paints: Between 50 degrees F (10 degrees C)and 90 degrees F (32 degrees C). 4. Minimum Application Temperature for Varnish Finishes: 65 degrees F (18 degrees C)for interior or exterior, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. 5. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 degrees F (3 degrees C)above dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. 6. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by the manufacturer during application and drying periods. B. Furnish extra materials described below that are from same production run (batch mix) as materials applied and that are packaged for storage and identified with labels describing contents. C. Provide lighting level of 80 foot candles (8601x) measured midheight at substrate surface. D. Labels: Do not paint over Underwriters Laboratories, Factory Mutual, other code required labels, or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. E. Apply waterbome paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air are between 50 degrees F and 90 degrees F (10 degrees and 32 degrees C). F. Apply solvent thinned paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air are between 45 degrees F. and 95 degrees F (7 degrees F and 35 degrees C). G. Do not apply paint in rain, fog, or mist; or when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 degrees F (3 degrees C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by manufacturer during application and drying periods. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that are from same production run (batch mix) as materials applied and that are packaged for storage and identified with labels describing contents. B. Quantity: Furnish an additional gallon (3.8 L) of each material and color applied. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide 100% acrylic,first quality, commercial products of one of the specified manufacturers. Second line and residential products are not permitted. 1. Proprietary Names: Paint Schedule is based on a single manufacturer. Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of comparable products of specified manufacturers. Furnish material data, including per cent solids by weight and volume; VOC content data; and certificates of performance for comparable paint products of specified manufacturer. a. Paints: 1) Sherwin-Williams Co. B. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, and finish coat materials compatible with one another and with substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. C. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best quality commercial paint material of the various coating types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for application indicated. Paint material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. Residential quality paint products are not permitted. D. Chemical Components of Interior Paints and Coatings: Provide products complying with limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 27 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 1. Aromatic Compounds: Paints and coatings shall not contain more than 1.0 percent by weight of total aromatic compounds (hydrocarbon compounds containing one or more benzene rings). 2. Restricted Components: Paints and coatings shall not contain components restricted by the EPA.Accessories: Materials not specifically indicated but required to achieve the finishes specified,of commercial quality. E. Patching Materials: Latex filler compatible with paint systems. F. Fastener Head Cover Materials: Latex filler. G. Colors:As selected by Architect. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of work. B. Test substrates after repairing and cleaning substrates but prior to application of paint and coatings. 1. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter: a. Concrete: 12 percent. b. Wood: 15 percent. c. Gypsum Board: 12 percent. 1. Test cementitious and plaster cement/stucco for alkalinity (pH). C. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers. D. Commence coating application after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces are dry. Commencement of coating application constitutes acceptance of substrates and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Coordination of Work: Review work in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. Notify Architect of anticipated problems when using materials specified over substrates primed by others. B. Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates. lighting fixtures, and similar items that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 2. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using workers skilled in the trades involved. 3. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface applied protection if any. 4. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 5. Clean and prepare surfaces to receive paint according to manufacturer's written instructions for each substrate condition and as specified. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers, existing paint or coating, or remove and reprime. 6. Correct defects and clean surfaces affecting bond with paint or coating system. Remove existing coatings exhibiting loose surface defects. Seal marks which may bleed through surface finishes. C. Cleaning: Before applying paint or surface treatments, clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease before cleaning. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 28 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 1. Concrete Substrates: Remove release agents, curing compounds, efflorescence, and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be painted exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Steel Substrates: Remove rust and loose mill scale. Clean using methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer. 3. Galvanized Metal Substrates: Remove grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods to produce clean, lightly etched surfaces that promote adhesion of subsequently applied paints. 4. Aluminum Substrates: Remove surface oxidation. D. Mildew and Mold Removal: Remove mildew and mold by high power washing (pressure range of 1500 to 4000 psi)with solution of trisodium phosphate and bleach. If substrate is too soft for high power washing, scrub substrate with solution. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. E. Protective Coverings: Provide protections for duration of finishing work, including covering furnishings and decorative items. Protect and mask adjacent finishes and components against damage, marking, overpainting, and injury. Clean and repair or replace damage caused by painting. F. Tinting:Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat where multiple coats of the same material are applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the finish coat, but provide sufficient differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. G. Gypsum Board Substrates: Do not begin paint application until finishing compound is dry and sanded smooth. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated. 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated. 2. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. 3. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 4. Paint front and backsides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar hinged items to match exposed surfaces. B. Paint exposed surfaces. If an item or a surface is not specifically mentioned, paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces. Painting includes field painting of exposed bare and covered pipes and ducts (including color coding), hangers, exposed steel and iron supports, and surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment that do not have a factory applied final finish. C. Do not paint prefinished items, concealed surfaces,finished metal surfaces, operating parts, and labels. D. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. 1. Cementitious Materials: Prepare concrete and cement panel surfaces to be painted. Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use mechanical methods of surface preparation. a. Use abrasive blast cleaning methods if recommended by paint manufacturer. b. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by performing appropriate tests. If surfaces are sufficiently alkaline to cause the finish paint to blister and burn, correct this condition before application. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. c. Clean concrete floors to be painted with a 5 percent solution of muriatic acid or other etching cleaner. Flush the floor with clean water to remove acid, neutralize with ammonia, rinse, allow to dry, and vacuum before painting. 2. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous metal surfaces that have not been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with SSPC recommendations. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 29 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department a. Blast steel surfaces clean as recommended by paint system manufacturer and according to SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3. b. Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal treatment wash coat before priming. c. Touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire-brush, clean with solvents recommended by paint manufacturer, and touch up with same primer as the shop coat. 3. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum based solvents so surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods. 4. Wood Substrates: a. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots, and apply a thin coat of white shellac or recommended knot sealer before applying primer.After priming,fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. b. Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately on delivery. Prime edges, ends,faces, undersides, and back sides of wood, including cabinets, counters, cases, and paneling. c. If transparent finish is required, backprime with spar varnish. d. Backprime paneling on interior partitions where masonry, plaster, or other wet wall construction occurs on back side. e. Seal tops, bottoms, and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of varnish or sealer immediately on delivery. E. Material Preparation: Mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturers written instructions. 1. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface film and strain material before using. 3. Do not use thinners for water based paints unless approved by paint manufacturer and within recommended limits. F. Application: Apply paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. 1. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the paint schedules. 2. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. 3. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. 4. The term exposed surfaces includes areas visible when permanent or built in fixtures, grilles, convector covers, covers for finned tube radiation, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain system integrity and provide desired protection. 5. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 6. Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, nonspecular black paint where visible through registers or grilles. 7. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. 8. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. G. Painting:Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. 1. The number of coats and film thickness required are the same regardless of application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until previous coat has cured as recommended by manufacturer. If sanding is required to produce a smooth, even surface according to manufacturer's written instructions, sand between applications. 2. Omit primer over metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 30 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 3. If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ensure that edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 4. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat surfaces until paint has dried to where it feels firm, and does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and until application of another coat of paint does not cause undercoat to lift or lose adhesion. H. Exposed Surfaces: Includes areas visible when permanent or built in fixtures, grilles, convector covers,covers for finned tube radiation, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in areas, as required, to maintain system integrity and provide desired protection. 1. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 2. Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, nonspecular black paint where visible through registers or grilles. 3. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. 4. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges the same as exterior faces. 5. Finish interior of wall and base cabinets and similar field finished casework to match exterior. 6. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. I. Application: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for type of material applied. Use brush of appropriate size for surface or item being painted. 2. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high-pile sheep's wool recommended by manufacturer for material and texture required. 3. Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size recommended by manufacturer for material and texture required. J. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate to achieve dry film thickness indicated. Provide total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by manufacturer. K. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting of mechanical and electrical work is limited to items exposed in equipment rooms and occupied spaces. L. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting of mechanical and electrical work is limited to items exposed in equipment rooms and occupied spaces. 1. Remove unfinished louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels on mechanical and electrical components and paint separately. 2. Prime and paint uninsulated and exposed pipes, conduit, boxes, insulated and exposed ducts, hangers, brackets, collars and supports, heat exchangers, tanks, ductwork, conduit, switchgear, and paintable insulation except where items are prefinished. 3. Paint interior surfaces of air ducts, and convector and baseboard heating cabinets visible through grilles and louvers with one coat of flat black paint, to visible surfaces. Paint dampers exposed behind louvers, grilles, and convector and baseboard cabinets to match face panels. 4. Paint both sides and edges of plywood backboards for electrical and telephone equipment before installing equipment. 5. Color code equipment, piping, conduit, and exposed duct work in accordance with requirements indicated. Color band and identify with flow arrows, names,and numbering. 6. Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings removed prior to finishing. M. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat, recommended by manufacturer, to material required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears,to ensure a finish coat with no burn through or defects due to insufficient sealing. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 31 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department N. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth, opaque surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or surface imperfections is not acceptable. O. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not complying with requirements. P. Touch Up: Touch up marred, scraped, and blemished areas of surfaces which were factory primed or previously coated. 1. Prepare and touch up scratches, abrasions, and blemishes and remove foreign matter before proceeding with succeeding coats. 2. Touch up marred, scraped, and blemished areas of factory primed or previously coated surfaces. 3. Feather touch up coating overlapping minimum 2 inches onto adjacent unblemished areas producing smooth, uniform surface. 4. As soon after erection and installation as possible, touch up fasteners, welded surfaces and surroundings, field connections, and areas on which shop coat has been abraded or damaged with specified primer before corrosion and other damage occurs from exposure. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. Cleanup:At the end of each day, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and discarded paint materials from site.After completion of painting work, clean glass and paint spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping without scratching or damaging adjacent finished surfaces. B. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by Architect. C. Provide Wet Paint signs to protect newly painted finishes. After completing painting operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect work.After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P1. D. Waste Management: Legally dispose of unused paint and paint containers in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and environmental regulations. 3.5 PAINT SCHEDULE A. Exterior Paint Schedule: Ferrous Metal, 3 coat system, gloss finish Primer: DFT Minimum 3.0 mils VOC: 100 g/I % Solids, Volume: 39% % Solids, Weight: 53% First Coat: DFT Minimum 4.0 mils VOC: 0 g/l. % Solids,Volume: 35% % Solids, Weight:44% Second Coat: DFT Minimum 4.0 mils VOC: 0 g/I. % Solids, Volume: 35% % Solids, Weight: 44% Primer: Pro Industrial ProCryl Universal Primer B66-310 First Coat: Pro Industrial Zero VOC Enamel, 666-600 Series Second Coat: Pro Industrial Zero VOC Enamel, B66-600 Series Basis of Design Product: Sherwin Williams. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 32 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department Galvanized Metal Trim, 3 coat system, Semigloss finish: Primer: DFT Minimum 3.0 mils VOC. 100 g/l • Solids, Volume: 39% % Solids, Weight: 53% First Coat: DFT Minimum 4.0 mils VOC: 0 g/I. % Solids. Volume: 35% % Solids, Weight: 44% Second Coat: DFT Minimum 4.0 mils VOC: 0 g/l. % Solids, Volume: 35% % Solids, Weight: 44% Primer: Pro Industrial ProCryl Universal Primer B66-310 First Coat: Pro Industrial Zero VOC Enamel, B66-650 Series Second Coat: Pro Industrial Zero VOC Enamel, B66-650 Series Basis of Design Product: Sherwin Williams Paints. Nonferrous and Galvanized Metal, 3 coat system, gloss: Primer: DFT Minimum 3.0 mils VOC: 100 g/l % Solids, Volume: 39% • Solids, Weight: 53% First Coat: DFT Minimum 4.0 mils VOC: 0 g/I. % Solids, Volume: 35% % Solids, Weight: 44% Second Coat: DFT Minimum 4.0 mils VOC: 0 g/I. % Solids, Volume: 35% % Solids, Weight: 44% Primer: Pro Industrial ProCryl Universal Primer B66-310 First Coat: Pro Industrial Zero VOC Enamel, B66-600 Series Second Coat: Pro Industrial Zero VOC Enamel, B66-600 Series Basis of Design Product: Sherwin Williams Paints. B. Interior Paint Schedule: Ferrous Metal, 3 coat system, Semigloss: Primer: DFT Minimum 2 mils VOC: 100 g/I • Solids, Volume: 39% % Solids, Weight: 53% First Coat: DFT Minimum 1.7 mils. VOC: 78 g/l. % Solids, Volume: 37% % Solids, Weight: 50% Second Coat: DFT Minimum 1.7 mils. VOC: 78 g/l. % Solids, Volume: 37% % Solids, Weight: 50% Primer: Pro Industrial ProCryl Universal Primer B66-310 First Coat: ProMar 200 Interior Waterbased Acrylic-Alkyd Semigloss, B34W8200 Series Second Coat: ProMar 200 Interior Waterbased Acrylic-Alkyd Semigloss, B34W8200 Series Basis of Design Product: Sherwin Williams Paints. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 33 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No. AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department Ferrous Metal,2 coat Dryfall, Eggshell finish Primer. DFT Minimum 2 mils VOC: 100 g/I % Solids,Volume: 39% % Solids, Weight: 53% First Coat: DFT Minimum 4.5 mils. VOC: <100 g/l. % Solids, Volume: 41% % Solids, Weight: 58% Primer: Pro Industrial ProCryl Universal Primer B66-310 First Coat: Waterbome Acrylic Dryfall, B42 series Basis of Design Product: Sherwin Williams Paints. Gypsum Board, 3 Coat System, Eggshell Finish: Primer. DFT Minimum 1.5 mils VOC: 91 g/I % Solids, Volume: 28% % Solids, Weight:44% First Coat: DFT Minimum 1.4 mils. VOC:77 g/l. % Solids,Volume: 36% % Solids, Weight:49% Second Coat: DFT Minimum 1.4 mils. VOC: 77 g/I. % Solids,Volume: 36% % Solids, Weight: 49% Primer: Pro Industrial ProCryl Universal Primer B66-310 First Coat: ProMar 200 Interior Waterbased Acrylic-Alkyd Eggshell, B33W8200 Series Second Coat: ProMar 200 Interior Waterbased Acrylic-Alkyd Eggshell, B33W8200 Series Basis of Design Product: Sherwin Williams Paints. Gypsum Board, 3 Coat System, Flat Finish: Primer: DFT Minimum 1.5 mils VOC: 43 g/l % Solids,Volume: 39% First Coat: DFT Minimum 1.4 mils. VOC: 44 g/I. % Solids,Volume: 62% Second Coat: DFT Minimum 1.4 mils. VOC: 44 g/I. % Solids,Volume: 62% Primer: ProGreen 200 Interior VOC Interior Latex Primer B28W8200 First Coat: ProGreen 200 Low VOC Interior Latex Flat, B30W600 Series First Coat: ProGreen 200 Low VOC Interior Latex Flat, B30W600 Series Basis of Design Product: Sherwin Williams Paints. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 34 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department Wood,2 Coat System, Semigloss Finish: Primer: DFT Minimum 1.5 mils VOC:41 g/I Solids,Volume: 46% % Solids, Weight: 65% First Coat: DFT Minimum 1.7 mils. VOC: 78 g/I. % Solids, Volume: 37% % Solids, Weight: 50% Second Coat: DFT Minimum 1.7 mils. VOC: 78 g/I. % Solids, Volume: 37% % Solids, Weight: 50% Primer: Premium Wall and Wood Interior Latex Primer B28W8111 First Coat: ProMar 200 Interior Waterbased Acrylic-Alkyd Semigloss, B34W8200 Series Second Coat: ProMar 200 Interior Waterbased Acrylic-Alkyd Semigloss, B34W8200 Series Basis of Design Product: Sherwin Williams Paints. Wood,2 Coat System, Eggshell Finish: Primer: DFT Minimum 1.5 mils VOC: 43 g/1 % Solids, Volume: 39% % Solids, Weight: 59% First Coat: DFT Minimum 1.4 mils. VOC: 77 g/I. % Solids,Volume: 36% % Solids, Weight: 49% Second Coat: DFT Minimum 1.4 mils. VOC: 77 g/I. % Solids, Volume: 36% % Solids, Weight: 49% Primer: Premium Wall and Wood Interior Latex Primer B28W8111 First Coat: ProMar 200 Interior Waterbased Acrylic-Alkyd Eggshell, B33W8200 Series Second Coat: ProMar 200 Interior Waterbased Acrylic-Alkyd Eggshell, B33W8200 Series Basis of Design Product: Sherwin Williams Paints. Wood, 1 Coat System,Transparent Sealer: Sealer: DFT Minimum 1.2 mils VOC: 522 g/I % Solids, Volume: 31% % Solids, Weight: 38.5% Sealer: Wood Classics Varnish Sanding Sealer, B26V43. Basis of Design Product: Sherwin Williams Paints. C. Specialty Paint, Gypsum Board: Basis of Design Product: Scruffmaster, comply with manufacturer's recommended system consisting or primer, base coat, and finish coat. END OF SECTION 09 97 23 -RESINOUS FLOORING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 35 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sparta-Quartz PURE SLTM' VOC-Free Monolithic Quartz Flooring System B. Related Sections: 1. Section 079200"Joint Sealants"for sealants installed at joints in resinous flooring systems. 2. Section 096623"Resinous Matrix Terrazzo Flooring"for thin-set, resinous matrix terrazzo. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include manufacturer's technical data, application instructions, and recommendations for each resinous flooring component required. B. System Application Guide: Manufacturer's detailed installation instructions for system being installed C. LEED Submittals: 1. Product Data for Credit IEQ 4.2: For liquid-applied flooring components, documentation including printed statement of VOC content. 2. Laboratory Test Reports for Credit IEQ 4: For flooring systems,documentation indicating that products comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services'"Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." D. Manufacturer's system application guide E. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of exposed finish required. F. Samples for Verification: For each resinous flooring system required, 6 inches (150 mm) square, applied to a rigid backing by Installer for this Project. G. Product Schedule: For resinous flooring. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Installer Certificates: Signed by manufacturer certifying that installers comply with specified requirements. B. Material Certificates: For each resinous flooring component, from manufacturer. C. Material Test Reports: For each resinous flooring system. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For resinous flooring to include in maintenance manuals. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for installation of flooring systems required for this Project. 1. Engage an installer who is certified in writing by resinous flooring manufacturer as qualified to apply resinous flooring systems indicated. B. Source Limitations: Obtain primary resinous flooring materials, including primers, resins, hardening agents, grouting coats, and topcoats, from single source from single manufacturer. Provide secondary materials, including patching and fill material,joint sealant, and repair materials, of type and from source recommended by manufacturer of primary materials. C. Mockups: Apply mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Apply full-thickness mockups on 48-inch-(1200-mm-) square floor area selected by Architect. a. Include 48-inch (1200-mm) length of integral cove base with inside and outside corner. 2. Simulate finished lighting conditions for Architect's review of mockups. 3. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 36 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department D. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at: 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original packages and containers,with seals unbroken, bearing manufacturer's labels indicating brand name and directions for storage and mixing with other components. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with resinous flooring manufacturer's written instructions for substrate temperature, ambient temperature, moisture, ventilation, and other conditions affecting resinous flooring application. B. Lighting: Provide permanent lighting or, if permanent lighting is not in place, simulate permanent lighting conditions during resinous flooring application. C. Close spaces to traffic during resinous flooring application and for not less than 24 hours after application unless manufacturer recommends a longer period. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide HP Spartacote product named or comparable product: 1. Resinous flooring product to be manufactured under US Patents: 6,833,424& 7,169,876 2. Not all manufacturers produce all categories and types of resinous flooring systems; verify availability and revise list below to suit Project. 2.2 HIGH-PERFORMANCE RESINOUS FLOORING A. Resinous Flooring: Abrasion-, impact-and chemical-resistant, high-performance, resin- based, monolithic floor surfacing designed to produce a seamless floor[and integral cove base]. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: HP Spartacote, Sparta-Quartz PURE SLTM' VOC-Free Monolithic Quartz Flooring System B. System Characteristics: 1. Color and Pattern: [As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range][As indicated by product designation listed above] [Match Architect's sample] <Insert description>. 2. Wearing Surface: [Textured for slip resistance] [Orange-peel texture] [Smooth] [Manufacturer's standard wearing surface] <Insert description>. 3. Overall System Thickness: 1/8" 4. Federal Agency Approvals: [USDA] [FDA] approved for food-processing environments. C. Primer Coats: 1. Resin: HP Surface Build SLTM' Self-Leveling Epoxy 2. Formulation Description: 100 percent solids, reduce 10% 3. Application Method: Squeegee applied.. a. Thickness of Coats: 4 Mils.. b. Number of Coats: one D. Body Coats: 1. Resin: Self-Leveling Epoxy 2. Formulation Description: 100 percent solids. 3. Application Method: Squeegee applied.. a. Number of Coats: Two. b. Incorporate fine silica sand as needed to achieve desired thickness E. Broadcast Coat: 1. Name: SpartaFlex@ PURE Pigmented 2. Resin: Polyaspartic Aliphatic Polyurea 3. Formulation Description: Ultra High Solids 4. Application Method: Roller, Squeegee or Broom. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 37 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department a. Thickness of Coats: 8 Mils. DFT b. Number of Coats: One. F. Quartz Broadcast: 1. Name: Standard HP Spartacote Blended Quartz Blends or as requested by Architect 2. Application Method: Manual Broadcast G. Grout Coat 1. Name: SpartaFlex®Clear 2. Resin: Polyaspartic Aliphatic Polyurea 3. Formulation Description: Ultra High Solids 4. Application Method: Roller, Squeegee a. Thickness of Coats: 10 Mils. DFT b. Number of Coats: One. H. Quartz Broadcast(2): 1. Name: Standard HP Spartacote Blended Quartz Blends or as requested by Architect 2. Application Method: Manual Broadcast Top-Coats: 1. Name: Sparta-Flex®PURE Clear 2. Resin: Polyaspartic Aliphatic Polyurea 3. Formulation Description: Ultra High Solids 4. Application Method: Roller, Squeegee a. Thickness of Coats: 10 mils for initial top-coat, 6 mils for second top-coat b. Number of Coats: Two J. System Physical Properties: Provide resinous flooring system with the following minimum physical property requirements when tested according to test methods indicated: 1. Adhesion: 400+ concrete fracture per ASTM D 4541. 2. Tensile Strength: 4,500-5,000 per ASTM D 638. 3. Impact Direct/Reverse: 160/160 per ASTM D 2794 Inch Pounds. 4. Abrasion Resistance: 22-28 maximum weight loss per ASTM D 4060. 5. Flammability: Self-extinguishing per ASTM D 635. 6. Hardness: 74, Shore D per ASTM D 2240. 7. COF Dry: 1.16, COF Wet: .89 K. System Chemical Resistance: As per manufacturer's chemical resistance chart 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Waterproofing Membrane: HP Spartacote Hydro-Shield SLTM for concrete slabs exhibiting elevated moisture vapor emission rates (> 3 lbs over 1000 sq ft in 24 hours). 1. Formulation Description: 100% Solids Chemically Enhanced Epoxy B. Patching and Fill Material: HP Spartacote Fast Fix or resinous product of or approved by resinous flooring manufacturer and recommended by manufacturer for application indicated. C. Joint Filler Material: HP Spartacote Joint-Flex®flexible polyuria joint filler or similar product. D. Standard HP Spartacote Blended Quartz Blends PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. General: Prepare and clean substrates according to resinous flooring manufacturer's written instructions for substrate indicated. Provide clean, dry substrate for resinous flooring application. B. Concrete Substrates: Provide sound concrete surfaces free of laitance, glaze, efflorescence, curing compounds, form-release agents, dust, dirt, grease, oil, and other contaminants incompatible with resinous flooring. 1. Roughen concrete substrates as follows: a. Mechanically profile surfaces with an apparatus that abrades the concrete surface to a profile as specified by system application guide. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 38 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department b. Comply with ASTM C 811 requirements unless manufacturer's written instructions are more stringent. 2. Repair damaged and deteriorated concrete according to resinous flooring manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Verify that concrete substrates are dry and moisture-vapor emissions are within acceptable levels according to manufacturer's written instructions. a. Perform anhydrous calcium chloride test,ASTM F 1869. Proceed with application of resinous flooring only after substrates have maximum moisture-vapor-emission rate of[3 lb of water/1000 sq.ft. (1.36 kg of water/92.9 sq. m)] <Insert emission rate>of slab area in 24 hours. b. Perform plastic sheet test,ASTM D 4263. Proceed with application only after testing indicates absence of moisture in substrates. c. Perform relative humidity test using in situ probes,ASTM F 2170. Proceed with installation only after substrates have a maximum[75] <Insert number> percent relative humidity level measurement. 4. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Verify that concrete substrates have pH within acceptable range. Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed with application only after substrates pass testing. C. Resinous Materials: Mix components and prepare materials according to resinous flooring manufacturer's written instructions. D. Use patching and fill material to fill holes and depressions in substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions. E. Treat control joints and other nonmoving substrate cracks to prevent cracks from reflecting through resinous flooring according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.2 APPLICATION A. General: Apply components of resinous flooring system according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a uniform, monolithic wearing surface of thickness indicated. 1. Coordinate application of components to provide optimum adhesion of resinous flooring system to substrate, and optimum inter-coat adhesion. 2. Cure resinous flooring components according to manufacturer's written instructions. Prevent contamination during application and curing processes. 3. At substrate expansion and isolation joints, comply with resinous flooring manufacturer's written instructions. B. Apply waterproofing membrane, where indicated, in manufacturer's recommended thickness. 1. Apply waterproofing membrane to integral cove base substrates. C. Integral Cove Base: Where indicated,Apply cove base mix to wall surfaces before applying flooring. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions and details including those for taping, mixing, priming, troweling, sanding, and topcoating of cove base. Round internal and external corners. 1. Integral Cove Base: [4 inches (100 mm)] <Insert dimension> high. D. Apply primer and body coats in thickness indicated for flooring system. E. Apply topcoats in number indicated for flooring system and at spreading rates recommended in writing by manufacturer. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Core Sampling: At the direction of Owner and at locations designated by Owner, take one core sample per 1000 sq. ft. (92.9 sq. m)of resinous flooring, or portion of, to verify thickness. For each sample that fails to comply with requirements, take two additional samples. Repair damage caused by coring and correct deficiencies. B. Material Sampling: Owner may at any time and any number of times during resinous flooring application require material samples for testing for compliance with requirements. Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 39 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect resinous flooring from damage and wear during the remainder of construction period. Use protective methods and materials, including temporary covering, recommended in writing by resinous flooring manufacturer. END OF SECTION Division 9 Finishes 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 40 of 40 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department DIVISION 10-SPECIALITES 10 14 00 -PANEL SIGNAGE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Requirements including but not limited to: 1. Panel signs. 2. Room identification signs. 3. Accessories necessary for a complete installation. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Accessibility Requirements: Comply with applicable requirements. a. U.S.Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG) 2010. b. ICC/ANSI A117.1 Accessible and Useable Building and Facilities. c. Texas Accessibility Standards(TAS)2012. 1.3 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify locations of electrical service embedded in permanent construction by other installers by field measurements before fabrication, and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Aluminum Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209(ASTM B 209M), alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated. B. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M), alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated. C. Acrylic Sheet: ASTM D 4802, category as standard with manufacturer for each sign, Type UVF (UV filtering). D. Fasteners and Anchors: Recommended by manufacturer for secure anchorage of signage, noncorrosive and compatible with each material joined. Provide as necessary for secure anchorage of signage, noncorrosive and compatible with each material joined, and complying with the following: 1. Use concealed fasteners and anchors unless indicated to be exposed. 2. Exposed Metal Fastener Components: a. Fabricated from same basic metal and finish of fastened metal unless otherwise indicated. 3. Sign Mounting Fasteners: a. Concealed Studs: Concealed (blind), threaded studs welded or brazed to back of sign material, screwed into back of sign assembly, or screwed into tapped lugs cast integrally into back of cast sign material, unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 SIGNAGE A. Panel Sign: Sign with smooth, uniform surfaces;with message and characters having uniform faces, sharp corners, and precisely formed lines and profiles: Division 10 Specialties 27 March 2018 Issued for Construction Page 1 of 11 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 1. Laminated Sheet Sign: Photopolymer face sheet with raised graphics laminated to acrylic or phenolic backing sheet to produce composite sheet. a. Composite Sheet Thickness: Standard for size of sign. b. Colors: Selected by Architect. c. Sign Panel Perimeter: Finish edges smooth. 1) Edge Condition: Beveled. 2) Corner Condition in Elevation: Square. d. Frame:Aluminum. e. Mounting: Surface mounted to wall with concealed anchors. f. Text and Typeface: Accessible raised characters and Braille 2. Solid Sheet Sign: Acrylic sheet: a. Thickness: Standard for size of sign. b. Inset, Cutout Characters: Sign face routed to receive push through acrylic graphics slightly projecting from the sign panel. B. Text and Typeface:Accessible raised characters and Braille. 1. Finish raised characters to contrast with background color, and finish Braille to match background color. 2. Raised Characters: Characters and Grade 2 Braille raised 1/32 inch (0.8 mm)above background, uppercase, san serif, minimum 5/8 inch to maximum 2 inch high (no decorative, italic, bold, oblique, script)with contrasting colors on symbols and text only. 3. Braille: Domed or rounded shape; below corresponding text. 4. Pictograms: Field height of minimum 6 inches; no characters or braille in pictogram field; nonglare, field contrast to pictogram, text descriptors below pictogram field 5. Accessibility Symbols: Where used, symbols shall comply with International Accessibility Symbols. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Provide signs of configurations indicated. Conceal fasteners if possible; otherwise, locate fasteners where they will be inconspicuous. B. Room Identification Sign: Sign with smooth, uniform surfaces; with message and characters having uniform faces, sharp corners, and precisely formed lines and profiles. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and conditions affecting performance of signage work. Proceed with installation after correcting unsatisfactory conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Locate signs and accessories where indicated, using mounting methods of types described and complying with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Install signs level, plumb, and at heights indicated, with sign surfaces free of distortion and other defects in appearance. 2. Interior Wall Signs: Install signs on walls adjacent to latch side of door where applicable. Where not indicated or possible, such as double doors, install signs on nearest adjacent walls. Locate to allow approach within 3 inches (75 mm)of sign without encountering protruding objects or standing within swing of door. 3. Comply with ADAAG for mounting height and location of each sign. B. Wall Mounted Signs: Comply with sign manufacturer's written instructions except where more stringent requirements apply. 1. Mechanical Fasteners: Use nonremovable mechanical fasteners placed through predrilled holes. Attach signs with fasteners and anchors suitable for secure attachment to substrate as recommended in writing by sign manufacturer. Division 10 Specialties 27 March 2018 Issued for Construction Page 2 of 11 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No. AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department C. Field Applied, Vinyl Character Signs: Clean and dry substrate. Align sign characters in final position before removing release liner. Remove release liner in stages, and apply and firmly press characters into final position. Press from the middle outward to obtain good bond without blisters or fishmouths. Remove carrier film without disturbing applied vinyl film. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace damaged or deformed signs and signs that do not comply with specified requirements. Replace signs with damaged or deteriorated finishes or components that cannot be successfully repaired by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. B. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as signs are installed. C. On completion of installation, clean exposed surfaces of signs according to manufacturer's written instructions, and touch up minor nicks and abrasions in finish. Maintain signs in a clean condition during construction and protect from damage until acceptance by Owner. END OF SECTION SECTION 10 21 00 -TOILET PARTITIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Requirements including but not limited to: 1. Toilet partitions. 2. Urinal screens. 3. Entrance screens. 4. Accessories necessary for a complete installation. B. Related Work: 1. Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications. General contractor to include ALL miscellaneous framing as required for complete installation. 2. Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry. General contractor to include ALL miscellaneous rough carpentry as required for complete installation. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Technical data for each type of product including construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: Submit plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Show locations of cutouts for compartment-mounted toilet accessories. 2. Show locations of reinforcements for compartment-mounted grab bars. 3. Show locations of centerlines of toilet fixtures. 4. Show ceiling grid and overhead support or bracing locations. C. Samples: Submit for each type of unit with samples of hardware and accessories involving material and color selection. D. Maintenance Data: Submit data to include in maintenance manuals. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Accessibility Requirements: Comply with applicable requirements. a. U.S. Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG). b. ICC/ANSI A117.1 Accessible and Useable Building and Facilities. c. Texas Accessibility Standards (TAS) 2012. 2. Surface Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E 84; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. a. Flame Spread Index: 25 or less. b. Smoke Developed Index: 450 or less. Division 10 Specialties 27 March 2018 Issued for Construction Page 3 of 11 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of toilet fixtures, walls, columns, ceilings, and other construction contiguous with toilet compartments by field measurements before fabrication. 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents and source. 1. Door Hinges: One hinge(s)with associated fasteners. 2. Latch and Keeper: One latch and keeper(s) with associated fasteners. 3. Door Bumper: One bumper(s)with associated fasteners. 4. Door Pull: One door pull(s)with associated fasteners. 5. Fasteners: Ten fasteners of each size and type. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Solid Plastic(HDPE) Core: a. Bradley Corporation. b. Columbia Lockers; Partition Systems International of South Carolina. c. General Partitions Mfg. Corp. d. Global Partitions;ASI Group. e. Knickerbocker Partition Corporation. f. Metpar Corp./Sanymetal B. Aluminum Castings:ASTM B 26/B 26M. C. Aluminum Extrusions:ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M). D. Stainless Steel Sheet:ASTM A 666, Type 304, stretcher leveled standard of flatness. E. Stainless Steel Castings: ASTM A 743/A 743M. 2.2 PARTITION COMPONENTS A. Solid Plastic(HDPE) Partition and Screens: 1. Door, Panel, Screen, and Pilaster Construction: Door, Panel, Screen, and Pilaster Construction: Solid, high density polyethylene (HDPE) panel material, not less than 1 inch (25 mm) thick, seamless, with eased edges, no sightline system, and with homogenous color and pattern throughout thickness of material. a. Integral Hinges: Configure doors and pilasters to receive integral hinges. b. Heat Sink Strip: Continuous, stainless steel strip fastened to exposed bottom edges of solid plastic components to hinder malicious combustion. c. Color and Pattern: Selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range]. d. Pilaster Shoes, Sleeves, and Caps: Stainless steel. 2. Pilaster Shoes and Sleeves (Caps): Formed from stainless steel sheet, not less than 0.031 inch (0.79 mm) nominal thickness and 3 inches (76 mm) high, finished to match hardware. 3. Urinal Screen Post: Post design of material matching the thickness and construction of pilasters; with shoe and sleeve(cap) matching that on the pilaster. 4. Phenolic Panel Finish: a. Facing Sheet Finish: One color and pattern in each room. 5. Color and Pattern: Selected by Architect. 6. Edge Color: Standard. B. Brackets (Fittings): 1. Stirrup Type: Ear or U brackets, stainless steel. 2. Full Height (Continuous)Type: Stainless steel. Division 10 Specialties 27 March 2018 Issued for Construction Page 4 of 11 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 2.3 HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES A. Hardware and Accessories: Heavy duty operating hardware and accessories. 1. Hinges: Minimum 0.062 inch (1.59 mm)thick,full door length, stainless steel continuous, cam type that swings to a closed or partially open position, allowing emergency access by lifting door. Mount with through bolts. 2. Latch and Keeper: Heavy duty surface mounted cast stainless steel latch unit designed to resist damage due to slamming, with combination rubber faced door strike and keeper, and with provision for emergency access. Provide units that comply with regulatory requirements for accessibility at compartments designated as accessible. Mount with through bolts. 3. Coat Hook: Heavy duty combination cast stainless steel hook and rubber tipped bumper, sized to prevent in swinging door from hitting compartment mounted accessories. Mount with through bolts. 4. Door Bumper: Heavy duty rubber tipped cast stainless steel bumper at out swinging doors and entrance screen doors. Mount with through bolts. 5. Door Pull: Heavy duty cast stainless steel pull at out swinging doors that complies with regulatory requirements for accessibility. Provide units on both sides of doors at compartments designated as accessible. Mount with through bolts. B. Overhead Bracing: Continuous, extruded aluminum head rail with antigrip profile and in standard finish. C. Anchorages and Fasteners: Exposed fasteners of stainless steel, finished to match the being secured, with theft resistant type heads. Provide sex type bolts for through bolt applications. For concealed anchors, use stainless steel, hot dip galvanized steel, or rust resistant, protective coated steel compatible with related materials. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Fabricate toilet compartment components to sizes indicated. Coordinate requirements and provide cutouts for through partition toilet accessories where required for attachment of toilet accessories. B. Overhead Braced Units: Provide corrosion resistant supports, leveling mechanism, and anchors at pilasters to suit floor conditions. Provide shoes at pilasters to conceal supports and leveling mechanism. C. Floor Anchored Units: Provide corrosion resistant anchoring assemblies with leveling adjustment nuts at pilasters for structural connection to floor. Provide shoes at pilasters to conceal anchorage. D. Urinal Screen Posts: Provide corrosion resistant anchoring assemblies with leveling adjustment nuts at tops and bottoms of posts. Provide shoes and sleeves (caps) at posts to conceal anchorage. E. Door Size and Swings: Unless otherwise indicated, provide 24 inch (610 mm)wide, in swinging doors for standard toilet compartments and 36 inch (914 mm)wide, out swinging doors with a minimum 32 inch (813 mm)wide, clear opening for compartments designated as accessible. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions for compliance with requirements for fastening, support, alignment, operating clearances, and other conditions affecting performance of the work. Confirm location and adequacy of blocking and supports required for installation. Proceed with installation after correcting unsatisfactory conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions. Install units rigid, straight, level, and plumb. Secure units in position with manufacturer's recommended anchoring devices. Division 10 Specialties 27 March 2018 Issued for Construction Page 5 of 11 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 1. Maximum Clearances: a. Pilasters and Panels: 1/2 inch (13 mm). b. Panels and Walls: 1 inch (25 mm). 2. Stirrup Brackets: Secure panels to walls and to pilasters with no fewer than three brackets attached at midpoint and near top and bottom of panel. a. Locate wall brackets so holes for wall anchors occur in masonry or tile joints. b. Align brackets at pilasters with brackets at walls. 3. Full Height (Continuous) Brackets: Secure panels to walls and to pilasters with full height brackets. a. Locate bracket fasteners so holes for wall anchors occur in masonry or tile joints. b. Align brackets at pilasters with brackets at walls. B. Overhead Braced Units: Secure pilasters to floor and level, plumb, and tighten. Set pilasters with anchors penetrating not less than 1-3/4 inches (44 mm) into structural floor unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written instructions. Secure continuous head rail to each pilaster with no fewer than two fasteners. Hang doors to align tops of doors with tops of panels, and adjust so tops of doors are parallel with overhead brace when doors are in closed position. C. Floor Anchored Units: Set pilasters with anchors penetrating not fess than 2 inches (51 mm) into structural floor unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written instructions. Level, plumb, and tighten pilasters. Hang doors and adjust so tops of doors are level with tops of pilasters when doors are in closed position. D. Urinal Screens: Attach with anchoring devices to suit supporting structure. Set units level and plumb, rigid, and secured to resist lateral impact. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Hardware Adjustment:Adjust and lubricate hardware according to hardware manufacturer's written instructions for proper operation. Set hinges on in swinging doors to hold doors open approximately 30 degrees from closed position when unlatched. Set hinges on out swinging doors to return doors to fully closed position. END OF SECTION SECTION 10 28 00 -TOILET ACCESSORIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Requirements including but not limited to: 1. Toilet room accessories furnished by Owner for contractor installation. 2. Underlavatory guards. 3. Accessories necessary for a complete installation. B. Related Work: 1. Section 088000-Glazing. 2. Section 093000-Tile. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Technical data for each type of product indicated. Include the following: 1. Construction details and dimensions. 2. Anchoring and mounting requirements, including requirements for cutouts in adjacent work and substrate preparation. 3. Material and finish descriptions. 4. Features. B. Product Schedule: Indicating types, quantities, sizes, and installation locations by room of each accessory required. 1. Identify locations using room designations indicated on Drawings. 2. Identify products using designations indicated on Drawings. Division 10 Specialties 27 March 2018 Issued for Construction Page 6 of 11 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Accessibility: Comply with applicable provisions: 2. Accessibility Requirements: Comply with applicable requirements. a. U.S. Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG) 2010. b. ICC/ANSI A117.1 Accessible and Useable Building and Facilities. c. Texas Accessibility Standards(TAS) 2012. B. Source Limitations: Provide products of same manufacturer unless otherwise approved by Architect. C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate accessory locations with work to prevent interference with clearances required for access by people with disabilities, and for proper installation, adjustment, operation, cleaning, and servicing of accessories. Deliver inserts and anchoring devices set into concrete or masonry required to prevent delaying work. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Mirror Warranty: Written warranty in which manufacturer agrees to replace mirrors that develop visible silver spoilage defects and that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304, 0.0312-inch (0.8-mm) minimum nominal thickness, unlessotherwise indicated. B. Brass: ASTM B 19 flat products; ASTM B 16 (ASTM B 16M), rods, shapes, forgings, and flat products with finished edges; or ASTM B 30, castings. C. Steel Sheet:ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Designation CS (cold rolled, commercial steel), 0.0359 inch (0.9 mm) minimum nominal thickness. D. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, with G60 (Z180) hot dip zinc coating. E. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices:ASTM A 153/A 153M, hot dip galvanized after fabrication. F. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit and tamper-and- theft resistant where exposed, and of galvanized steel where concealed. 2.2 COMPONENTS A. Underlavatory Guard: Insulating pipe covering for supply and drain piping assemblies that prevent direct contact with and burns from piping; allow service access without removing coverings. 1. Material and Finish:Antimicrobial, molded plastic, white. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fabricate units with tight seams and joints, and exposed edges rolled. Hang doors and access panels with full length, continuous hinges. Equip units for concealed anchorage and with corrosion resistant backing plates. B. Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying. Provide minimum of 6 keys to Owner's representative. Division 10 Specialties 27 March 2018 Issued for Construction Page 7 of 11 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories according to manufacturers'written instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. B. Grab Bars: Install to withstand a minimum downward load of 250 Ibf(1112 N),when tested according to method in ASTM F 446. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation. Replace damaged or defective items. Remove temporary labels and protective coatings. Clean and polish exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.3 ACCESSORY SCHEDULE TA-1: Soap Dispensers: a. Mounting: Surface. b. Model No.: Furnished by Owner. General Contractor installed. c. Locations: Refer to drawings. TA-2: Mirrors: a. Mounting: Surface. b. Model No.: B-290. c. Size/Locations: 24 inches x 36 inches, unless shown otherwise. One at each lavatory. Refer to drawings. TA-3: Toilet Paper Dispenser: a. Mounting: Surface. b. Model No.: Furnished by Owner. General Contractor installed. c. Locations: One at each water closet. Refer to drawings. TA-4: Electric Hand Dryer: a. Model No.: P3-12S (Pinnacle Dryer Corp. Touchless Hand Dryer-Surface Mount) b. Locations: Refer to drawings. TA-5: Grab Bars: (At Typical Accessible Toilet Stalls) a. Size/Finish: 1-1/2 inch diameter Satin Finish Stainless Steel. b. Clearance: 1-1/2 inch between rail and wall. c. Model No.: B-6806. d. Mounting: Attach with concealed mounting. Mount parallel to floor. e. Location: One 36 inch behind toilet, and one 42 inch long bar at side of toilet, at each accessible stall. Refer to drawings. TA-6: Sanitary Napkin Disposal: a. Mounting: Surface b. Model No.: B-270 c. Locations: One at each Women's Toilet Room. Refer to drawings. TA-7: Mop and Broom Holder: a. Mounting: Surface. b. Model No.: B-239 x 34 c. Capacity: Four hooks, three mop holders. d. Location: One unit above mop sink at each custodial room regardless if indicated. Refer to drawings. END OF SECTION Division 10 Specialties 27 March 2018 Issued for Construction Page 8 of 11 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department SECTION 1044 00- FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Requirements including but not limited to: 1. Fire extinguisher. 2. Extinguisher cabinet. 3. Brackets. 4. Accessories necessary for a complete installation. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit product data including construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for fire protection specialties. 1. Fire Extinguishers: Include rating and classification. 2. Cabinets: Include roughing in dimensions, details showing mounting methods, relationships of box and trim to surrounding construction, door hardware, cabinet type, trim style, panel style. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10 Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers. 2. Fire Extinguisher Listing: UL listed with UL Listing Mark for type, rating, and classification of extinguisher. 3. Accessibility Requirements: Comply with applicable requirements. a. U.S.Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG) 2010. b. ICC/ASI A117.1 Accessible and Useable Building and Facilities. c. Texas Accessibility Standards(TAS)2012. B. Source Limitations: Obtain fire extinguishers and fire protection cabinets through one source from a single manufacturer. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size of fire extinguisher cabinets to ensure that type and capacity of fire extinguishers indicated and required by the Fire Marshall are accommodated. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Written warranty in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of portable fire extinguishers failing in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Failure of hydrostatic test according to NFPA 10. b. Faulty operation of valves or release levers. 2. Warranty Period: 6 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Basis of Design: Specifications are based on the Potter Roemer Alta Series fire extinguisher cabinets. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide comparable products by one of the following: Division 10 Specialties 27 March 2018 Issued for Construction Page 9 of 11 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 1. J. L. Industries, Inc. 2. Larsen's Manufacturing Company. 3. Potter Roemer LLC. 2.2 COMPONENTS A. Fire Extinguisher: Provide fire extinguishers for each fire extinguisher cabinet and at locations indicated. Provide multipurpose dry chemical units, ULI rated 4-A:20-B:C, 10 lb (4.5-kg) nominal capacity, in enameled steel container. Mounting Provide brackets where necessary. B. Cabinets: Fire rated cabinet sized for housing fire extinguishers of types and capacities indicated or required by AHJ. 1. Cabinet Construction: Construct fire rated cabinets with double walls fabricated from 1.1 mm thick, cold rolled steel sheet lined with minimum 16 mm thick, fire barrier material. Provide factory drilled mounting holes. a. Cabinet Metal: Steel sheet. b. Cabinet Mounting: Semirecessed and recessed. c. Cabinet Trim Style: Trimless with hidden flange of same metal and finish as box that overlaps surrounding wall finish and concealed from view by an overlapping door. d. Cabinet Trim Material: Steel sheet. e. Door Material: Tempered glass or clear acrylic. f. Door Style: Fully glazed, frameless, backless, tempered glass or acrylic panel. g. Door Construction: Fabricate doors of materials indicated and coordinated with cabinet types and trim styles selected. h. Door Hardware: Door operating hardware of proper type for cabinet type, trim style, and door material and style indicated. Provide projecting lever handle with cam action latch. Provide continuous hinge, of same material and finish as trim, permitting door to open 180 degrees. 2. Recessed Cabinet: Cabinet box recessed in walls of sufficient depth to suit style of trim. a. Trimless with Concealed Flange: Surface of surrounding wall finishes flush with exterior finished surface of cabinet frame and door, without overlapping trim attached to cabinet. Provide recessed flange, of same material as box, attached to box to act as drywall bead. 3. Semi recessed Cabinet: Cabinet box partially recessed in walls of sufficient depth to suit style of trim indicated; with one piece combination trim and perimeter door frame overlapping surrounding wall surface with exposed trim face and wall return at outer edge (backbend). Provide where walls are of insufficient depth for recessed cabinets but are of sufficient depth to accommodate semi recessed cabinet installation. Square edge trim, 32 mm to 38 mm backbend depth. C. Accessories: 1. Mounting Bracket: Steel, designed to secure fire extinguisher to fire protection cabinet, of sizes required for types and capacities of fire extinguishers indicated, with plated or baked enamel finish. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fire Protection Cabinets: Standard box(tub)with trim, frame, door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated. Weld joints and grind smooth. Provide factory drilled mounting holes. Prepare doors and frames to receive locks. B. Cabinet Doors: Fabricate doors from materials indicated and coordinated with cabinet types and trim styles selected. C. Cabinet Trim: Fabricate cabinet trim in one piece with corners mitered, welded, and ground smooth. 2.4 FINISH A. Apply finishes in factory after products are assembled. Protect cabinets with plastic or paper covering, prior to shipment. Division 10 Specialties 27 March 2018 Issued for Construction Page 10 of 11 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No, AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department A. Factory Prime for Field Finish: Apply fast curing, lead and chromate free, universal primer shop primer immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment to exterior and interior of cabinet. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Examine fire extinguishers for proper charging and tagging. Remove and replace damaged, defective, or undercharged units. Prepare recesses for recessed fire protection cabinets as required by type and size of cabinet and trim style. B. Examine fire extinguishers for proper charging and tagging. Remove and replace damaged, defective, or undercharged units. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions for installation. B. Install fire protection specialties in locations and at mounting heights indicated compliant with accessibility requirements acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Fasten cabinets to structure, square and plumb. C. Fire Protection Cabinets: Fasten cabinets to structure, square and plumb. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide recessed fire protection cabinets. If wall thickness is not adequate for recessed cabinets,provide semirecessed fire protection cabinets. 2. Fasten mounting brackets to inside surface of fire protection cabinets, square and plumb. D. Field paint fire protection cabinets to match adjacent area; color indicated in Finish Schedule. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust cabinet doors to operate freely without binding. Examine fire extinguishers for proper charging and tagging. Remove and replace damaged, defective, or undercharged units. B. On completion of fire protection cabinet installation, clean interior and exterior surfaces as recommended by manufacturer. C. Touch up marred finishes, or replace fire protection cabinets that cannot be restored to factory finished appearance. Use materials and procedures recommended or furnished by fire protection cabinet and mounting bracket manufacturers. D. Replace fire protection cabinets damaged or deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION Division 10 Specialties 27 March 2018 Issued for Construction Page 11 of 11 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department DIVISION 22-PLUMBING A. GENERAL: 1. Reference M.E.P. Floor Plans for Plumbing Fixture Locations. 2. All plumbing lines and fixtures shall be installed under the direction of a licensed master plumber and in compliance of the 2012 International Plumbing Code. Division 22 Plumbing 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 1 of 1 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department DIVISION 23-HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING A. GENERAL: 1. Reference M.E.P. Floor Plans for Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning Fixture Locations. 2. All mechanical equipment shall be installed under the direction of a licensed mechanical contractor and in compliance with the 2012 International Mechanical Code. Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 1 of 1 Architect's Studio PLLC Port Arthur Transit Facility Project No.AS18015 The City of Port Arthur Transit Department DIVISION 26-ELECTRICAL A. GENERAL: 1. Reference M.E.P. Floor Plans for Schematic Electrical Locations. 2. All electrical wiring,fixtures,conduit and equipment shall be installed under the direction of a licensed master electrician and in compliance with the 2011 National Electric Code. Division 26 Electrical 31 January 2019 Issued for Construction Page 1 of 1 SECTION E CITY OF PORT ARTHUR, TEXAS BID SHEET BID FOR: Additions & Renovations to Transit Terminal BID DUE DATE: November I, 2019 ITEM NUMBER OF DESCRIPTION BID COST # CALENDAR DAYS I Included in lump sum below ITEM 1 - ROOF $ Included in lump sum below 2 Included in lump sum below ITEM 2 —SITE IMPROVEMENT $ Included in lump sum below 3 Included in lump sum below ITEM 3 - EXTERIOR $ Included in lump sum below 4 Included in lump sum below ITEM 4- INTERIOR $ Included in lump sum below _ ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, & 5 Included in lump sum below ITEM 5— CEILING $ Included in lump sum below 6 Included in lump sum below ITEM 6—TERMINAL SEATING $ Included in lump sum below 7 TOTAL IF CITY AWARDED ALL SIX r -15 dAti 6j ITEMS TO ONE CONTACTOR $ �2. 2. 61 If any unforeseen soil conditions arise, we propose to remove additional existing soil and replace it with compacted material as specified, for the amount of S per cubic yard. This amount will apply only to the volume of soil removed and replaced above and beyond what is called for in the drawings. G&G Enterprises Construction Corp 501 Proctor St., Suite#322, Port Arthur,Tx COMPANY NAME STREET ADDRESS A ''0 'E •F BID I • P.O. BOX Colin Garrett Port Arthur,Tx 77640 PRINT OR TYPE NAME CITY STATE ZIP President &COO 409-883-5465 TITLE AREA CODE TELEPHONE NO colin@gandgenterprises.com 409-883-9132 EMAIL FAX NO. SECTION F Liberty ,rr' LInterchange Corporate Center /� % Mutual. 450 Plymouth Road,Suite 400 Plymouth Meeting,PA. 19462-1644 SURETY Ph.(610)832-8240 BID BOND Bond Number: KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,that we J.W.Garrett&Son, Inc.dba: G&G Enterprises Construction Corp.,3260 Eastex Freeway, Beaumont,TX 77703 , as principal(the"Principal"), and LIBERTY MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY, a Massachusetts stock insurance company, as surety (the "Surety"), are held and firmly bound unto City of Port Arthur,444 4th Street, Port Arthur,TX 77640 the penal sum of 5% , as obligee(the"Obligee"),in Dollars($ 5% ), for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs,executors,administrators,successors and assigns,jointly and severally,firmly by these presents. WHEREAS,the Principal has submitted a bid for: Renovations to City of Port Arthur Transit Building NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal within the period specified therein, or, if no period be specified,within sixty(60)days after opening,and the Principal shall enter into a contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter into such contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference in money not to exceed the penal sum hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the work covered by said bid,then this obligation shall be null and void;otherwise to remain in full force and effect. In no event shall the liability hereunder exceed the penal sum thereof. PROVIDED AND SUBJECT TO THE CONDITION PRECEDENT, that any claim by Obligee under this bond must be submitted in writing by registered mail, to the attention of the Surety Law Department at the address above, within 120 days of the date of this bond. Any suit under this bond must be instituted before the expiration of one (1)year from the date of this bond. If the provisions of this paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall apply. ,.� ,.•••••••—• • r& DATED as of this 31st day of October , 20 19 . WO' • WITNESS/ATTEST J.W.Garrett&Son, IncJG&G Ente •rises Cons ' Apt Nie.Co A; Z (Priv 4 By � i (Sea ame: of in Garrett \,. Title: President '�•..••..••....» LIBERTY MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY (Surety) By 'hct Q.4_cam`(,t,r t(:// (Seal) Attorney-in-Fact Tina Lawr ce LM IC-5000 Rev.03/04 THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS NOT VALID UNLESS IT IS PRINTED ON RED BACKGROUND. This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein,and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. Certificate No. 7351058 American Fire and Casualty Company Liberty Mutual Insurance Company The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company West American Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That American Fire&Casualty Company and The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of New Hampshire,that Liberty Mutual Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Massachusetts,and West American Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana(herein collectively called the"Companies'),pursuant to and by authority herein set forth,does hereby name,constitute and appoint, Dina McIntyre;Ian Garrett;Tina Lawrence all of the city of Orange ,state of TX each individually if there be more than one named,its true and lawful attorney-in-fact to make,execute,seal,acknowledge and deliver,for and on its behalf as surety and as its act and deed,any and all undertakings,bonds,recognizances and other surety obligations,in pursuance of these presents and shall be as binding upon the Companies as if they have been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Companies in their own proper persons. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer or official of the Companies and the corporate seals of the Companies have been affixed thereto this 29th day of April , 2016 . >, No cns, acv Ins, Nsurr w .c American Fire and Casualty Company -a �`vy; ",s,� ,O�pveoa;,Z92r JJ ,,,.b4 t'vcs, i-licc>PON,•,-^ The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company N Liberty Mutual Insurance Company m 1906 0 0 1919 o F 1912 2 1991 1 C yvi ! c` o ^ x , ,C. ,. West merican Insurance Company Q<ar :, y M; By: >. C STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA ss David M.Carey,Assistant Secretary C co L COUNTY OF MONTGOMERY C 41 dcgo On this 29th day of April , 2016, before me personally appeared David M. Carey,who acknowledged himself to be the Assistant Secretary of American Fire and u 1- 0 d Casualty Company,Liberty Mutual Insurance Company,The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company,and West American Insurance Company,and that he,as such,being authorized so to do, >,Y) W 111 0 3 execute the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. M £ m > IN WITNESS WHEREOF,I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal at Plymouth Meeting,Pennsylvania,on the day and year first above written. O 0. f0 P pqs COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA Z O ,q,.. on wF4rFe Notarial Seal ya.CI C'y ti c, % , Teresa Pastella,Notary Public By: O 4 a4) of Plymouth Imp.,Montgomery County Teresa Pastella,Notary Public d C ` �`P My Commission Expires March 28.2017 ny(ki, Member.Pennsylvania Association of Notaries 0 E 0 y Ry P� a co • C cin This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-laws and Authorizations of American Fire and Casualty Company,The Ohio Casualty Insurance co p y, Company,Liberty Mutual Insurance Company,and West American Insurance Company which resolutions are now in full force and effect reading as follows: «o 01 cvt` ARTICLE IV-OFFICERS-Section 12.Power of Attorney.Any officer or other official of the Corporation authorized for that purpose in writing by the Chairman or the President,and subject 0 c C a: to such limitation as the Chairman or the President may prescribe,shall appoint such attorneys-in-fact,as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Corporation to make,execute,seal, Z.d 0.5, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings,bonds,recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys-in-fact,subject to the limitations set forth in their respective 'G s E y powers of attorney,shall have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Corporation. When so R C7 G iv executed,such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the President and attested to by the Secretary.Any power or authority granted to any representative or attorney-in-fact under > the provisions of this article may be revoked at any time by the Board,the Chairman,the President or by the officer or officers granting such power or authority. .c N .i a ARTICLE XIII—Execution of Contracts—SECTION 5.Surety Bonds and Undertakings.Any officer of the Company authorized for that purpose in writing by the chairman or the president, E O0 > E and subject to such limitations as the chairman or the president may prescribe,shall appoint such attorneys-in-fact,as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make,execute, s—M O i5 seal,acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings,bonds,recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys-in-fact subject to the limitations set forth in their =Do Z v respective powers of attorney,shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Company. When so v o executed such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the president and attested by the secretary. C 7 Certificate of Designation—The President of the Company,acting pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company,authorizes David M.Carey,Assistant Secretary to appoint such attorneys-in- F' fact as may be necessary to act on behalf of the Company to make,execute,seal,acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings,bonds,recognizances and other surety obligations. Authorization—By unanimous consent of the Company's Board of Directors,the Company consents that facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the Company,wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company in connection with surety bonds,shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. I,Gregory W.Davenport,the undersigned,Assistant Secretary,of American Fire and Casualty Company,The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company,Liberty Mutual Insurance Company,and West American Insurance Company do hereby certify that the original power of attorney of which the foregoing is a full,true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies,is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. ar �� D IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF,I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this day of Q r 20 (4c::&( �S'IINS,, `tNSUq 0;N„Saq J 1906 0 0 1919 1912 ` 1991 By: S. x _ Gregory W.Davenport,Assistant Secretary '''aye•,rnn+r��`-�a C'y•,�MG�'a,� 9�'�r,i,,h," 1- ^r,a". . 131 of 200 LMS_12873_122013 AlA Document A310TM - 2010 Bid Bond CONTRACTOR: SURETY: (Name,legal status and address) (Name.legal status and principal place c jbusiness) This document has important legal consequences.Consultation with OWNER: an attorney is encouraged with (Name, legal status and address) respect to its completion or modification. Any singular reference to Contractor,Surely,Owner or BOND AMOUNT: other party shall be considered plural where applicable. PROJECT: (Name,location ur address, and Project number, if any) The Contractor and Surety are bound to the Owner in the amount set forth above, for the payment of which the Contractor and Surety bind themselves,their heirs,executors,administrators,successors and assigns,jointly and severally,as provided herein.The conditions of this Bond are such that if the Owner accepts the bid of the Contractor within the time specified in the bid documents,or within such time period as may he agreed to by the Owner and Contractor,and the Contractor either(I)enters into a contract with the Owner in accordance with the terms of such bid,and gives such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents,with a surety admitted in the jurisdiction of the Project and otherwise acceptable to the Owner, for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof;or(2)pays to the Owner the difference,not to exceed the amount ot'this Bond,between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Owner may in good faith contract with another party to perform the work covered by said hid;then this obligation shall be null and void,otherwise W remain in lull force and effect.The Surety hereby waives any notice of an agreement between the Owner and Contractor to extend the time in which the Owner may accept the bid. Waiver of notice by the Surety shall not apply to any extension exceeding sixty(60)days in the aggregate beyond the time for acceptance of bids specified in the bid documents,and the Owner and Contractor shall obtain the Surety's consent for an extension beyond sixty(60)days. If this Bond is issued in connection with a subcontractor's bid to a Contractor,the term Contractor in this Bond shall be deemed to be Subcontractor and the term Owner shall be deemed to be Contractor. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location of the Project. any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall he deemed incorporated herein.When so furnished,the intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. Signed and sealed this day of (ContractorasPrincipal) (Seal) (Wilaess) — — - - -- (Title) (Surety) (Seal) (Witness) (Tile) CAUTION:You should sign an original AIA Contract Document,on which this text appears in RED.An original assures that changes will not be obscured. (Olt ALA Document A310 —2010(rev.1012010).Copyright CI 1963,1970 and 2010 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved. WARNING:This AlA'Document Is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and crknlnal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.Purchasers are permitted to reproduce ten(10)copies of this document when completed To report copyright violations of AlA Contract Documents.e-mail The American Institute of Architects'legal counsel,copyright©aia.org. Acnrwaw SECTION G CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE FORM CIQ For vendor doing business with local governmental entity This questionnaire reflects changes made to the law by H.B. 23, Both Leg., Regular Session. OFFICE USE ONLY This questionnaire is being filed in accordance with Chapter 176,Local Government Code.by a vendor who Date Received has a business relationship as defined by Section 176.001(1-a)with a local governmental entity and the vendor meets requirements under Section 176.006(a). By law this questionnaire must be filed with the records administrator of the local governmental entity not later than the 7th business day after the date the vendor becomes aware of facts that require the statement to be filed. See Section 170.006(a-1), Local Government Code. A vendor commits an offense if the vendor knowingly violates Section 176.006, Local Government Coda.An offense under this section is a misdemeanor. • J Name of vendor who has a business relationship with local governmental entity. CIA& Enterprises Constrvciiovr Corp Jn l i Check this box if you are filing an update to a previously filed questionnaire,(The law requires that you file an updated completed questionnaire with the appropriate filing authori:y not later than the 7th business day atter the date on which you became aware that the originally tiled questionnaire was incomplete or inaccurate.) .J Name of local government officer about whom the information is being disclosed, Name of Officer Describe each employment or other business relationship with the local government officer,or a family member of the officer,as described by Section 176.003(a)(2)(A). Also describe any family relationship with the local government officer. Complete subparts A and B for each employment or business relationship described, Attach additional pages to this Form CIQ as necessary. A. Is the local government officer or a family member of the officer receiving or likely to receive taxable income. other than investment income, from the vendor? Yes No B. Is the vendor receiving or likely to receive taxable income,other than Investment income,from or at the direction of the local government officer or a family member of the officer AND the taxable income is not received from the local governmental entity? Yes 1 No Describe each employment or business relationship that the vendor named in Section I maintains with a corporation or other business entity with respect to which the local government officer serves as an officer or director,or holds an ownership interest of one percent or more. flCheck this box if the vendor has given the local government officer or afamnily member of the officer one or more gifts as described in Section 176.003(a)(2)(8), excluding gifts described in Section 176.003(a-1). .J 1 I /� �/ -41- l f 1 !'201'1 Sian-re of ven.: .ping busm=ss w th: a governmental entity D��dttteee Form provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.etllics.state.tx.us Revised 11.1301015 CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE For vendor doing business with local governmental entity Acomplete copy of Chapter 176 of the Local Government Code may be found at http://www.statutes.legis.state.tx.usJ Docs/LG/htm/LG.176.htm.For easy reference,below are some of the sections cited on this form. Local Government Code§176.001(1-a):"Business relationship"means a connection between two or more parties based on commercial activity of one of the parties. The term does not include a connection based on: (A) a transaction that is subject to rate or fee regulation by a federal,state.or local governmental entity or an agency of a federal,state,or local governmental entity; (B) a transaction conducted at a price and subject to terms available to the public;or (C) a purchase or lease of goods or services from a person that is chartered by a state or federal agency and that is subject to regular examination by,and reporting to,that agency. Local Government Code§176.003(a)(2)(A)and(B): (a) A local government officer shall file a conflicts disclosure statement with respect to a vendor if: (2) the vendor: (A) has an employment or other business relationship with the local government officer or a family member of the officer that results in the officer or family member receiving taxable income, other than investment income, that exceeds$2,500 during the 12-month period preceding the date that the officer becomes aware that (i) a contract between the local governmental entity and vendor has been executed; or (ii) the local governmental entity is considering entering into a contract with the vendor; (B) has given to the local government officer or a family member of the officer one or more gifts that have an aggregate value of more than$100 in the 12-month period preceding the date the officer becomes aware that: (i) a contract between the local governmental entity and vendo•has been executed;or (ii) the local governmental entity is considering entering into a contract with the vendor. Local Government Code§176.006(a)and(a-1) (a) A vendor shall file a completed conflict of interest questionnaire if the vendor has a business relationship with a local governmental entity and: (1) has an employment or other business relationship with a local government officer of that local governmental entity.or a family member of the officer,described by Section 176.003(a)(2)(A): (2) has given a local government officer of that local governmental entity,or a family member of the officer,one or more gifts with the aggregate value specified by Section 176.003(a)(2)(B),excluding any gift described by Section 176.003(a-1);or (3) has a family relationship with a local government officer of that local governmental entity. (a-1) The completed conflict of interest questionnaire must be filed with the appropriate records administrator not later than the seventh business day after the later of: (1) the date that the vendor: (A) begins discussions or negotiations to enter into a contract with the local governmental entity;or (B) submits to the local governmental entity an application,response to a request for proposals or bids. correspondence, or another writing related to a potential contract with the local governmental entity;or (2) the date the vendor becomes aware: (A) of an employment or other business relationship with a local government officer,or a family member of the officer,described by Subsection(a); (B) that the vendor has given one or more gifts described by Subsection (a);or (C) of a family relationship with a local government officer. Form provided by Texas Ethics Commission wwwethicsstate tx.us Revised 11!30.2015 SECTION H n Document A312TM - 2010 Payment Bond CONTRACTOR: SURETY: (Neriine. legal status and address) (Name, legal status and principal place ((business) This document has important legal consequences Consultation with OWNER: an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or (Nunre, legal status and address) modification. Any singular reference to Contractor,Surety,Owner or other party shall be considered CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT plural where applicable Date: Amount: Description: (Nacre and location) BOND Date: (Na!earlier than('onsiructinn C'onirac!Date) Amount: 1%1miltre:Mons to this Bond: 0 None 0 See Section 18 CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY ('unipoii (('uspwwtc Seal) Company: (('or/wr'crte Seal Signature: Signature: Name Name and'Title: and Title: (Any udclitiunul.rignatures appear on the lust page(Olds Pucnrenr Rrrnrl.l 1/OR 1%/ ()RAI/1 T/Oh'().V1.)' Name,address and telephone) AGENT or BROKER: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE: (Architect, Engineer or other par•ttr:1 Init. AIA Document A312"—2010 Payment Bond.Copyright 102010 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution o!this AlA'"Document.or 1 any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.To report copyrght violations of AtA Contract Documents,e-mail The American Institute of Architects'legal counsel.copyright@aia Ong 051110 §1 The Contractor and Surety.jointly and severally,hind themselves.their heirs,executors.administrators,successors and assigns to the Owner to pay for labor,materials and equipment furnished for use in the performance oldie Construction Contract.which is incorporated herein by relcrence.subject to the following terms. §2 lithe Contractor promptly makes payment of all sums due to Claimants,and defends,indemnifies and holds harmless the Owner front claims,demands,liens or suits by any person or entity sucking payment for labor,materials or equipment furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract.then the Surely and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond. §3 If there is no Owner Default under the Construction Contract,the Surety's obligation to the Owner under this Bond shall arise ager the Owner has promptly notified the Contractor and the Surety(at the address described in Section 13) of claims,demands,liens or suits against the Owner or the Owner's property by any person or entity seeking payment for labor,materials or equipment furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract and tendered defense of such claims,demands,liens or suits to the Contractor and the Surety. §4 When the Owner has satisfied the conditions in Section 1 the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense defend,indemnify and hold harmless the Owner against a duly tendered claim,demand,lien or suit. §5'I'he Surety's obligations to a Claimant under this Bond shall arise after the following: §5.1 Claimants,who do not have a direct contract with the Contractor. .1 have furnished a written notice of non-payment to the Contractor.stating with substantial accuracy the amount claimed and the name of the party to whom the materials were,or equipment was. furnished or supplied or ler whom the labor was done or performed.within ninety(90)days after having.last performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment included in the Claim:and .2 have sent a Claim to the Surety(at the address described in Section 13). §5.2 Claimants,who are employed by or have a direct contract with the Contractor.have sent a Claim to the Surety(at the address described in Section 13). §6 Ifa notice of non-payment required by Section 5.1.1 is given by the Owner to the Contractor,that is sufficient to satisfy a Claimant's obligation to furnish a written notice of non-payment under Section 5.1.1. §7 When a Claimant has satisfied the conditions of Sections 5.1 or 5.2.whichever is applicable,the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense take the following actions: §7.1 Send an answer to the Claimant,with a copy to the Owner,within sixty(60)days alter receipt of the Claim. stating the amounts that are undisputed and the basis for challenging any amounts that are disputed:and §7.2 Pay or arrange for payment of any undisputed amounts. §7.3 The Surety's failure to discharge its obligations tinder Section 7.1 or Section 7.2 shall not he deemed to constitute a waiver of defenses the Surety or Contractor may have or acquire as In a Claim,except as to undisputed amounts for which the Surety and Claimant have reached agreement. lf,however,the Surety fails to discharge its obligations under Section 7.1 or Section 7.2.the Surety shall indemnify the Claimant for the reasonable attorney's Nes the Claimant incurs thereat-ler to recover any sums found to be due and owing to the Claimant. §8 The Surety's total obligation shall not exceed the amount of this Bond.plus the amount of reasonable attorney's lives provided under Section 7.3,and the amount of this Bond shall be credited fur any payments made in good faith by the Surety. §9 Amounts owed by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract shall be used fur the performance oldie Construction Contract and to satisfy claims,if'any,under any construction performance bond_ By the Contractor furnishing and the Owner accepting this Bond,they agree that all funds earned by the Contractor in the performance of the Construction Contract are dedicated to satisfy obligations of the Contractor and Surety under this Bond,subject to the Owner's priority to use the funds for the completion of the work. MA Document A312T"—2010 Payment Bond.Copyright IS 2010 by The American institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA" !nit Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document,or 2 any portion of it,may result In severe doll and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents.e-mail The American Institute of Architects'legal counsel.copyrighq@aia.org §10 The Surety shall not he liable 10 the Owner,Claimants or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction Contract. the Owner shall not he liable for the payment of any costs or expenses orally Claimant under this Bond,and shall have under this Bond no obligation to make payments to.or give notice on behalf of.Claimants or otherwise have any obligations to Claimants under this Bond. §11 The Surety hereby waives notice of any change.including changes of time, to the C'�msu uctiur.Contract Or to related subcontracts,purchase orders and other obligations. §12 No suit or action shall he commenced by a Claimant under this Bond other than in a court of competent jurisdiction in the state in which the project that is the subject of the Construction Contract is located or after the expiration of one year from the date(I)on which the Claimant sent a Claim to the Surety pursuant to Section 5.1.2 or 5.2,or(2)on which the last labor or service was perl'ormed by anyone or the last materials or equipment were furnished by anyone under the Construction Contract,whichever of(I)or(2)first occurs. If the provisions of this Paragraph are void or prohibited by law,the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall he applicable. §13 Notice and Claims to the Surety.the Owner or the Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the page on which their signature appears.Actual receipt of notice or Claims,however accomplished,shall he sufficient compliance as of the date received. §14 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be performed,any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall he deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. When so furnished.the intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. §15 Upon request by any person or entity appearing to he a potential beneficiary of this Bond.the Contractor and Owner shall promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shall permit a copy to be made. §16 Definitions §16.1 Claim. A written statement by the Claimant including at a minimum: .1 the name of the Claimant: .2 the name of the person for whom the labor was done,or materials or equipment furnished; .3 a copy oldie agreement or purchase order pursuant to which labor,materials or equipment was furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract; .4 a brief description(lithe labor,materials or equipment furnished: .5 the date on which the Claimant last performed labor or last burnished materials or equipment for use in the performance of the Construction Contract; .6 the total amount earned by the Claimant for labor,materials or equipment liirnished as of the date of the Claim: .7 the total amount of previous payments received by the Claimant;and .8 the total amount due and unpaid to the Claimant for labor,materials or equipment furnished as ufthe date of the Claim. §16.2 Claimant.An individual or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor or with a subcontractor of the Contractor to Furnish labor,materials or equipment for use in the performance of the Construction Contract.The term Claimant also includes any individual or entity that has rightfully asserted a claim under an applicable mechanic's lien or similar statute against the real property upon which the Project is located.The intent of this Bond shall be to include without limitation in the terms"labor,materials or equipment"that part of water.gas.power.light.heat,oil, gasoline,telephone service or rental equipment used in the Construction Contract,architectural and engineering services required For performance of thc work of the Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors,and all other items for which a mechanic's lien may he asserted in the jurisdiction where the labor,materials or equipment were furnished. §16.3 Construction Contract.The agreement between the Owner and Contractor identified on the cover page, including all Contract Documents and all changes made to the agreement and the Contract i)ocuments. Inst. AIA Document A312 —2010 Payment Bond.Copyright 0 2010 by The American institute of Architects.AU rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distnbution of this AIA"Document,or 3 any portion of It,may result In severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents,e-mail The American institute of Architects'legal counsel,copyright@wo org §16.4 Owner Default.Failure of the Owner,which has not been remedied or waived,to pay the Contractor as required under the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other material terms of the Construction Contract. §16.5 Contract Documents. All the documents that comprise the agreement between the Owner and Contractor. §17 If'this Bond is issued for an agreement between a Contractor and subcontractor,the term Contractor in this Bond shall he deemed to be Subcontractor and the terns Owner shall he deemed to he Contractor. §18 Modifications to this bond arc as follows: (.S-pace it provided below,lirr additional signatures of added parties. other than those appearing on 11w cover page'.) CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: (('ur/ror•ule.S'ecr!) Company: (('orporcur.Seal) Signature: Signature: Name and Title: Name and Title: Address Address Inst. AIA Document A112'M—2010 Payment Bond.CopyrlgM s0 2010 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING This AIA" Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlA`Document,or 4 any portion of It,may result In severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents,a-mail The American Institute or Architects'legal counsel.copyright@aia.org. SECTION I ® DATE(MM!DCWYTYY) A c' CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder Is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: (PARC No.Ext): No(NC, E-MAIL ADDRESS: INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC p INSURER A: INSURED INSURER B: INSURER C: INSURER D: INSURER E: INSURER F COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN. THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS. EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. IHSR TYPEOFIN5URANCE ADDL SUBR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP UNITS LTR !NSR,WVD POLICY NUMBER (MINDO/YYYY) (MAVDD/YYYY) _ GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE S _ DAMAGE TO RENTED COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY PREMISES(Ea occurrence) S CLAIMS-MADE I I OCCUR MED EXP(Amy one person) S PERSONAL&ADV INJURY S GENERAL AGGREGATE S GEML AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER. PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG S 1 POLICY JEST PI LOC S AUTOMOBILE UABIUTY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) S ALL OWNED SCHEDULE BODILY INJURY(Per accident) S AUTOS AUTOS NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE HIRED AUTOS ^ AUTOS (Per accident) 5 UMBRELLA LIAR OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE 5 EXCESS UAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE S DED RETENTION 5 5 WORKERS COMPENSATION WCSTATU- OTH- AND EMPLOYERS'LIABIUTY Y/NTORY LIMITS ER ANY PROPRIETOR(PARTNER1EXECUTILE r-7 E.L.EACH ACCIDENT S OFFICER(MEMBER EXCLUDED', N I A (Mandatory in NH) E L DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE S If yes.describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE•POLICY LIMIT S DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS!LOCATIONS/VEHICLES(Attach ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,N more space is required) CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ©1988-2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2010105) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD SECTION J ATADocument A312 - 2010 TM Performance Bond CONTRACTOR: SURETY: (Name, /'al status and address) (Nam e, legal stains and principal place of business) This document has important ega consequences.Consullatior with OWNER: an attorney is encouraged with respect to its comoletion or (Ve.mir, lc'Lul sturm orad addres.') modification. Any singular reference to Contractor,Surety,Owner or other party shall be considered CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT plural where applicable I):ite: Amount: Description: (Name and location) BOND Date: (Not earlier than Construction Contract Date) Amount: Modifications to this Bond: 0 None 0 Sec Section 16 CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: (C'rn/inratc.Secr!, Company: (C'urpuucac•S ,!) Signature: Signature: Name Name and Title: and Title: (Any additional signatures appear on the last page of this Performance Rom() (17)R INFORMATION ONLY Name, address and telephone) AGENT or BROKER: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE: (Architect, Engineer or other parm:1 AIA Document A312'—2010 Performance Bond,Copyright 2010 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This Init. AIA''Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA''Document. or any portion of It,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maxlmum extent possible under the law.To report copyright viol dors of AMA Contract Documents,e-mail The American Institute of Architects'legal counsel.copynght@aia.org 081110 §1 The Contric:or and Surety.jointly and severally,bind themselves,their heirs,executors,administrators,successors and assigns to the Owner for the performance of the Construction Contract,which is incorporated herein by reference, §2 lithe Contractor performs the Construction Contract,the Surety and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond.except when applicable to participate in a eunlcrence as provided in Section 3. §3 II'there is no Owner Default under the Construction Contract,the Surety's obligation under this Bond shall arise after .1 the Owner first provides notice to the Contractor and the Surety that the Owner is considering declaring a Contractor Default.Such notice shall indicate whether the Owner is requesting a conference among the Owner,Contractor and Surety to discuss the C'ontractor's performance. I I'the Owner does not request a conference,the Surety may,within live(5)business days after receipt of the Owner's notice, request such a conference. lithe Surety timely requests a conference,the Owner shall attend. tlnless the Owner agrees otherwise,any conference requested under this Section 3,1 shall be held within ten (10)business days of the Surety's receipt of the Owner's notice. If the Owner.the Contractor and the Surety agree.the Contractor shall be allowed a reasonable time to perform the Construction Contract, but such an agreement shall not waive the Owner's right,if any.subsequently to declare a Contractor Default; .2 the Owner declares a Contractor Default.terminates the Construction Contract and notifies the Surety; and .3 the Owner has agreed to pay the Balance oldie Contract Price in accordance with the terms of the Construction Contract to the Surety or to a contractor selected to perform the Construction Contract. §4 f=ailure on the part of the Owner to comply with the notice requirement in Section 3.1 shall not constitute a failure to comply with a condition precedent to the Surety's obligations,or release the Surety from its obligations,except to the extent the Surety demonstrates actual prejudice. §5 When the Owner has satisfied the conditions of Section 3,the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense take one of the following actions: §5.1 Arrange for the Contractor,with the consent of the Owner,to perform and complete the Construction Contract: §5.2 t lndertake to perform and complete the Construction Contract itself.through its agents or independent contractors: §5.3 Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from qualified contractors acceptable to the Owner for a contract for performance and completion ol'the Construction Contract,arrange for a contract to he prepared for execution by the Owner and a contractor selected with the Owner's concurrence,to he secured with performance and payment bonds executed by a qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on the Construction Contract,and pay to the Owner the amount of damages as described in Section 7 in excess of the Balance of the Contract Price incurred by the Owner as a result of the Contractor Default;or §5.4 Waive its right to perform and complete,arrange for completion.or obtain a new contractor and with reasonable promptness under the circumstances: .1 Atter investigation,determine the amount for which it may he liable to the Owner and,as soon as practicable after the amount is determined.make payment to the Owner;or 2 Deny liability in whole or in part and notify the Owner,citing the reasons for denial. §6 If the Surety Coes not proceed as provided in Section 5 with reasonable promptness.the Surety shall he deemed to be in default on this Bond seven days after receipt of an additional written notice from the Owner to the Surety demanding that the Surety perform its obligations under this Bond,and the Owner shall he entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner. If the Surety proceeds as provided in Section 5.4.and the Owner refuses the payment or the Surety has denied liability,in whole or in part.without further notice the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner. Inst. AIA Document A312"-2010 Performance Bond.Copyright®2010 by The American Institute of Architects.Alt rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA''Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlA''Document. 2 or any portion of it,may result In severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law To 1 report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents.e-mail The American Instituto d Architects'legal counsel.copyright©aia.crg. §7 If the Surety elects to act under Section 5.1.5.2 or 5.3,then the responsibilities of the Surety to the Owner shall not be greater than those of the Contractor under the Construction Contract,and the responsibilities of the Owner to the Surety shall not he greater than those of the Owner under the Construction Contract.Subject to the commitment by the Owner to pay the Balance of the Contract Price,the Surety is obligated,without duplication, for .1 the responsibilities ol'the Contractor for correction of defective work and completion of the Construction Contract; .2 additional legal,design professional and delay costs resulting from the Contractor's Default,and resulting from the actions or failure to act of the Surety under Section 5;and .3 liquidated damages,or if no liquidated damages are specified in the Construction C'ontr'act,actual damages caused by delayed performance or non-perlitr7mance of the Contractor. §8 lithe Surety elects to act under Section 5.1.5.3 or 5.4.the Surety's liability is limited to the amount of this Bond. §9 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction Contract,and the Balance of the Contract Price shall not be reduced or set off on account of any such unrelated obligations.No right of action shall accrue on this Bond to any person or entity other than the Owner or its heirs,executors,administrators,successors and assigns. §10 The Surety hereby waives notice of any change,including changes of time,to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts. purchase orders and other obligations. §11 Any proceeding.legal or equitable,under this Bond may be instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction in the location in which the work or part of the work is located and shall be instituted within two years alter a declaration of Contractor Default or within two years after the Contractor ceased working or within two years after the Surety refuses or fails to perform its obligations under this Bond,whichever occurs first. If the provisions of this Paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. §12 Notice to the Surety.the Owner or the Contractor shall he mailed or delivered to the address shown on the page on which their signature appears. §13 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be performed,any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall he deemed incorporated herein. When so furnished,the intent is that this Bond shall he construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. §14 Definitions §14.1 Balance of the Contract Price.'lite total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract ager all proper adjustments have been made,including allowance to the Contractor of any amounts received or to be received by the Owner in settlement of insurance or other claims for damages to which the Contractor is entitled,reduced by all valid and proper payments made to or on behalf of the Contractor under the Construction Contract. §14.2 Construction Contract.The agreement between the Owner and Contractor identified on the cover page, including all Contract Documents and changes made to the agreement and the Contract Documents. §14.3 Contractor Default.Failure of the Contractor.which has not been remedied or waived,to perform or otherwise to comply with a material term of the Construction Contract_ §14.4 Owner Default.Failure of the Owner,which has not been remedied or waived,to pay the Contractor as required under the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other material terms of the Construction Contract. §14.5 Contract Documents.All the documents that comprise the agreement between the Owner and Contractor. §15 If this Bond is issued for an agreement between a Contractor and subcontractor,the term Contractor in this Bond shall he deemed to be Subcontractor and the term Owner shall he deemed to be Contractor. Init. MA Document A312"'—2010 Performance Bond.Copyright t)2010 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA"Document Is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA'.Document 3 or any portion of It,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents,e-mail The American Institute of Architects'legal counsel,copyrightJaia.org §16 Modifications to this bend are as Ii,llows: (.Space is prow/rd he/un liu'uc/dilionul sigiri tares nJ udcl:l parties, other that;those appearing on the corer page.) CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: (('nrparulc.Seal) Company: (('rte fturufc Seal) Signature: _ Signature: Name and Title: Name and Title: Address Address MA Document A3f2r"—2010 Performance Bond.Copyright tt 2010 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This Init. AIA'Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this me Document, 4 or any portion of it.may result in severe civil and criminal penalties.ant will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.To report copyright r•olatons of AIA Contract Documents.email The American institute of Architects'legal counsel.copynghtlaia.org SECTION K House Bill 89 Verification ►, Cain Gc'trret- (Person name), the undersigned representative (hereafter referred to as "Representative") of E Enter pr ises Canstrvction Corp (company or business name, hereafter referred to as "Business Entity"), being an adult over the age of eighteen (18) years of age, after being duly sworn by the undersigned notary, do hereby depose and affirm the following: 1. That Representative is authorized to execute this verification on behalf of Business Entity; 2. That Business Entity does not boycott Israel and will not boycott Israel during the term of any contract that will be entered into between Business Entity and the City of Port Arthur; and 3. That Representative understands that the term "boycott Israel" is defined by Texas Government Code Section 2270.001 to mean refusing to deal with, terminating business activities with, or otherwise taking any action that is intended to penalize, inflict economic harm on, or limit commercial relations specifically with Israel, or with a person or entity doing business in Israel or in an Israeli-controlled territory, but does not include an action made for ordinary business purposes. SIG" •TUR- IF REPRESE ' ATIVE SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this ti day of Navery za , 20 II . 46Reivutito, S 4 1! ;?�,, ,,,, BRENNA SMITH ��` i v* : My Notary ID#131150591 Notary Public , .-4,7 Expires May 31,2021 SECTION L NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT CITY OF PORT ARTHUR § STATE OF TEXAS § By the signature below, the signatory for the bidder certifies that neither he nor the firm, corporation, partnership or institution represented by the signatory or anyone acting for the firm bidding this project has violated the antitrust laws of this State, codified at Section 15.01, et seq., Texas Business and Commerce Code, or the Federal antitrust laws, nor communicated directly or indirectly the bid made to any competitor or any other person engaged in the same line of business, nor has the signatory or anyone acting for the firm, corporation or institution submitting a bid committed any other act of collusion related to the development and submission of this bid proposal. Signature: Printed Name: C 0 Lin -iorre 4-f Title: president Coo Company: C- G Enterprises Const t.Jd,Qn Corp Date: November 11 20161 SUBSCRIBED and sworn to before me the undersigned authority by(otin6atrthe Coo of, Ca�i6Entkrprisraambit/op behalf of said bidder. cure SINV1,7b7/Q, ,,,P".II BRENNA SMITH Notary Public in and for the My Notary ID#131150591 State of Texas Expires May 31,2021 My commission expires: MOj 31, 7A71 SECTION M AFFIDAVIT All pages in Offeror's Responses containing statements, letters, etc., shall be signed by a duly authorized officer of the company whose signature is binding. The undersigned offers and agrees to one of the following: I hereby certify that I do not have outstanding debts with the City of Port Arthur. I further agree to pay succeeding debts as they become due. I hereby certify that I do have outstanding debts with the City of Port Arthur and agree to pay said debts prior to execution of this agreement. I further agree to pay succeeding debts as they become due. I hereby certify that I do have outstanding debts with the City of Port Arthur and agree to enter into an agreement for the payment of said debts. I further agree to pay succeeding debts as they become due. CI a Enterprises Construe tion Corp It / ! / 2019 Finn Name Date ���� President �► coo Authoriz•d Signature Title CO ti EiarreH- 409 . 988 . 2928 Name (please print) Telephone Colin@9andrterpriczs . Corn Email STATE: Teccis COUNTY: Jffersvn SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN to before me by the above named COW) Gia rre1 on this the ( day of f\OVCtYIbeY ,20 Iq . ..... BRENNA SMITH 'CbItumt(0. Sy ' O My Notary ID#131150591 Notary Public Expires May 31,2021 RETURN THIS AFFIDAVIT AS PART OF THE BID PROPOSAL SECTION N SB 252 CHAPTER 2252 CERTIFICATION Co I►n Car re 1-+- , the undersigned and representative of GAC, Eni-er pri ses Construcfion Corp (Company or Business Name) being an adult over the age of eighteen (18) years of age, pursuant to Texas Government Code, Chapter 2252,Section 2252.152 and Section 2252.153,certify that the company named above is not listed on the website of the Comptroller of the State of Texas concerning the listing of companies that are identified under Section 806.051,Section 807.051 or Section 2253.153. I further certify that should the above-named company enter into a contract that is on said listing of companies on the website of the Comptroller of the State of Texas which do business with Iran,Sudan or any Foreign Terrorist Organization,I will immediately notify the City of Port Arthur Purchasing Department. Cohn C-ia rrei+ Name of Company Representative (Print) Signature o Company Representative 11/ 1 / 2,019 Date SECTION 0 WAIVER AND INDEMNIFICATION Each Proposer/Offeror must sign this waiver and indemnification clause to be considered for evaluation. By submitting a proposal, each Proposer agrees to waive any claim it has,or may have, against the Owner,the Architect/Engineer,and their respective employees, arising out of or in any way connected with the administration, evaluation or recommendation of any proposal; requirements under the contract documents; acceptance or rejection of any proposals; and award of any contract. This waiver is to be construed as broadly as possible and includes any and all causes of action the Proposer may now have, or that may arise in the future, that relate to the proposal process or the award of a contract, against the Owner and or Architect/Engineer for their action(s), or inaction(s) including, but not limited to, causes of action for negligence,sole negligence, intentional tort, violation of a state or federal statute,violation of the state or federal constitution, injunctive relief, quo warranto proceeding, declaratory judgement and any other request for relief, whether at law or in equity. If a claim is brought against the Owner and/or Architect/Engineer by Proposer or anyone else as a result of Proposer's proposal, Proposer agrees to indemnify Owner and/or Architect/Engineer for any and all money damages,attorney's fees, cost of suit, or any claim for damages that are measured in dollars and cents. Further, Proposer agrees to indemnify and pay all expenses incurred in defending such litigation, including but not limited to, attorney's fees, cost of court, expert witness fees and expenses, hourly cost of Owner's and/or Architect's/Engineer's employee's time spent on the suit,whether directly or indirectly related to the litigation, and any cost or expense incurred by, directly or indirectly, Owner and/or the Architect/Engineer as long as such cost can be measured in dollars and cents. This paragraph is intended by the parties to meet the"Express Negligence Rule"as set out in the Texas Supreme Court opinion of Ethyl Corp.v. Daniel Construction Co., 725 SW2d 705(Tex. 1987). The parties to this contract stipulate that the consideration for this paragraph is sufficient and confess its adequacy herein. The undersigned represents that this Proposal is made in good faith,without fraud,collusion or connection of any kind with any other Offeror of the same work:that they are competing in their own interest and in their own behalf,without connection or obligation to any undisclosed person;that no other person has any interest in regard to all conditions pertaining to the proposal and in regard to the place where it is to be submitted;that they have made their own examination of the request for proposal and from it have made this proposal. Firm Name: C i Ehterpr i ses Cor,str UL tion Cori? Date: NOvet ibtr 1) 2.011 Address: 501 �Proc+er S+. Svite 322 tori fly Tx 1-7(OHO Legal Signature: ,. /. 1' ignature: i Type/Print Name and Position with Offeror: Cohn Ew r rc i i- President A Coo SECTION P THURMAN BILL BARTIE,MAYOR RONALD BURTON HAROLD DOUCET,SR.MAYOR PRO TEM INTERIM CITY MANAGER COUNCIL MEMBERS: City of - SHERRI BELLARD,TRMC RAYMOND SCOTT,JR. \ ��� CITY SECRETARY CAL J.JONES II 1 IJ THOMAS J.KINLAW III ort r t h u VAL TZZENO CHARLOTTE MOSES �� CITY ATTORNEY KAPRINA FRANK DBE DOCUMENT By signing this document the contractor is acknowledging that an 8% DBE participation will be provided in this contract. If a subcontractor is required to meet that goal, the following will be done to make a good faith effort to hire a minority business (DBE). 1. Solicitation Lists. Must place small and minority businesses and women's business enterprises on solicitation lists. 2 C.F .R. § 200.321 (b)(1 ). 2. Solicitations.Must assure that it solicits small and minority businesses and women's business enterprises whenever they are potential sources. 2 C.F.R. §200.32 1 (b)(2). 3. Dividing Requirements. Must divide total requirements, when economically feasible, into smaller tasks or quantities to permit maximum participation by small and minority businesses and women's business enterprises. 2 C.F.R. §200.321(b)(3). 4. Delivery Schedules. Must establish delivery schedules,where the requirement permits,which encourage participation by small and minority businesses and women's business enterprises. 2 C.F.R. §200.321 (b)(4). 5. Obtaining Assistance. Must use the services and assistance, as appropriate, of such organizations as the Small Business Administration and the Minority Business Development Agency of the Department of Commerce. 2 C.F.R. §200.321(b)(5). Cola h 1arr +- (printed name of signatory) �`j _ (signature and date) SECTION Q fesIATM Document G704 - 2000 Certificate of Substantial Completion PROJECT: (Name'cruel uchlrr.c,c) PROJECT NUMBER: OWNER.0 CONTRACT FOR: ARCHIL EC I 0 CONTRACT DATE CONTRACTOR 0 TO OWNER IName and address) TO CONTRACTOR•r frim, ,m,irr,hin•cci FIELD 0 OTHER❑ PROJECT OR PORTION OF THE PROJECT DESIGNATED FOR PARTIAL.OCCUPANCY OR USE SHALL INCLUDE: The Work performed under this Contract has been reviewed and found.to the Architect's best knowledge.information and belief,to be substantially complete.Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use.The date of Substantial Completion of the Project or portion designated above is the date of issuance established by this Certificate,which is also the date of commencement of applicable warranties required by the Contract Documents,except as stated below: ARCHITECT BY DATE OF ISSUANCE A list of items to be completed or corrected is attached hereto.The failure to include any items on such list docs not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.Unless otherwise agreed to in writing,the date of commencement of warranties for items on the attached list will be the date of issuance of the final Certificate of Payment or the date of final payment. Cost estimate ul'Work that is incomplete or defective: S The Contractor will complete or correct the Work on the list of items attached hereto is ithin ( )days from the above date of Substantial Completion. CONTRACTOR BY DATE The Owner accepts the Work or designated portion as substantially complete and will assume full possession at (time)on (daft'). OWNER BY DATE The responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security,maintenance,heat,utilities,damage to the Work and insurance shall be as follows: (Note:Owner's and Contractors legal and insurance counsel should determine and review insurance requirements and coverage.) AIA Document G704"—2000.Copyrights 1963,1976,1992 and 2000 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA' Document Is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA`Document, or any portion of It,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law Purchasers are permitted to reproduce ten(10)copies of this document when completed To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents.e-mail The American Institute of Architects'logal counsel,copyright@aia.org SECTION R %-:44-:AI Document G705TM - 2001 List of Subcontractors PROJECT:(Name and address) DATE: TO ARCHITECT: (Name and address/ ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NUMBER: FROM CONTRACTOR: (Nance and Address) CONTRACTOR'S PROJECT NUMBER: (Liss Subcontractors and others proposed iu be employed an the crhove Project as required by the bidding documents.) Work/Firm Name Address/Phone Superintendent AIA Document G705T'—2001(formerly 6806"'—2001).Copyright 0 2001 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING: This AIA`Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA" Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.Purchasers are permitted to reproduce ten(10)copies of this document when completed.To report copyright violations of AIA Contract Documents.e- mail The American Institute of Architects legal counsel.copyright@aia.org. yv11,42)14 AFFIDAVIT OF NON-ASBESTOS, LEAD, AND PCB USE IN PROJECT Upon completion of this form, return to the Architect upon close-out of the project. PROJECT: Additions& Renovations for Port Arthur Transit Facility 322 Procter Street, Port Arthur, TX 77640 OWNER: The City of Port Arthur Transit Department 344 Procter Street Port Arthur, TX 77640 ARCHITECT: Architect's Studio PLLC 501 Procter Street#324 Port Arthur,TX 77640 Project No. AS18015 AFFIDAVIT: The undersigned affirms and certifies that"to the best of their knowledge and belief asbestos, lead, and PCB containing materials have not been used or incorporated into the Work and lead or lead bearing materials have not been incorporated into potable water systems", including, but not limited to those water systems for drinking fountains, all sinks, showers, bath tubs, residential and commercial kitchen equipment, ice machines, and hose bibbs, as applicable to the project, and that lead sheet flashing used in through roof plumbing penetration applications is the only lead on the Project. Company: Date. Address: Legal Signature: Print Name and Position: Subscribed and sworn to before me by the said on this day of , 20 By: Notary Public Signature (Notary Seal) County, My commission expires , 20 SECTION T STATUTORY LIEN WAIVER FORMS 1. SUMMARY A. Document Includes: Applicability and use of statutory Waiver and Release of Lien forms promulgated by the Legislature of the State of Texas for construction projects in Texas. 2. STATUTORY REGULATIONS A. Texas Property Code, Chapter 53, Subchapter L, Sections 53.281 thru 53.287 (includes the standard forms attached herewith immediately following this section): 1. Form 1: Conditional Waiver for Progress Payments (Page 2) 2. Form 2: Unconditional Waiver for Progress Payments (Page 3) 3. Form 3: Conditional Waiver for Final Payments (Page 4) 4. Form 4: Unconditional Waiver for Final Payments (Page 5) 3. SELECTION AND USE OF WAIVER AND RELEASE OF LIEN FORMS A. Based on answers to the following questions, use the applicable form for the occasion: 1. Is the payment a progress payment(partial, not final), or a final payment? 2. Is the release unconditional(for a payment already received), or conditional(given in anticipation of a payment not yet received)? B. Submit the applicable form, properly executed (filled out, signed and dated) and notarized, on each occasion required (see other portions of the Contract Documents, including but not necessarily limited to the related requirements documents cited above). C. The wording of these forms is prescribed by the State of Texas. Questions regarding their use, execution, etc. should be directed to user's own attorney experienced in construction or lien law. This document is not to be interpreted as rendering legal advice. D. Even if the Contract Documents do not explicitly require submittal of Waivers and Releases of Liens for every payment(for example, omitting them for monthly progress payments), the Owner reserves the right, at its sole discretion, to require applicable Waivers and Releases of Liens, executed and notarized, for any or all payments. Page 1 CONDITIONAL WAIVER AND RELEASE ON PROGRESS PAYMENT Project Job No. On receipt by the signer of this document of a check from (maker of check) in the sum of $ payable to (payee or payees of check) and when the check has been properly endorsed and has been paid by the bank on which it is drawn, this document becomes effective to release any mechanic's lien right, any right arising from a payment bond that complies with a state or federal statute, any common law payment bond right, any claim for payment, and any rights under any similar ordinance, rule, or statute related to claim or payment rights for persons in the signer's position that the signer has on the property of (owner) located at (location)to the following extent: (job description). This release covers a progress payment for all labor, services, equipment, or materials furnished to the property or to (person with whom signer contracted) as indicated in the attached statement(s) or progress payment request(s), except for unpaid retention, pending modifications and changes, or other items furnished. Before any recipient of this document relies on this document,the recipient should verify evidence of payment to the signer. The signer warrants that the signer has already paid or will use the funds received from this progress payment to promptly pay in full all of the signer's laborers, subcontractors, materialmen, and suppliers for all work, materials, equipment, or services provided for or to the above referenced project in regard to the attached statement(s) or progress payment request(s) Date (Company came) By (Signature) (Title) NOTE: Section 53.281(b)(2), Texas Property Code, requires that the above form be notarized. See Chapter 121, Texas Civil Practice & Remedies Code, regarding Acknowledgments & Proofs of Written Instruments, or consult an attorney. For short acknowledgement forms that might be suitable,see Section 121.008 in Chapter 121. Click here to go there. NOTICE: This document waives rights unconditionally and states that you have been paid for giving up those rights. It is prohibited for a person to require you to sign this document if you have not been paid the payment amount set forth below. If you have not been paid, use a conditional release form. UNCONDITIONAL WAIVER AND RELEASE ON PROGRESS PAYMENT Project Job No. The signer of this document has been paid and has received a progress payment in the sum of$ for all labor, services, equipment, or materials furnished to the property or to (person with whom signer contracted) on the property of (owner) located at (location) to the following extent: (job description) The signer therefore waives and releases any mechanic's lien right, any right arising from a payment bond that complies with a state or federal statute,any common law payment bond right, any claim for payment, and any rights under any similar ordinance, rule, or statute related to claim or payment rights for persons in the signer's position that the signer has on the above referenced project to the following extent This release coNders a progress payment for all labor, services, equipment, or materials furnished to the property or to (person with whom signer contracted) as indicated in the attached statement(s) or progress payment request(s), except for unpaid retention, pending modifications and changes, or other items furnished. The signer warrants that the signer has already paid or will use the funds received from this progress payment to promptly pay in full all of the signer's laborers, subcontractors, materialmen, and suppliers for all work, materials, equipment, or services provided for or to the above referenced project in regard to the attached statement(s) or progress payment request(s). Date (Company name) By (Signature) (Title) NOTE: Section 53.281(b)(2), Texas Property Code, requires that the above form be notarized. See Chapter 121, Texas Civil Practice & Remedies Code, regarding Acknowledgments & Proofs of Written Instruments, or consult an attorney. For short acknowledgement forms that might be suitable, see Section 121.008 in Chapter 121 Click here to go there. CONDITIONAL WAIVER AND RELEASE ON FINAL PAYMENT Project Job No. On receipt by the signer of this document of a check from (maker of check) in the sum of $ payable to (payee or payees of check)and when the check has been properly endorsed and has been paid by the bank on which it is drawn, this document becomes effective to release any mechanic's lien right, any right arising from a payment bond that complies with a state or federal statute, any common law payment bond right, any claim for payment, and any rights under any similar ordinance, rule, or statute related to claim or payment rights for persons in the signer's position that the signer has on the property of (owner) located at (location) to the following extent (job description). This release covers the final payment to the signer for all labor, services, equipment, or materials furnished to the property or to (person with whom signer contracted). Before any recipient of this document relies on this document, the recipient should verify evidence of payment to the signer. The signer warrants that the signer has already paid or will use the funds received from this final payment to promptly pay in full all of the signer's laborers, subcontractors, materialmen, and suppliers for all work, materials, equipment, or services provided for or to the above referenced project up to the date of this waiver and release Date (Company name) By (Signature) (Title) NOTE: Section 53.281(b)(2), Texas Property Code, requires that the above form be notarized. See Chapter 121, Texas Civil Practice & Remedies Code, regarding Acknowledgments & Proofs of Written Instruments, or consult an attorney. For short acknowledgement forms that might be suitable, see Section 121 008 in Chapter 121. Click here to go there. NOTICE: This document waives rights unconditionally and states that you have been paid for giving up those rights. It is prohibited for a person to require you to sign this document if you have not been paid the payment amount set forth below. If you have not been paid,use a conditional release form. UNCONDITIONAL WAIVER AND RELEASE ON FINAL PAYMENT Project Job No The signer of this document has been paid in full for all labor, services, equipment, or materials furnished to the property or to (person with whom signer contracted) on the property of (owner) located at (location) to the following extent: (job description). The signer therefore waives and releases any mechanic's lien right, any right arising from a payment bond that complies with a state or federal statute, any common law payment bond right.any claim for payment, and any rights under any similar ordinance. rule, or statute related to claim or payment rights for persons in the signers position. The signer warrants that the signer has already paid or will use the funds received from this final payment to promptly pay in full ail of the signer's laborers, subcontractors, materialmen, and suppliers for all work, materials, equipment, or services provided for or to the above referenced project up to the date of this waiver and release Date (Company name) By (Signature) (Title) NOTE: Section 53.281(b)(2), Texas Property Code. requires that the above form be notarized. See Chapter 121, Texas Civil Practice & Remedies Code, regarding Acknowledgments & Proofs of Written Instruments, or consult an attorney. For short acknowledgement forms that might be suitable,see Section 121.008 in Chapter 121. Click here to go there SECTION U . 2a c� c ❑ ❑ O O O 'O • - o „v, e 'a?Y ` 0. . y` C y I- 3o4-4 W Ix G `c � �V - U LL F- .- j J.4 y a p U 0 c m E i a O c U ¢ a L c y J L V U =o - aEc p c �•? c ..o a2 . a ..eo c .� ' aooua r o 0. �5c .- = c `1 i � • VI `.c�,� 0 'CJ�_ -- +0 0 ,,� C _ - - U'en W o� -� 'Eo Viii a` a � •v03c c � _ = E vGI 0 c as .5 m m c a`6 0 Q o U 0 . l-- >. u o a rL- c= du s• 5 yc a o;= o.00o a o _, �= �� as -CI '14C'2 to Q 1. v O /�/ O v.-, l r. W -• U p a a O +--i '0 vi L O C+ O C C E m Ti_at 3 u o . 8 a 5 `G' 3 Z $o s<- c I- c ., E . <ei; • `c G Z-0 O `-1 t =� £ g 'Cr v;2= u :.1..)-0 m alcO z O cm p '- 6L 0 `,`C 0 ¢i o ti cs- L o 0 O U U z 89 a °s ` H�/ E u� ` ti a E °' " Z c¢ ct J o c z w u0E4 CZ Cr u 872tsro Wv - o 1 t auc- •' * >_ o LE a cc O O O0 c1n,uN L NL<uuw '! cc `o' Luo ¢ U e5. c y To.c o - c W g a a'>1" U .`- UV U �' ._,-L L W O o •�� N ria 4, o y 5 v. i t• U. ' S ry H Q _ _ V� v '' = L o 9 a E = e' '-• c Z 0- d w o u o L 8 v o-L = . c >. u y C p U ° 2.E�O u U-0 c < we 2 u = `^ '= 5 '' CX " ' 0 0 O U v U O a E S r�•±E 0 >. c o 0 u o '' ��'= u2 m , y re �, sis p a�E E- E e,O m ;% u v E Zoa Q _ _ e3¢ d � 'i: d m - e ._ w No12 N — ce_ c o -E hE gc°an T O eo E n 's ea 0 P 4u ' u 1 r m a € u 0 •a N 7 0 .2 ejt01 V 7 N ° lin +n v r 0 v U o O U ° a r- y01 to H (0) of to w 4A L a s Z W ' O o rs3 ¢ - •i v vt c �n p 'E - c l a 5 >- • c r. 0 E . 00 Q C. J < o r:5 �+a c a C 0) V9 w w 0 03 GL' o d _ m ..7 cz `1 O < co ,,o ° z 4J 0 • U ; v W q z L a W 8r O V ~ ? vs ¢ �° a F a 5 0 0 E ce c Q U o 0 " O a W E O� L m -.7... �-' H . CO z E t O1 N J _ E. d to o s, o z 4 V � c '= � 0 � C mac = - � � 4 ` <tn >,,,,, O a v � .40 cU y Q to u `�. y OWC t0—i L Z = s g m mm. p .0 ^ U 00 p c.4.) yL' `Lj -� w W z v=i = D✓ 175 c U ; rc. = 4 m ¢ VI ij LI f-- Ci z W j J ,... D 4 :y, t0 W fi O O Y LL .E G L Vf m S-f-' r g �•`, (.� _ = O C9 N a .oa o c Z Off, Q O = C-' n V.7 o C7 m t .4111I C3 1.-- z - ,n y U Z r• 2 W i• e, wo cc -. > .p d !- u r C O a`,.4' ro J Q U O U x Q W f— W 0 y, Z E 2 8 >`. C1 w p o d 2 U I� (� *CI W Z U i < § o z O uzc, .� c o tea • w Z •_ 0 c0.. Z oEaB 2 Z .2 0 C9 I- Z i 1a- - F N .- ce J " Z r c U 0 n c a m Q U p O c•¢ oo Z O O W 4 4 F O w O ¢ < . c F- O Sam 0 p a_ V 1— w U CO 75 o Is: a a c o Q - w U < < .= mi ei v vi co ai U E- !- 7 o a a a 8 • k § {)- - « 4 §�j f2 wF E mfii g . {;{ ., !I/ E 7)§ - k/\ - \ <ƒg } k % § k}{ 6 . k §42 z -- 2 }=e o 0 _ "E ~g d UJ 3 _ .0 6� U § E /� - 2aE R ° .6 ^C } CC I I- w o 2 § 2% © kE0 \ \ E §-§. C 7)k E E w U (/ j |\} « < a « 2 195 2 $ f2.6- ' K� 2 § ■ -7 <E� & • c . §5k} a\k \§y} C a ,Z \ kf[ 0 228 j kc- 0 u - 00 )m\ �ai 01) § (± � Van - \ 0. I-_ 'Si _ j (4 2 \\f / \ , }&\ j }\\ M § ) - - E/� 2 a,( © ? ) �/ - _ - ' : U. \ ) ) < E ' © ® A • .1 § § § _ 7 _ § I'. E _ ° - 0 0 - _ / � f 2 /\) — ` ) §ƒ ( 0 k ��-cj } 0 _ � . E CI _ � � � f - £ § � \ ^\ \ ) 7 . 0 {5 ■ CLI j /§ � . ® c ` E «gte \ 6 % _ cc / a) ■ 2 � �1 < - 'co 4�) i I II IMO .b j \ \ = k \ - 2— ' �\j 32@3 % ! cam § & it # ] §22 j � � - .� , $ k � } {/\8 Isd / 3050 o B� •f ligrilCI � k� ri � �� j nal § � ' V k . � _ = o _ua§ SECTION V CHILD SUPPORT CERTIFICATION TEXAS FAMILY CODE,SECTION 231.006 INELIGIBILITY TO RECEIVE STATE GRANTS,LOANS OR RECEIVE PAYMENT ON STATE CONTRACTS A child support obligor who is more than 30 days delinquent in paying child support and a business entity in which the obligor is a sole proprietor,partner,shareholder,or owner with an interest of at least 25 percent is not eligible to receive payments from state funds under a contract to provide property,materials or services,or receive a state-funded grant or loan until: 1. All arrearages have been paid; 2. The obligor is in compliance with a written repayment agreement or court order as to any existing delinquency;or 3. A court-ordered exemption has been granted. CERTIFICATION STATEMENT Under Section 231.006, Family Code,the vendor or applicant certifies that the individual or business entity named in this contract, bid, or application is not ineligible to receive the specified grant, loan, or payment and acknowledge that this contract may be terminated and payment may be withheld if this certification is inaccurate. I,the undersigned,hereby certify that I am in compliance with the Texas Family Code, Section 231.006. AGREED TO BY: CONTRACTOR By: Name: Title: Date: a Vo 12"Eali 0.5ct u anuaviaoa i�isxu3oaaucR me;�__ � CO _ -1‘.. o 11111141 f° All1IOV1 1ISNV211 2IfH.HV 121Od 0 ri R yT.4 SFR R %,:::::,,Z. 11;. 0,4 NOI1VAON321 '8 SNOIJIaa`d dJH g21 .E a 3�N3nV SYl'Ib0 i s 3 ilk W F x. of 1 < so , 'Op �— I 11.�� .'4,„b'0.4, r A I S ti 3.0 �}y N r.^ Z ]f1N]/01 SVTM] Jyl Ox CC A p 1 1 y I.... IL i r - 1 m0 J WWW WwW U. Lr 0 I iJ O H N 88 U ..vooo 3 1 `a ,J ISL—Li W fl " ! O V U LL 0 Q m W V J LL n w w . 33 m 2 3 ▪ 3 J 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 1-' WLi –NMw w dre m ' I <I 2 Z Z Z 2 2 2 < 2 qq¢�k 3 V U ZU) 4- - ®z tC FKF WWF 6 FKF W FWF Q W LL pN q Z LL' 2 2 2 2 2 X T ° Y2.0021 ST. 3 d UQ•���� W Z i : s nII u hl li r r .. _ 0000000 mum OC‘ Ct O y l V < p epi W Q `Q W 7 zo z _ m H w g i� d gQ aie aFP 0 W. w.4 -_ K Z �� L� tz it 22K z� Z ~ 55�� > uu� 5 K WW2 g Viz« 7 k rcc°6 to;z slim ,e o ui uWwg-g` z> _ 4 ;_ �aw1 oz. 3Jggoz.wim°1weg iy e , m ~z y WWW �y O H K z o W,T,` 7 yx76�6g 6 W LL W W S�K g i ° z ~ K gKg�Q MX CQ C K gC °pCak €grcmwmLL fi J > < / m 2 $ 2 Ce e S r . d g QwQ�� sase�se$ssssoa ;tR 9$ m$ WWW �VT W Mi0 ecc �diiiV. .7Ziiii ssa er mmmm ce 2 2 2 2 w w 1.G 0 w s 0 i Q • _ � b CL o < - 1 - Y - aqY1 li Qq ° $g� dr s WeNi! 11 4 Ni ddHIH h i ! sga IL ! :! ilillIfrit g sI .k a kvaU . lid li Z r1 A ; N 4 ., H ° m Z y ¢¢§ C ^ 0 m m m ,--1 E Z D Z w F Z 3 U M Y aO y of .. . d S 6 < N J .< ' § u$ mN�il w___, d ? i ¢g q Y W ' a I a o a 8 C r rn (}•6 0 �N'' �'oz Vt.'': 3 O A •I o s ® n • YI„I W r § a ,s a g o, o o ' g' c n ' ii is `" j' n I 4, I li •I .4rei g S SI-0 8, I 8,s8 Q F 8 3I • I ! I a $aa� ~22 d 4 39 a :S-a ,,.e • - 2 is ~�6a p u x I �',2k c� •$7„ >:(c00 I a J L$.w S mrra: I •I g a c� .1 �•? c”" "'• i-a$kc, •i h :9 ' 1l`•i-§a 'm• _-ii 5 3 -A I a 1,Q o a.a 3 3a�36 t�`\9�e $o a\\\ '$4-��.3`5ia �E Ji�\ �` a 0,,,g—6 _n a is q ; \ `58 \\ ;4,.0 w� III �a[ % a :1.. ...-1,;„_ if..4.7.41.17,44,--.:‘-'0*-- - i 4 ////iii 41;,���•lf�• 11! [ vs •I e glir as , I ti I E ,, is $ �+ +8dais\\a1 ie.35' . ��.., ��/• +a�. I I p� is .� .-. sp :Iv.' /�//,�•,i/M -,!.olt =�f •- z �•; \\ \ 3a.. • ..•,r��' '\ •\ \ i,siI 131 EbI6 35 > ' A jais $a 'ett•:p a �/%����� +aI I kw 1 0 ' 15 92 . , . .48 II- > e ie 4 .a •$ ie 9e• .a ,r .�$4/' ' 7 , �L 9 i v J I , R • "a8 is i8 \ .1'1,1-1',..' 1 rel,1.1',:` .3 41110:— L111Y•, • •8 •e 9s �a +91.\ 6 5��' �a >, //13r‘ �I I EI I asH IL 5a 52 32 • ce Be\ \ i3 `, a5'1$ I irIiiPID :e5s "s 7a,5 xi •I ' (ooro.1 r rct.A+.areal : . pie f sa p I�-•sa>�i io1.--W, ab-r aV�_So •- x I �.:' •>yp. 35 9V is J$3a sap !tz IL a. 31MI3WY SYTMO - I 1 1 8 mI ' g ' u'n3 ` 6 . 3 g i X 31 iii z a 5ll I ill 1 2 ; ` ri CdEP II R" 49igYVi p y!biqg P sia 21§o IYb1 3 A5 0 .s. d HI! Cl)! e O IB6£fiii Pe912X1TINLLuv land 133tl15 U31001141 RE PV; ie a a " , 4 `ii g1 AII1IOVI .ISNV21121f1H.LHV12IOd RRRRRR , "n 7�F-s� J s lh `o.�� 111� 1 acs � � rc a ; Qi.i. '.' , ^' 1§Pik! NOIIVAON321 V SNOIIIOOV " 1 x 1 riS o ii4l�11e i II;1 I° a 11 P• it v ° f _ I�iY �i afiI a 1111 a§ IR i1 a g°36 i° y3'11111 al g eli 1 I. r 61�; 11111 I■eic i � k a gp a IY IYsx y e g � � .11 . lie iagl al HI 1i �� 3g 4e : i a�liljl'8I $aigl °�—°, 111a ■i f 101 R p 1.14 rP. i !}ie it !1 ■ !i all I$$i IIap1a 11 lir Ieia 111 li ! i. is p Ill ei"Ill i( W !I °a■ i F5I $ g =' i �` $a i C aI1 moi£€;3 I 4 114 U iib e$p R dill a E1111 pit iy1 aalr p3IIe iia Ii. la ld fill 1Ic1';IQ aai is Ia1 a !s �lil Ai I a 11111 1111 f i 11•1 je !lle$ €I➢I RiI ili !ell 4 514 41 hexa€ gelee Ric o ° C 6 .0..F i g xb i 1 Y 3 I. 1 ! R. I ' 1 I 01 ali 1 1! i$ gg 111 Oi If s:Bz $ ;II .1„, $;!$ �$iRi1�111° 6 i a I; $gr5! .6 Pr a£i89° id a1�r6 ilii a:eemga `� Ph ei gbh i Q P! ,s F i aei WI i a 111 ii a $ [i➢ i �� i ai'` q�ii pao-i al�iii#[gIa°5°�+�;g�$a11�� a 11'01 �� I�1���5eli� '1ia� II �� �1' ,��'i�li� ' 13EBI° ii��a °�I�'-t � m i rl.r 1'IP E1'I 1i Iiiii p°lat.iiiei i ti 111 l JJ 'rill i a 4 1 r 1 i1 ill' II 1�it iiiiti ii£ai .ii VI a E a qi ..y i iif�P ei i1$ II ill v6i i 2 22 k 2 22 2 4teef 6 $g ai` LL 9 1!i ile a 1$£ la 's ii ➢ 11 is i/I1il i1 � i$1g$°A lyEI s i a£ ill! a „Ilia a a aI g e & /Pi �ig 1 1 1�1a ia61 1 fig gyBP 11211411.i1r POP 1 111$ dI ae.s • 3 I}Yxllp il➢ al sir W E&�7f� Iiii ;ill /11'4111! 1 1 t r; kk r k r k kap 1111¢3 °3 is(l¢ilili o li! Ili 9 I i el II%f e/ q a li 014111416 4 = 1Ii' _ aa! ➢° aaigii aP°Fi I y 311! 'a k' 3111 liliy: Iep. $ 11 1 I ai rr II l°4i�giiti i' PA pal• [ /I i@ax ril$$ir$i i Ea 8 e'e®® I p � it lei 11x1 ig IIl$r1x lel pO W I a 1iai a' ° ! !■■e I i s QAi ei i a Iaiii Hi E es' €$$ I O Z I.g hili i 1 1111 1' ` p $as i is@ s a i ai g I ■1 „gill Fi■■ Eg c ! g�3 gif i it 4°°q°@a P a a}t l, 18 .$ ig 311. ggi1■ n Mil '"'.e—f E W MI _1iI i 1 ,!a ig$e I ■{a iii Iii 1 ;1�si ADM $p��llliR ll'liillgt �■pI I3 a 1i PI'�1iilii$ !➢ _i# 0 �� 3 G 2 1 i L Ielelagmiiiil11141 i s 2 E 1 E0 11 gi i; qaE a f 6 03 Il xl }1 I S 1?E! ➢she.¢ixliii 1$gEgi iig P 1111111"1 Rrifp i llii iv `a t- 011/1111 ei 01p E/i 1 i i•@Ii 1 . $1 IE i 1111611 11 4;17P 1111 Cy g p P 8 ■Q 111 a°re g a Ir 9 $Ps ➢°I a 1:041141P§ i It illi : z i ! i aoi ! is iii 19 jai iia➢p11 I1 11, 4 r Qp s11 ela ■p aa d€1➢i i�i 1111 116 i i 1 a'" a3e �+� x ifl,ray i➢i i 1° m— Ii i $!E Ill 11-1,41i,iaI of aiaiac 11116 a.. e1 811 $ xg6 'a aI Will i a t 1- jj $ 1 s s, 1 Iri➢ 1 1 ➢ E i 4 It ➢ : 1 _ - ig O ISca 1 11 i ia 1 1 5 E ! p E i aS k I 1 Ia $ �Q c 111 1 ri 111 411 pl 1I `dela$➢$➢! ea 1111 f 1 e I. 111 1 I ■ r:i$ i a f'1 ■i l + - Qv ;:, le i111i; x i III`'° coi Y€ ! 1a1 la pap_ e. jj1ii1 M 1lfs1iaidz$i 9 Bi ig1i ➢1111!1$ iill . ee! ` ! I $ i g■ k41!n( 1iii, 3 5 4 3 a a e , V i �w M , w.. Z • 11 DM ' O _ W p w,a ..,._4 1 m a la a = 0 ,.. _a z u. W ! ; k \ I D k • 1 L 4i O k ,O 0_ 1''„� _ a i F rz > \ \\\\\\�} w ill-)a I I o 5 i —t� _a 1 °� kI4 _ oW $f SAO' .I o �, a a p i .ki \ t Li° z. Z i Ii — I !at a 1- g o11 $ oLL CC Z w ^ ➢ il : 1 1 . I -.. t 1 ao...� � ____ e ` - i + y • • a 17 A ��Ir—M1 > !! 5 o YI Z \IJ icI.' i � L —k k J ,..a 2 ! , 4 I. i L l J J y,. F '• , J y Q Z 3 of _w 3 alit o D Q g ke! M hili��//�� 0 �°F43i3 0t9"X11E11LL6V1110d 133615a31JOadZZ[ IrIFIT CO �:` ''. ei I ilii 6 AIIIIOVI 1ISNV2I12IfH12ld 11104 OO..�, Z:''r� I° 1Min NOIlVAON32l6O'S SNOI1I O / • 5=s C lig 31N3AV SY1N(1 (''' ''"\. \ 1 (,/ :,,,, M....,.t N 361 A1M3,._d o a 1 J O 0 ! Z VI I 0 \_..,_..—..._._. .....„/ I �. II' 0 1 o 4 r Q • ‘ Q' O 1 :1 ! t4-410 % ii 7 3I , t\`. e� r IOW I %' �, r--( ` ' l-'�slJ Pc 4\t \--,-,:\ ✓ i 0 ;/ :-. b ` 4 o \O so 112.4 a p III' op 11 Ilig $e1 p \ ✓'' _ _ Fal 1 � g s o � �+�J•�4 11 iii ------_- -,Orl 3.U11.tr5 3Nf1 Al1BdOLd ilii ir p Fe5FE6 il iAid " Firi ill ii g 10 118 ss °i t sp i �in IP lig i 1 4t iv 1 �� r iilig 1s4 f d l s ill ll Ii 1,4,tit p a 1 il' P� gni 1 Op IN Ili Oil Il Its 1-i �r II1 liii aeIII IP 8iii lig Ig lel XII Ilk i°e° III iii!NO dei iIII o l�i.EFY.f3 OI9L1%1Ll1H1NV1LOd 133N15Y31�Oild RC mac;m�' CO 4,1.�' a"3£ " �iiii AIIII3Vd 11SNV211 21f1H12IV 121Od R •• q R Rpa 5 a .syn;`� 25 11; SI! aoe g8 €o N a°s�€ g�€ NOIIVAON321 '8 SNOIl1UcV y ri oos,o�o 1i' 108 c A it \ :\ o `\ L-----\\\ 0 LL \\T\ o \ Z s h .fes 2 • .i\ . id iNd 0 111111p --.•-* ,..• - ' if il �I,a <�>,• ;` ted til o a �- k;.> /oT , e °� `o`^ , P o ° 44 b k..1,4.E: i '' a :; - O O jl1 f 4 4 k4 ,_ta . . ---, ,,,,0 ,o e r E- -�' IDD gra if ii Elf r i if i i Bag I of ii3y iI F 8 1 f`�8 i pi 5 j 11b I,Ye 111 i= 1 ;3I I I fs 1!Ii r 111 Q ! 1 €g•1 ti iS ', a5li cl l'111e8I a 1IIhi IIII! 111 I7 ill li 1 all le 3! 8' p 8l H S� 8�t gS H F 4" 8 B{ 88 8.g i 8r 3$ 8 8 I ii Q1 tNil iI ii is iiil €I i 11 i it I1 it II Q - Cl) -0',. pl�a�l�z oreu xi'anHiav lno.i 3-11,5 a3130a.1 uc V♦ a;.. .w" I,. AIIIIOVI 1ISNV2I1 2IfH12IV 1210d a Tint o t��c.`tPj w 9 1 z o�A-xo:.�a3. ��: I; �1�� ; 5a ,"" i"s$i1!4r NOIIVAON32I '8 SNOIJIaaV 2 -. a 3IWGAYSYTNO 1 A \ .00011 M.2Z11.e1 N 3111 At3dOMd ' 8�,1 a 1 J 3 i,! E � °R 111k f0 11 Øid\ 8! IPI II �, : ::,. +ii 1 igii :i � ig 1I5Ii ? 1 ski \ \ i i il 14 \ ii fill! Ile .`4a.. Pier_::::::::9;:,' , f :IA $$apI ii o -. g Ii gip I11 - ppgii 4 '. ! ill; i \ veil Da \ 'EI i NIS . ♦ .mayYI Z o 16 g q § I I I/ 7 lz f4,1 ai. ISI 1r il 41 Ird 'r i 0 1110 t5 3; 0ii; .1'I i44!A IIIq `' > \� 111111 vd : 8 ) /11 a ,''''' IIN I I/11411104 o° ` 11 Nth WI t111 0 tea lid lf. IIII �® J E: iii r Ilf ihi AO'011 3.CL[IAIS armAlEf3dOMd I il 2'\ R! �J 11 j1 ziyl �eSIa ;Ig °� Y} ElG� �[ R 16 8� g ` p I 1 l i 3c O4x 'y°�¢ � SIB$i [ - ! }� a � p ■F � 3 a.�7a. ,ia E ...R A• 26[fg! R ■ IP I I III l9 2Y} XC � }. I6Zill p1#1 1I 11 111 1. 1 1,,li li;{(1 E Illl ell I IIIitf ! , W€� � 1,IIP@}"I��B} 11 iI a a �Ie I�! I7 I[ �3E6oISg �I 1 ■�y61 3 1 1 2�1 a �11II f 1 911 I6e�$l ii : yp� 3 Ili i`I4 f I I . iiiEP iE°a11 gIIll Igag €py `3a ��@' pgg1 el tg a a6 ¢gpE IgR� w` ! e��'s'sY6€ i Eil aFaI '♦!i 1 } L !Q1 �a�I ~ til 96SI ! G! f 9 ! 11 3 I b -19 11a atit $�i@17i1X1 o>9UX. arnuarI Od 1 LSH]oaa MC .4! lL R O (n , _w Orli AiI1I3VI 1ISNd211 2if1H12IV 121Od 1_AE. = - g �.- �'O c vli O. `o %- _gam s 7 Qet'�: ��4§� NOIIVAON321a,� SNOIIIaaV 111P-i'" li 8 Zi 1;_§ \---'' G 1111 e p �� 1iIIk1 Hib tB !! 1, 911. 41 hill iiiii 1t; E 1U hi dik.„ \ ,.. __ . , 14479,:s4, 116.-- . i 4:174 � �-. lel �� f�'i liilk óii,0/ 0. 6IlNIIIN oc‘/. ...,,L_.... ; .._2„....... (...../ � t 4 . ... _ , 00 , . ,..4,. moo / I il 111" a i II I gIV g ii it 111 i g I pl Nil owu Y.I.bruuav ui0e J3aws a3i3oaa m coi ?"�E":fl @$ 6� A111I3V1 IISNV211 21fH1?!V 121Od ; dT R R g ,,�^ xfir g=511 �9t' � ���s s � '� � � €�< Q a ,,,. Oki!! NOI1VAON321 '8 SNOI1IadV - itis.1 1 I's xi=o 4 Y ,- 1 1 t Yy d! r Y z 1 cY 9 1 Ft ~ Qg a w 1 P 1 '� e U Y• 2 S 158I; / :.Yapp y 4 p\ff :YXJ jill \ �p� ov ITE--_-/ A0 - 01 1 2.; '' Allil as ` If 3 1 t I I p L � Y: w gid --Ick' f` Aiii g li 111,� v 11 Y3 a - o; 11.§ ? Ilii , 4 A ; 4 53F4 . ill r Yew 1 c_ LL ~ _- ktFA W o. ----- (§', i 0 Ill 0.k. 3 o 1 1 /II 13 ��1 i igi � sig Via= 1 L!I i11 11i1 1 ! 1r1-§- --- 1 - o dII Iiiiii 5 ?1 Is ?2111111' k€i. € 1 1a1 �, i i 3 _ a w o. Ara SI illllll/Jll/ LL J � w ii I_I.I.I.I.I.I.I $I4 11 40 II 34 ZI u0 x y OI 11 1 5 3 qi 11 g E U i D II111_I_I_I_I_III V � ` lig! cDAreI,�I1I3,xvVdna 1ISNV21121fH123ad 2Od 1 -R R !tin sy :te� y= @I ! INCC s,. rd „ 3 lit g.t w °$ ili131 NOI1VAON328 sNOIlIaad Ai' 0,gg 1" d Q (\ \ l'.: ♦! O O • O 1 0 ; 0 o 1 ,s..„„,;-..--,, ,---r.--; :0 -;--.- N.i4. �®:Alit` aft 2g s . 38� 1 v. p I0 ;. `' \ `�\ A' _ cif 11111E J; 11 i i tai � ze o � the fat HI 7 t2, 0 4i'. 4 \ ..tgl',_, .,,,,,k' Vi/ ! IFI '4410 Ai4.19 (v) O. ill vi \/ , ss � � p iii ID i 76 !� S i 6c 9l i el h Milli 11 1 I ii li ge 1Ri tton ill i 711 a is; al iil 111! 11 11 1, i i 1 €pi . ga}pe! idlii TIT`l4 I / ri�N ingg l VII1 i p 1 81 I soil¢ .?a _ 'g JIIgI@@;5II yipii � �. ill ag f 'oi =eYf Iii IId iL 3Y9a IIII lL E dal 6 1Ii fr )11g ! aa ¢ p eF IIegg ! y a E = ypilit! ia 4! 111 l he 3d l a 11 I° l i Ii1 t 5i Iii ill lig iii hhi ill U ii IIi ea = „Inv OreL2 xi 1MYLLWINOd 33Ht5tl3LOOLd RL m3e e co! , �K ` g°I p�`€E A111I3V1 11SNV 1 2If1H12IV 12I0d p R R QSR R R R Q Q 4.,:i::;,:- '',, §Ill NOIlV/10N32I '8 SN011iaa`d € U a NI a ill it =Q :Et i iii Q11 € Ali c.1 Z $ ! } 11 11 ii iii al I _ Q l I i g e Qe 9i$ w ill kip WO III 15 HI g. O It ii S iit6 if.. I 13 l_ iA f€ if h 111 t1€1 W b 1120 it / 111 I1 ll 13 13 al, li 11 h �r Ig: all rt� Oen Ih il ig Ii 1 ;g 13 `Qi QBE8- hh s1 .�.. 41 I III €¢BE C H!Ø s, II ��I 15 _ {y€ i it II! IHi ��• ;Ik lai i I 1 ri 11111! -2== 1 1 Si lila1 11 1 . te, 11Q a ° i III 1;i g t 1 111 1i 111 111 O 4 ia 0 a e Wnnnir.a1... -,".17uu■■■■■rn■' I Y% _ ttt9ti■■■1 1■■r�t" . ° el �s 1 ■1r.1.ury��►O .0t � tit"■■■■FIN ‘7 -40 # / 0 [111 _-- - ■■_■�e_ �Q' ■„r ■■• •,.I ■■.■I ■ ■ ■■, i uI "■.: \,/`i■■G■i■■■ tt ' t♦ R I -, A■■\���1� a0 Igit gl oo •'�t ��1 mtAilQM. / .- '1T / Cg e.:. • q I .3 i if .9 € la .1Ei ■ 1 ¢ii 11 e i'28 1II 1 !I Ie I=re i1 DE I I {1 1 iQ I! 14'1 111 111 ,1 3i Illi ilii gg i1 1Iii 8= alb I$id :II it ii. s lir 0 11 II d 111 i —s■■■ f t: ■ ■■ co i1 ,iiii II / ' r l � 11 till 1 / g PI. Igeemain Te ILtilmmIllm . qrll co ...._ > v4r\„,, . v -.... . 0 ..... .IIIII V ri 127 i. gg u-'pmow.. cc .i'$ III! JP. 19 la 5 I Ii } ; ?R G 14 �II!I 11 7 I', 0 a a yp sg r l ili 1, 1 r1, ,1 i it:111;. i,1 I 1 1 I = �i€ P ii E . e 1 P i gg l 1�� Q e �� o.. li €1iIpi 'gel' lli 01 11 I€ ifi 1113 ill� f�y Ip 61 [ I isill=pid 11 h i!� 41 affica ' ii o 111 € g Pggi a ` ' de l / 1 f611E3!gob!€l iill 9l 11 = Q314 I Ig i 34 lilt! I 1. 111 Q.iQti E . 19 =1 irI I° ill�II `i €� " Iii 1' 1 in i ld,,,,I,,i,11,f1, i,,,I li ,1, 1 g,Id fig, 14° :i 1�l �/� gip' 01°lii13 09/iXl UflHLW1UOd 133a15a3100dd&t c o3a V♦ a ;� ,t d g 9111E111 AlIIIOVI 1ISNV211 21f1H12IV 121Od o � « g�R �o cQ, Q° .t'.'' 11 ilii°91 NOIIVAON321 's SNOIIIQOV � Q ogo a \ I \ 1111 t ' o \ E 33 O Z 4 ; r: I i \___ \ / \ o f gI 111141 ail it ♦�, 1 1 • I/I• ••IID 1° II• • I•••• • ,e;\ i •I•I•IIII/IIIIIIII/I r aY 141$1$118#$#$#$#$14104V--- o is ####" *"."~$$$$$$i$$$$$$$$$$$$$‘i 1 ii' 111 'l it 141 � a11i1 111 i1 3t ii i � AW"##~###,:•74<t"„:,-t#.A4•••••••••$$ ‘ 1 I '1�r \�°'`�IIIIIIIIIIIII , — ��IIIIIIIIIII�� ��•►��..�. i7-4Ili'!1 th lb L1 '1s ��Q��[; .1 iti , FE, � � IIIIII/I/I/II ..1-."mak: .._,....:,•04.A...,,,,,,,„"♦ I:I/II/III/II ! 1 : C' !' '�? "�� '`, 4 � , I•�IIIIIIII/III 1; 8 1:`> 1 ••. ��"; `i,L L III: IIII: WWI owuzcan tiro lb., 133N15 n317oad[L[ n rvw^ oda cni, .. ; - o ;i l'i, A111IOV l lISNV II 2i f1H.L IV .L IOd ? ice & c i '¢- 1 Q <,:i !----�' !°Iiia►a� NOIl`dAON32! '8 SNOIlI04H "- 0, gh w w 1 1 i 11V11111111 sI it ESE E '11111 ► iiiiiiii 16 iiiiiii tea i ;d6 II no s$� 4a OS I ii11 IIII` U,o.. cc. , „ „ ,,o § dei tai �# �� 6S �@! ppe,ai 0 Ilii SEI ER 1 IIIII1I1 gI.ill IIIIIII1 u. .w..w I I ill l 1 : I;s;a:SE 1 = p r it 0 y *m."i3iltl6tO 2 ' q F Eli iiiiiii o mk e•ukkkkkkk I •- LL va =::. FFiiMI O 'ung:. '.^../°..:J�.: Zs O Q aow 1sww•i !Li: �� • I I I I I I e-:u+a.-s 000000 ■■ .Imam • •• •• w. •• • . • 1 1iiiii111 !11 i ''''''' ; "41"" R S ( ¢ a 8 /HUT i ii li= a iii id . O Cl)! ,,44,::,;.. �p■rlii" orott zt anNiav taod 133tu5M3130ad RS . ► All-I3VA lISNV?11 2if H12dV 121Od " k an R R R F. oc 4CC ,,,•_:4-4- 1$4'1 NOI1VAON321 '8 SNOIlIQOV Q ':' iLid Iill Ile 1 I: l c — t ill 1�1 .. ti /. n i4 ! 8g. cp ! II I .Qpj !J 11 1j I 5 I.1 11 111 11 i! '-is\— – �e11 f 4 a ���[ Ili 2 ill a I lc._ I ill X i% z I`i \ I Z i � i Z lir,--_—_,_,:. o le ,r I e l¢ 1 I B € ' Z Iii I r' 1=Q I gifv Z s1s 111 'Q I lia 11 iw�; I to i Ie j yli i III1 o Iii j(i Citi j 1111 4 Q IEW 1s =1- > X28 j ■ F� egg i'ii {}R i B■ -- iei1 i �e i I I m>: I ..4 41' WMQQQ�e�,i 4 1 I ' I 'p '.4 @ I I '� 'i ill 1111111111" 31l' r Ir. fflH e8 $_., IIII \ i ��I MI. dl ih \ \ ., 11 _a_a�.,1 ,, \IH);\\ , I Q s..,l ti Ill —— - II -i � ' a,Qp111 , L 41 1 MI 0Qe1 , 1 fill' ii illi I ii a . 1 a o9 #8i® I , �I 1 I liptpi iii i i1iii1 g 919118•— 111 1 3 E9 ?I; I f idill — Il P! � IIIlli ii:, yy lea e Q di j_1 IIi I ilii I 1 ri➢ i a .� �_ , tii11 ill ---111, EKm I I Y�Qgc�i s� �1 /,, ■ !i illi ! fei I I11 I !I i/ l Ill �L' , --Je a �i t i99 ° j, 11 \;11 Q iimmie.it ' t r i' e i 41 iii ¢11 5 11 il$ w e o f �_ $ e1 Q `I Q- Iif Ili i§ II/ ii 41 II1 III, 11 � � o I i, , .e iii -,� Illi i lI III I II I I B 1R\ Mi 4R' , I� II lit 1 / .! i< <° i ill 1 #II i li 'i ill Otelt X1 11,1,1111V 1210d iii/k i ,�`' p l6: "i AII1I3VJ 1ISNV2I1 2If H12IV5121a0d : I' m F. '''' .-4;-' IT R o V♦' ..'1�( . a 1g ISI o y " y � Q< s Y"•'�y' a wit g aUi ; ! f t„10 1 gzO SCJ �' „,c' f$ i'l'{ea NOI1VAON32I '8 SNOIlIaaV .6S B,bW Li a !I� E4G1 8`i8 'Sa A A m m 1 �_Anal..y.mt..a 1 i. L �4 - I. z ' o 0 z o mr f k . I r / . / u .. Ai; i ilh 0 010 31 I. 1��4 1 0 '" Cl).. 3, '' O iea�91=4 or5tt X1'anNiav iaod 193a1s a31�oae zzc ���w., . ^ $y aye bIK „ n R R R R O or4i - '�,.•'.n P cilli AII1IOb�� lISNV lI aflHlal� laOd ei , i _ gg too y1�fi _ Milli!!! �• �� ��• � g�3_°� ��a <D '` ... �'l°!,! NOIlVAON321 '8 SNOLLIOOH s a=W a f ¢ I yy'' S I i �• g@ 6p46 iih all 4 @ II g1g 8g. hi; 1 1g1 I 9 I, 8 q10(di!hi rl 411 E diggiqg lit g i' 'rg€ s 1e 1 8 E1 ie P 1 1 Ifi `al IA 's s ;l�L!,a ° 191 PA 4' 11 li H h i 111111 1/11 / A \ \N‘---- / Z I it 11 i i ti . LiLiktr ill 01•4\\\ . 1o- pi 1 1 - , \-, ' . r 1 .III lai All t *. _ t '§ ibi E] I I” i i I\I ' LI ill i :.: ll' ig lit ❑ T°11: IE l li Z1311111 a 11 21, ; 1 . i II i 11; , # ° f .,. I i kI 1 ii it ° l �, ; ;,$ f 6. !i. igg ,:it 111,i I j a° 11121111 1 1 Of# 1#E lI z •c Y' to I ii fff i`1Willi #iI \ \N . / Iiiii c.,. , ,,-- 0 '-,3 cr ss��wi , 1 I re 12 P Z I 1 Oil 10 1 J 1� z, w til 1 II _i i • 1131111 '1 ( •d1 l gs 11 li / hit!! P?, S01,1111 1 i . . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ip i3g3 pe i 5g# e # p 6S }1311 #a$ #6 �1�Q sEe# 441 d, g tli l$PAS! �$ i1 # gt k� gLgL 3 •PAID 1 l [L[t e t I 1 I d1 } z 3 II! i .. 1•i F U W ,.. V (n #i iliffiliam— N 1liI 1 i` �.1 ilk 7 s , i § v�s5 1e7s illi � k w I :Ti fib sR a� E 1� x # = O 1 1111.;��IIL / g a o N SOP a til / /i • •# #� �!! I gp Ih illi, s 1 1 IP YP¢e 1 I Cu) e •.. w)Km 099X.1 Nnluatllaoa 133a_S a31J0ad LLE r =t. y g AII1I3 ' i 1ISNbal af1Hl21b UJOd _ -'� R R R o 1<:$4; y��;�.� ; � and i a °w il! 9E�i o f tG Q ° 4; I Milli NOI1HAON32I '8 SN011laatl opo a RIF L p I I• oi6 ,i ; I e tali !�1 ii 'I 6 1 ! tII 1 € .Iir11 11 Ivi 1l I Z11i ➢vQ ei &&& I I i� 113 8 €is Ofe h II III i iv 1 iv Me lag !I§ i i iv• Y illi Ivi d i 8;r't v 1' e e \\ I �`1 € IIe 1�1 111€I 4 1 1=7'11 1t Z l it 1 •111[11Y} ➢ Ci .= 4v, t Ha g ii'x W p11 111 vi Iil/ iii Hi ilje I1 K Id! 1 it v 1 411 ❑ e hit ❑ -, 111 K i X D it ❑ MI } 1 III 2 i Z i till 11 ii ❑ ii ❑ 1 / 11z ❑ II111 ill ❑ M 1 111 r1 � i = i ' ii i r �dlCl.��� J 1!_MiI I �--J Ell 7 �` 1 .11 I= Its I I � l 4 .: . 111 1 �' 1 i ,�.,� . 11111 II y[ a ¢S ;Ek �� 'II e0 yp 11 1 IP ,CI y8 Ii ke} I ❑ ®1 i 1 Bag; a ;4 9 i 1 I i gad; a p, ' 11 61.18 h1 i Ivi 111 , ' if 111I, I,i 11 @t i o -,.. ..- s � gg le i p 3 ➢ i 9t IE g I I I Ii iv ch. 11 !II Ili i iv i '. iv MP 1.1 !➢I E i i iv 1 1 0 E. \ \ i _ i•o 1�1.i li Z li( I I i y... $1 It 9 3 F li 1_•p1 i 111 I 1 I, 11 W il � e ❑ ill ❑ J1 W ii 1i e ii ll Z ❑ ` iv ❑ 112 i F vtl IhhI' iliUIIiIiIh4 i; A i �'-•III ➢ If \ L = I i ➢ a I I iii 11 f pi Pi .II i 1-- ? 'L Ili ''I Yg: f .,.,, 1:11 /, e6 e, c 1i : 4 e ( t' 11 F1ii Ili it ii i ❑ ! i @ Fe @a ?1i @ i i I1 i IL/IL \ 1 111- 1111 di s 9 li iliMilMii 111111 li � � E 11!4!1 lig I__, \ ❑ — .;� 11 1 I I S I I i I1 1 li�f®I a I 1 i I 11[ 111 1 2 o " di iii 0 p .-.,-- I , 1 —�` 1 IT •II i .11 I I Oh iii I st,tisa MIL e x an uavlaod .aeaisae130,44 t CO . : "``�: , 5);9 gi1�J11 AIIIIOVJ iISNV2I1 2IfH12IV 1110d z RQ z-n wR R R R uiai o '_s 9eir;tea 1`�'° /it'd ; Kin/ �¢ - Eaa 1` <IC .o 'ii PION NOIIVAON321 V SNoilIaaV 2 o,1s E 5 a ID . \ . ' . \ ., O i 1E I illi iff` A \ Z 11111 %NE\ , O t di i .40 O' 40* aNkv, ® •, ® ® •• - .. ED r ,!i�* psi '4H L \ \\ , rio,r ri 0 !iiiiii ! iiiiiiuhiiIiil1tj 1!1{ j 41 ...' W ...„ jl { 1mIiJ"1ffluid 1fig1© ,f,�. I i 1�, 1� ,, �;I it i I Ii I il' lii4 i1 ,ji1f i uhIiIhIhilIHIIIuiIr111Iuti1ll �, L� tlt iii :,j.ii ,pI �i,i#iii 1 i 1/ MMI til) Iutilii bli i+ " ; 3� �� 1 44/ pen ilif l iiI1hr AZ 1lhli1iI1lhli1Ih1h11iI =111 - D I' , ova"xl'anlaV l2Od 331_S a313Oa.ZLC �� p+tie;g»� Ni! lEE 0 iE s �$ � A1I1IOVI 1ISNV211 2111H121V 1aOd o 1` " 919! R o <: o 'iiildiiiih NOIIVAON321E8 SNOIIIaaV sus 9 i Via= w II ab f !/ lbPY by I €l 9 qq € 9 !�j li !9 is E 5. w!i. 4 ri si ; gif I 41 e 1 11 111 / 31lg dpO~!�� tii _ 3333 !E ..p a 9 ! ! !� g ! ! � § � �i Z E! Eli i '1 1 Et 6 !11 Ip q A ,k 't i €i 4y € €�4 g :$: 7pe8g y� i i! b7 dye ! s j i ;E 7B Y5 9 „ G I,e �g� iSI i z ill i71 y 4 v , 1 "g if 1111111 t9j hi $ QE gi y k� I l res e1.4 Ees10 U i ii �1�{ I ° ( Y 11 II 11 fl �yl 04 i. lo kl itlw 14 ,. 4.j 1 E€ ; 1 1 !Ig qq O QFC g�2Ra�{yiE€ 'SG• �y iC lit !i 3 b y}Y QE gA ® �:i i ;I I iil All/ .ill! i 11 P!!S11a 7 ilill '"spy rel > � Y _ Ltig l'�f1 \ ,--i l � iii�l�i 7i �( , ' 14 h lad 3�ep� 11�i. lrl: € \ i 4.i s'� l I ill, J A1, I Y1! p o§ . , :i ii ,I \ O Y 4 7 i p61 v ... m tii 6li !IIP €i nii li 9ha i ‘ / ! eIrg ! �i Epi � \:,, __� € i 4834 III . i'';} 49d gl 9 `' f I, O q 'N aa€ lig i 1 Nil iii 8e€4€1 - ,...e9 ‘, .;/\ ,I., c --,.... _. , ii *------,1• ��, • s9,8 ' ., • � - / E4 '''.:,*--14111 ,.1 i / 1 *® E € . i / V / ggili p llii IN lilii lIl Ni OP illi 9a� i4 NAI4 64 E oFeifa8. mre«xi'a�uiavia°a 13awsaanoaezzc m�mwm ¢gpg5 AII1IOVd lISNV211 21f1H12IV 1210d Q �' � �Q R < w�s f a°' w F $�g s ;$ d'di;� NOIIVAON321 'S SNO11140`d ° .311;1 sig 8 8Oo W .5 IPr ia WI ++ Dm 11/0 11. ii IIill¢ LI,, _9b, li i _ii qv 0 iVii it !li i 11 i B °e f1 w 1fRI 3$ B x y ie €F � �1 f� �� c, ® IN rill h11 R a � F3 , 1w1 1e 1 1 1 del es i Opp 1 11€ i i S g1{11 O 1 f —1 MI le °61ai F � � li w i5; 11- @ I fi : il6I 1S! hi! Z s a i aft$ g 1g.. ill 1 e 1;e`-1 1 Y1 W fi 5 B c w 4" s i i 5 f 1 IP a 99 f .aE z f 8 ¢ € �� pi e % gliw S a 11 V e� i1 a w I l€ 1f w i W lin i@1i ill 4i1 g i_ 6111, f 11 'i i a ` f ES€ a1f $1 1 {p; 0 6aa 1€f$'- lae1.ii A 6 fie f d 1 ii g 1 ii 1 1 s Iii w P;¢ € 53: [£ 1e='F �e � ` 1§f$'�9 ie i > lid g & € gg r r I 111 x e 1i1 1 eppE 4e eF 1F€g� g[Cf 114 u@ f fY 1 i 3 w 1 >1 p e� 11 1111 0 i liftg 1F- a' ., d1s N 4 9 F f ill I $ hi Pf�11 f if l 11 �9 -s-11 1 SFS€1E \ l -\ \I \YT el c_71 O N t w IfI;gB \ \ � f1 Fz1 ;\ \ 1 \ O NN ,4 4.4 rI o s oO , 1 el ®® ci '. 4 -.4110'4 X 4:• • , ' o `,. \ - 1 o. ® ® II 'a b *i ® _'* HQ pF 11 4111 lidNi ; 12 I €i e !Mid y 1 .di 0 lfe pE' eiiiiii Dt9LL x1 an..1110, 13..5.100.is € gVii;; AII1I3dJ 1ISNV I1 21f1HflIV .L IOd P, g-771,15 !RSR R g O � �i�B� ao3 0 � ����� ��> v O 1y11.a;,j NOIldAON321 '8 SN011lat7`d � $ m li rr w �13 E�YSL yin g00 a,oi A W J A g #: PP}'i gi e g g 1 9 !a VI Il P 1511 I II a ' 1 12 i 11 1 ØHQ °I, iYi1 ri s 8 z i ig xi - 3- dil PES SP} iyt i9 I e ,, i z- J ie ii a pg s9 fit.s�8 �p� i �!� tl iES ��g af 6iL I �ys I = ei S i lig. - g.II I S !Egvil it EE i 591i g I §34 d w E i = gtt a R i a € 3 o . . l ti all $y P NI Pe ? ill i'i° � ! 1 °0 L;1 a.si 1111 J < '� � is y II �_8t¢P ; P i s s i i d i g�e ae$g HA ill$Joo � r i�� �1��` `�gp vP€ i III o� e ' i gi s i i. w pP ; NI l A!Icp l` r el W =t - tl 9E 9 61 el Pei St Iii it Ip lel e e 1 I .1 I it t 83 i9 ii II it w F g} 3i e i iii it iii W RA Iii 8 P !1I E?r it i 7E i g 9 SS G la g i g[ dl a le i 0 Y li i B ii 5 8'i ki §� i9 i ii isl ' 8!PIM w !i{! ;Ii ilk! ill 11 I, li 4 ® >7 o c i i$ 115 ii 11 6 a s P P 9 0® ®© O i y r a w 3 0 a O c; z F x w \ JI i J 1" . lilt yy 9 U§ IAN ��w� 1974$ ...(4. � <( r4\.■...■I � 4 o � 1111111"y � I �agINN/ .4k4:14 r /t Arogm■■=SEN h ii 1111 ill vv I1I1IIH, . ' 1;.i: ."z \ AMMat j Alp flM111111.Er I , ','lir / N . I I rry NWW1441,4* ,- ,1 Oh il �/ ' fir■ " .� ¢ En4 es 3 EPi S_ iMIEL 4‘.i*,7?" ' j■. , .....impavfk, ,• ..,..,\.s....._,_:: , ..,,,,,.. i 1 --- - lit ii S �,,:.. Hilt _ i1.01b€ O 'AUG �� p mu% an,uaviaod 133111S 113.1.00d zzc li 11 AlIII3VA lISNVal aniiimv 1110dand ▪ giiiii R Ra ' ' Co li o▪ Pi •-a Q" I: siiiigaNOI1VAON3t1 '8 SN011iaadMN co =s o lid I=a 11 1 9i 5 9i ii pg€ 1 iE l €;11sif }l: 5i;l Z1i r 1 i Y 1i i £5/i i nli €�1i1a 1-g '" q111 1 '14 4) a ff' I IP"9x Ili I, Ili } f lei!$IA g is II f s t ie YPJ lIi €€ :I iit ii 8F Q y£ 3e+&@ } 9 i ply Sty 1!91 g y 8 i 1 1f E3 €I YI il', §O 1! £ i i S; I epP 8 1 e EA. r ,I la it l1.o yigi _ jE=¢ q'�R I�€5 n 1 $i 1 i/I i4 sib€ ;3g s' 33 i : 1 {i obg I ill III IiI z a E 3 e E i I igi 111 hill €iE Icy 'HP 44 � i € i l i ; i, pc i w ( a€¢f[o gpei Ail i 'pji ill g i l ♦yl ; 1 ii it el II ;Q "s i G- 2 e 6 h 6ii 1 Mill A £ q g ii: 6€ OP f1 afe,/ i€ I y i h i L I i i ➢ i i f ! I z k f1 8 i €� a� i (� R f j s� p . :i R � f g g g g g y I j li II Ail, lii bTl af,11 i e RS s € y$ €€!II Yr. L G G F ? 1¢¢ 9p i11 �3j ,, f'" !Si ,F 1 Fg y# ypi yya ' �f ,3 RE �r . 11 G it . I 51C 3 9 e 41 Id EL§ Yl 3111161 I�$ I i 3 i 4i 3 illi i3 ill :£f IC i 2 C ! . , \-1: a \ , 0 c, ti V4 \ Ji a= Y /--' N. 0 l t_ Icy 1 ...,_,,i • 1le el / 04‘...v 9 Piv ` °0 'vr. ,,, \ ;,eft, - �.` , , /4 ,0 �� 4 �.<< ') %. � !2 IA, z s f '" 0 0 Y iIH Oi O/' 4